Part-2: Academic & Professional Programmes

PART-2: ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMMES 1. List of programmes being offered in ODL mode and from the year of its inception Sl. 2000-01 2002-03 2001-02 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 No. 1 M.Sc in Applied M.Sc in Applied B.Ed P.G. Courses Master of Business Master of Business Mathematics Mathematics Master of Business Management(MBA) Management(MBA) Management(MBA) 2 LL.M(Master of Laws) M.Sc Mathematics Master of Computer Master of Computer Master of Computer Applications(MCA) Applications(MCA) Applications(MCA) 3 M.A in Women Studies LL.M(Master of Laws) M.A English M.Sc Mathematics M.Sc Mathematics 4 M.A in English M.A in Women Studies Master of Laws(LL.M) M.Sc Zoology M.Sc Zoology 5 P.G Diploma in Family M.A in English M.Sc Mathematics Master of Laws(LL.M) M.Sc Psychology and Health Counselling 6 Human Rights and P.G Diploma in Family M.A Telugu Language M.A English Master of Laws(LL.M) Diversity and Health Counselling Literature & Translation 7 Women & Gender P.G. Diploma in Computer M.A Women’s Studies M.A Women’s Studies M.A English Justice Applications 8 Certificate Course in Bachelor Degree Courses. P.G. Diploma Courses M.A Telugu Language M.A Women’s Studies JAVA 1. B.A P.G. Diploma in Literature & Translation 2. B.Sc Computer Applications 9 Certificate Course in C & Diploma in Nutrition and P.G. Diploma in M.A Music M.A Telugu Language C++ Health Education Application Software Literature & Translation 10 Certificate Course in Certificate Courses P.G.Diploma in Family P.G. Diploma Courses M.A Music Visual Basic 1. Human Rights and and Health Counselling 1. P.G. Diploma in Diversity Application Software 11 2.Women and Gender Under Graduate Course 2. P.G. Diploma in Bachelor Degree Courses: Justice B.Ed Computer Applications B.Ed Additional Methodology 12 Certificate Courses in Certificate Courses 3. P.G.Diploma in Family P.G. Diploma Courses Computers Certificate Course in C++ and Health Counselling P.G. Diploma in Computer 1. JAVA, Applications 13 2. C++ Certificate Course in Diploma courses: P.G.Diploma in Family and JAVA 1. Diploma in Music Health Counselling 14 3. Visual Basic Certificate Courses: P.G. Diploma in Application 1. Certificate Course in C++ Software 15 B.Ed 2.Certificate Course in JAVA Diploma courses: 1. Diploma in Music 16 Certificate Courses: 1. Certificate Course in C++ 17 2.Certificate Course in JAVA 18 B.Ed Sl. 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-2011 No. 1 Research Programmes P.G Courses P.G Courses P.G Courses M.Sc Mathematics 1.M.Phil Master of Business Master of Business M.Sc Mathematics Management(MBA) Management(MBA) 2 2.Ph.D Master of Computer Master of Computer M.Sc Zoology M.Sc Zoology Applications(MCA) Applications(MCA) 3 P.G.Courses: M.Sc Mathematics M.Sc Mathematics M.A English Master of Laws(LL.M) Master of Business LL.M Two Branches Management(MBA) 1.Constitutional Law & Administrative Law 4 Master of Computer M.Sc Zoology M.Sc Zoology M.A Women’s Studies 2.Criminology & Torts Applications(MCA) 5 M.Sc Mathematics Master of Laws(LL.M) Master of Laws(LL.M) M.A Music M.A English 6 M.Sc Zoology M.A English M.A English Bachelor Degree Courses: M.A Women’s Studies 1.B.Ed 7 M.Sc Psychology M.A Women’s Studies M.A Women’s Studies 2.B.Ed Additional M.A Telugu Language Methodology Literature & Translation 8 Master of Laws(LL.M) M.A Telugu Language M.A Telugu Language Literature P.G. Diploma Courses M.A Music Literature & Translation & Translation P.G.Diploma in Family and Health Counselling 9 M.A English M.A Music M.A Music P.G. Diploma in Pre-School Bachelor Degree Courses: Education 1.B.Ed 10 M.A Women’s Studies Bachelor Degree Courses: Bachelor Degree Courses: P.G. Diploma in Public 2.B.Ed Additional 1.B.Ed 1.B.Ed Relations Methodology 2.B.Ed Additional Methodology 2.B.Ed Additional Methodology 11 M.A Telugu Language P.G. Diploma Courses P.G. Diploma Courses Diploma courses: P.G. Diploma Courses Literature & Translation P.G. Diploma in Computer P.G. Diploma in Computer 1. Diploma in Music P.G.Diploma in Family and Applications Applications Health Counselling 12 M.A Music P.G.Diploma in Family and P.G.Diploma in Family and P.G. Diploma in Pre-School Health Counselling Health Counselling Education 13 Bachelor Degree Courses: P.G. Diploma in Application P.G. Diploma in Application P.G. Diploma in Public B.Ed Software Software Relations B.Ed Additional Methodology 14 P.G. Diploma Courses P.G. Diploma in Pre-School P.G. Diploma in Pre-School Diploma courses: P.G. Diploma in Computer Education Education 1. Diploma in Music Applications 15 P.G.Diploma in Family and P.G. Diploma in Public P.G. Diploma in Public Health Counselling Relations Relations 16 P.G. Diploma in Application Diploma courses: Diploma courses: Software 1. Diploma in Music 1. Diploma in Music 17 P.G. Diploma in Pre-School Certificate Courses: Certificate Courses: Education 1. Certificate Course in C++ 1. Certificate Course in C++ 18 P.G. Diploma in Public 2.Certificate Course in JAVA 2.Certificate Course in JAVA Relations 19 Diploma courses: 1. Diploma in Music 20 Certificate Courses: 1. Certificate Course in C++ 21 2.Certificate Course in JAVA

Sl. 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 No. 1 M.Sc Mathematics M.Sc Mathematics P.G. COURSES M.Sc. Mathematics M.Sc. Mathematics 2 M.Sc Zoology M.Sc Zoology M.Sc. Zoology M.Sc. Zoology 3 Master of Laws(LL.M) Master of Laws(LL.M) Master of Laws (LL.M.) LL.M. LL.M Two Branches LL.M Two Branches LL.M. Two Branches 1.Constitutional Law & Administrative Law 1.Constitutional Law & 1. Constitutional Law & Administrative Law Administrative Law 2. Criminology & Torts 4 2.Criminology & Torts 2.Criminology & Torts M.A. English M.A. English 5 M.A English M.A English M.A. Women’s Studies M.A. Women’s Studies 6 M.A Women’s Studies M.A Women’s Studies M.A. Telugu Language, M.A. Telugu Language, Literature & Translation Literature & Translation 7 M.A Telugu Language Literature & Translation M.A Telugu Language Literature & M.A. Music M.A. Music Translation 8 M.A Music M.A Music Master of Business MBA Entrepreneurship Administration 9 Bachelor Degree Courses: Bachelor Degree Courses: MBA - Entrepreneurship MBA Financial Management 1.B.Ed 1.B.Ed 10 2.B.Ed Additional Methodology 2.B.Ed Additional Methodology MBA –Information Systems MBA Human Resources Management 11 P.G. Diploma Courses P.G. Diploma Courses MBA Information Systems MBA – Marketing Management P.G.Diploma in Family and Health Counselling P.G.Diploma in Family and Health

Counselling 12 P.G. Diploma in Pre-School Education P.G. Diploma in Pre-School MBA – Human Resource MBA Marketing Education Management 13 P.G. Diploma in Public Relations P.G. Diploma in Public Relations MBA – Financial Management MBA Production/Operations Management 14 Degree Courses: Degree Courses: MBA Hospital Administration MBA – Production/Operation 1.B.Sc Animation and Multimedia Stream 1.B.Sc Animation and Multimedia Management Stream 15 2.B.Sc Information Technology 2.B.Sc Information Technology MBA – Travel and Tourism MBA Travel and Tourism Management 16 Diploma courses: Diploma courses: MBA – Hospital Administration MBA Lateral Entry 1. Diploma in Music 1. Diploma in Music MBA (Lateral Entry) M.Ed

17 BACHELOR DEGREE P.G. Diploma in Family & COURSES: Health Counselling 18 P.G. Diploma in Pre-School B.Ed Education

19 B.Ed. Additional Methodology P.G. Diploma in Public Relations 20 P.G. DIPLOMA COURSES: P.G. Diploma in Office P.G. Diploma in Family and Administration (PGDOA) Health Counselling 21 P.G. Diploma in Pre-School Dip. in Music Education 22 P.G. Diploma in Public Dip. in Office Relations Administration(DOA) 23 PG Diploma in Office Certificate Course in Office Administration Administration (CCOA) (PGDOA) 24 DIPLOMA COURSES: Diploma JAVA in Music 25 Diploma in Office Advanced JAVA Administration (DOA) 26 Certificate Course: C ++ Certificate Course in Office Administration (CCOA) 27 C Language 28 BACHELOR DEGREE

COURSES: B.Ed B.Ed. Additional Methodology

Sl. 2017-18 2018-19 2015-16 2016-17 2019-20 No. 1 M.Sc. Mathematics M.Sc. Mathematics M.Sc. Mathematics Master of Science Master of Science (Mathematics) (Mathematics) 2 M.Sc. Zoology M.Sc. Zoology M.Sc. Zoology Master of Science (Zoology) Master of Science (Zoology) 3 M.A. English M.A.English M.A.English Master of Commerce. Master of Commerce 4 LL.M. M.A.Women’s Studies M.A.Women’s Studies Master of Arts (Communication Master of Arts (Economics) & Journalism) Constitutional Law & Administrative Law 5 M.A. Women’s Studies M.A.Telugu Language, M.A.Telugu Language, Master of Arts (Economics) Master of Arts (English) Literature & Translation Literature & Translation 6 M.A. Telugu Language, M.A.Music M.A.Music Master of Arts (English) Master of Arts (Music) Literature & Translation 7 M.A. Music Two Branches Two Branches Master of Arts (Music) Master of Arts (Telugu) (i) LL.M - Constitutional (i) LL.M - Constitutional Law & Administrative Law & Administrative Law. Law. (ii) LL.M - Criminology & (ii) LL.M - Criminology & Torts Torts 8 P.G. Diploma Programmes P.G.Diploma in Family and P.G. Diploma in Family and Master of Arts (Telugu) Master of Arts (Women’s P.G.Diploma in Family and Health Counselling Health Counselling Studies) Health Counselling 9 P.G.Diploma in Pre-School P.G.Diploma in Pre-School P.G. Diploma in Pre-School Master of Arts (Women’s P.G. Diploma in Family and Education Education Education Studies) Health Counselling 10 P.G.Diploma in Public P.G.Diploma in Public P.G. Diploma in Public P.G. Diploma in Family and P.G. Diploma in Pre-School Relations Relations Relations Health Counselling Education 11 Diploma Programmes P.G.Diploma in Application P.G. Diploma in Application P.G. Diploma in Pre-School P.G. Diploma in Public Diploma in Music Software Software Education Relations 12 BACHELOR DEGREE Diploma in Music Diploma in Music P.G. Diploma in Public Music COURSES: 1.B.Ed Relations (Sankeerthana, Varnam and 2.B.Ed. Additional Annamaiah Antharangam) Methodology Diploma in Music BACHELOR DEGREE COURSES: BACHELOR DEGREE COURSES: 1.B.Ed 1.B.Ed 2.B.Ed. Additional Methodology 2.B.Ed. Additional Methodology

SRI PADMAVATI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM (WOMEN’S UNIVERSITY): TIRUPATI – 517 502

Estd.by Govt. of A.P u/s 2(f) and 12(B) of the UGC Act, 1956 NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ Grade

DIRECTORATE OF DISTANCE EDUCATION Recognised by Distance Education Bureau, UGC

COMMON PROSPECTUS

For PG, PG Diploma & Diploma Programmes

2019-20

Website: www.spmvv.ac.in E-mail: [email protected] Ph: 0877 – 2284524 and 2284603

Message from Vice-Chancellor

It gives me immense pleasure to state that Sri Padmavati Mahila Visvavidyalayam, Tirupati made an educational march towards the development of higher education for women by establishing Directorate of Distance Education right from 2000. It focuses on meeting the higher educational aspirations of the unreached and working towards the professional growth and skill development of the women in the states of Andhra Pradesh and Telangana. Directorate of Distance Education at SPMVV makes no compromise with quality in education which is perpetuated at par with the regular mode through its quality learner support services that are shielded with need based counselling services, supply of quality self-learning materials etc. Proximity with quality educational services are fortified through various study centers/Learners centers. The prospectus provides an overview of the different programmes of Directorate of Distance Education and the list of learner support centres (study centres).

I am sure, all the registered learners will be successful in updating their qualifications and acquiring knowledge and skills in the programme chosen, by becoming a part of the Directorate of Distance Education.

My best wishes to the Director and her dedicated team while they enter into a fresh academic year with more vigour and of commitment.

Prof.V.Uma

Registrar’s Message

I welcome each one of you to Sri Padmavati Mahila Visvavidyalayam where there is a convergence of latest technology, innovative pedagogy and quality education to make education a unique learning process. We believe that learning is to be pursued not only for earning but also as a passion for learning and drawing of knowledge. Distance learning offers great flexibility. Learners can work their way through the course materials at their own place and study any where at any time.

SPMVV has several study centers/Learner support Centers, including the Nodal Centre in Tirupati. You will find a wide range of resources, space for individual and group study, laboratories, and learning facilities. I wish you all success in your endeavours!

Prof. D.M.Mamatha Registrar

A word from the Director

Greetings from the Directorate of Distance Education (DDE). Education being a continuous process has been receiving much attention from all sections of society as a consequence of which Open Distance Learning (ODL) has become the choicest mode for many. The main objective of the DDE is to reach the unreached. DDE is committed to offer need-based programmes for women focusing on quality and to enhance employability. This prospectus gives an overview of the different programmes being offered by the DDE. You are advised to go through the contents carefully before filling admission application form. Clarifications if any required can be obtained from the DDE office, SPMVV on all working days either on phone or visiting personally. I am sure you will enjoy being a part of DDE, SPMVV.

Wishing you all success.

Prof. M. Nirmala Jyothi Director

SRI PADMAVATI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM (WOMEN’S UNIVERSITY): TIRUPATI – 517 502 Estd. By Govt. of A.P u/s 2(f) and 12(B) of the UGC act, 1956 NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ Grade

DIRECTORATEOFDISTANCEEDUCATION Recognized by Distance Education Bureau, UGC

COMMON PROSPECTUS

PAGE S.No CONTENTS NO. 1. Sri Padmavati Mahila Visvavidyalayam – A brief 8 profile 2. Profile of Directorate of Distance Education (DDE) 8 - 9 3. Over view of the programme 9-10 4. Post Graduate Programmes 4.1 Master of Science ( Mathematics) 10 4.2 Master of Science (Zoology) 10-11 4.3 Master of Commerce 11 4.4 Master of Arts (Economics) 12 4.5 Master of Arts (English) 12 4.6 Master of Arts (Music) 13 4.7 Master of Arts (Telugu) 13 4.8 Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) 14 5. P.G. Diploma Programmes 5.1 P.G.Diploma in Family and Health 14 Counselling 5.2 P.G.Diploma in Pre-School Education 15 5.4 P.G.Diploma in Public Relations 15 6 Diploma Programmes 6.1 Diploma in Music 16-16 7. Important Instructions 17 8. Internal Assessment 19 9. Examination System & Pass Percentage 23 10. Maximum duration for completion of the course 25 11. Enquiries 25 12. Instructions to fill application form 25-26

Printed and published by

Sri PadmavatiMahilaVisvavidyalayam (Women’s University), Tirupati – 517502 Website: www.spmvv.ac.in E-mail: [email protected] Ph: 0877 – 2284524 and 2284603 List of Study Centres with complete address S. Name and Address of the Study S. Name and Address of the Study No. Centre No. Centre 1 Directorate of Distance Education 8 Sri Vinayaka Degree College Sri D.No.3-7-5, Rajiv Nagar, PadmavatiMahilaVisvavidyalayam Suryapet – 508213 Tirupathi – 517 502 Nalgonda (Dt) Phone: 0877-2284524, 2284603 9059146146 [email protected] [email protected] 2 Aakash Educational Society, 9 Sri Vidhyanikethan Degree College C/o Prabhas College, Jambigadde Kedareswara Pet, Jagtial – 505327 Vijayawada-520 003. Karimnagar Phone No: 7729990750 9666954666 [email protected] [email protected] 3 Sri Vidya Educational Society 10 Sri Krishna Veni Degree College D.No.28/17, Govindapalem, Silver Jublee Road Puttur – 517 583 Tanuku – 534211 9885190475 West Godavari (Dt) [email protected] Office Assistant - 9493228087 Co-ordinator – 9059426994, 6303895101 [email protected] 4 Gokul Degree College 11 Vagdevi Degree College for Women SaiBhagavan Colony Opp. Petrol Bunk BHEL, BeeramGuda Setharamapuram Hyderabad – 500032 Jaggayyapet – 521175 9440062230 Krishna (Dt) [email protected] 9848837557 [email protected] 5 Sri Sai Degree College 12 Christian Women’s Degree College Bethapudi, H.No.26-45-16/78 Repalle – 522 265 Santhosh Nagar, 2nd Lane Guntur Dt. NGO’s Colony, Guntur – 522004 [email protected] 0863-2231942 6 Prathibha Degree College 13 Sri ShirdiSai Women’s Degree D.No.5-62, Draksharama College,51/107-23, Kothapeta Ramachandrapuram (M.D) Rayachoty – 516269 East Godavari - 533262 Kadapa (Dt) 9849534309 [email protected] [email protected] 7 VijayaSai Degree College 14 C.S.S.R & S.R.R.M. Degree College D.No.9-3-140/1, Near Rythubazar Jeevampet (Vil.) Medak Road, Siddipet – 502 103 Kamalapuram (Mdl.) Medak Dt. Kadapa – 516 289. 084457-226692; 9912911688 9866454143 [email protected] [email protected] 6

15 AVM Degree & PG College 23 Padmavathi Degree College Adarshanagar, Musi Road Narasannapeta, Nakrekal (Post & Mdl.) Srikakulam (Dt). Nalgonda – 508 211, 9393929359 Nalgonda Dt 9866034716 [email protected] 16 Manjeera Degree & PG College 24 Pranavi College of Arts & Science Priya Theatre Road Ijjavaram (V), Kamareddy Santhabommali (M), Nizamabad (Dt) - 503111 Srikakulam (Dt). 9704236863 8333033034 [email protected] 17 Sri Vimalanandagiriswamy 25 Bharathi Degree College Residential Degree college for Gajulapalli Metta women, Sri Vyasasramam Mahanandi (M) Yerpedu Kurnool (Dt) Chittoor District-517621 08514-247729, 9989325944 Ph.No.9441492675 [email protected] 18 AMS college of Fine Arts & Media 26 Padmavathi Degree College, Education Batajangalapalem Village, OU Campus Sabbavaram(Md) Hyderabad-500 007 Visakhapatnam-531035 Ph.No. 040-27070052 Email:[email protected] Ph.No.9949622133 19 HPN Degree College 27 Sri Sai Chaitanya Degree College, Podugunarayanamma Colony Ganesh Naga, Giddalur, Near RTC Complex Prakasam District Srikakulam – 532 001 Ph.No.9666728736, Ph.No.9492266648 08405-242555(C) 20 Keerthi Degree College 28 Sri Gayatri Vidhya Parishad Degree 25-419-5B, Saleem Nagar College, Nandyal-518501 Mahadevapuram, Kandukuru, Ph.No.08514-247729 Prakasam District 9989325944 Ph.No. 9848396271 08598-222362 21 S.L.N.Degree College 29 Sri Nagarjuna Degree College Gundalapally X Roads, Near Bypass Junction Ganneruvaram(Md) Mangamuru Road Karimnagar Dt.-505528 Ongole Email:[email protected] Ph.No.9849649733 Ph.No.9848329292 22 Meghana Degree college, 30 AGKM College Above kotak Mahindra bank, Opp. To fire Station 3rd & 4th floor, Sattenapalli-522403 chaitanyapuri Main road, Ph.No.9966747733 Dilshuknagar, Hyderabad - 5000060. 9348563399 / 8125150999.

Sri PadmavatiMahilaVisvavidyalayam 1. A brief profile Sri Padmavati Mahila Visvavidyalayam (University for Women) was established in the year 1983 by Sri N.T. Rama Rao, the Hon’ble Chief Minister of Andhra Pradesh, with the fervent desire to train women learners as better builders of the Nation and to inculcate skills of leadership in all aspects of life. The University was established under the Sri Padmavati Mahila Visvavidyalayam Act of 1983, with a vision of “Emancipation of women through acquisition of knowledge”. The University has grown into an institution of academic excellence and has made valuable contribution to the women in the main stream of development. This year the University is offering 60 programmes at the post-graduate and undergraduate level with an excellent component of research. The campus of Sri Padmavati Mahila Visvavidyalayam is spread out in a lush green area of 138.43 acres. The University is situated at a distance of 3 kms from the railway and bus stations of Tirupati. The campus has the necessary buildings to run its academic programmes and administrative machinery. There are separate buildings for Humanities and Sciences, Administrative building, Central Library, Auditorium, Sericulture Complex, School of Pharmaceutical Sciences, School of Engineering & technology Business Management and an independent building for Computer Science, Computer Centre and Directorate of Distance Education. The campus is also having 9 hostel buildings and the sophisticated guest house. 2. Profile of Directorate of Distance Education(DDE)

Sri Padmavti Mahila Visvavidyalayam being the only Women’s’ University in the Andhra Pradesh state realizes the significance of the need and intends to offer Higher Education Programmes in Distance mode exclusively for women covering the entire state with encherished vision and mission. Vision: To empower women as major partners in socio-economic- political and cultural developments of the society with value system through higher education and making them self – reliant. Mission: i) To equip women with necessary knowledge, skills and work ethics coupled with values to develop professionally with high self-esteem and dignity.

ii) To enable women to enhance their skill development through higher education for gainful occupation.

3.OVERVIEW OF THE PROGRAMMES The Directorate of Distance Education offers the following programmes of Study for women learners.

S. Name of the Medium of Duration Eligibility for Admission Course fee No. Programme Instruction Postgraduate Programmes 1. Master of Science 2 years B.A./B.Sc. with Mathematics I year 4,000 English (Mathematics) II year 4,000 2. Master of Science 2 years B.Sc With Zoology as one of the I year 9,500 (Zoology) Subjects in Part-II and 50% English Marks in Zoology and 50% of II year 9,500 marks on aggregate 3. Master of Commerce. 2 years Bachelor’s Degree in I year 5,000 Commerce/ B.Com Computer English Applications/ B.A.& B.Sc. II year 5,000 graduates with any one of the Commerce subject II year 5,000 4. Master of Arts 2 years B.A. with 45% and B.Sc. with I year 5,000 (Economics) 50% in groups. They should have studied at least one of the II year 5,000 following subjects in their UG course: Economics, Mathematics, Statistics, Accountancy, Computer English Science. B. Com/BBA with 45% of the aggregate in groups. B. Tech (Any Branch) with 60% marks on the aggregate. 5. Master of Arts 2 years Any graduate of a recognized I year 4,000 (English) University II year 4,000 English 6. Master of Arts 2 years Bachelor’s Degree in Music/ I year 9,000 (Music) Bachelor’s Degree with Diploma in Music/Certificate Course in II year 9,000 Music or ‘B’ Grade in classical English Karnatik or any degree with 5 years learning experience in Music from eminent personalities 7. Master of Arts 2 years Any Graduate Degree from a I year 4,000 (Telugu) recognized University with II year 4,000 Telugu Telugu 8. Master of Arts 2 years Any graduate of a recognized I year 4,000 (Women’s Studies) University II year 4,000 English

P.G. Diploma Programmes 9. P.G. Diploma in 1 year Any graduate of a recognized One year 3,000 Family and Health University English Counselling 11. P.G. Diploma in Pre- 1 year Any graduate of a recognized One year 3,000 School Education University with 45% marks in English group 12. P.G. Diploma in 1 year Graduates and Post Graduates One year 3,000 Public Relations in any discipline from any English recognized University Diploma Programmes

13 Music 6 months SSC with fundamental 6 months 3,000 (Sankeerthana, knowledge in Music Varnam and English Annamaiah Antharangam)

4. POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES 4.1 Master of Science (Mathematics) Mathematics forms the logical foothold for all the sciences, which provides an applied angle to the overall comprehension of Mathematics. The learners have bright opportunities to find employment. Programmeme Structure 1st Year 2nd Year Code Title Code Title M.ScMD1.01 Algebra M.ScMD2.01 Complex Analysis M.ScMD1.02 Real Analysis M.ScMD2.02 Functional Analysis M.ScMD1.03 Differential M.ScMD2.03 Mathematical Methods Equations M.ScMD1.04 Linear M.ScMD2.04 Numerical Analysis Programming M.ScMD1.05 Topology Optional Paper Fluid Mechanics M.ScMD2.05 (or) Graph Theory

4.2 Master of Science (Zoology) Zoology as a basic science becomes the foundation for most of the modern subjects dealing with animal life. Irrespective of the opportunities that the currently popular programmes in life sciences offer, zoology continues to enjoy its own rightful status. Learners passing M.Sc. programme in Zoology have a broad spectrum of job opportunities. Besides, as one of the subjects offered for the civil services and other competitive examinations, this traditional subject holds out promise for diverse careers, such as Scientist, Research Associates, Technical Experts in the field of Bio- technology, Forestry wild life management, medical field etc.

Programme Structure 1st Year 2nd Year Code Title Code Title M.ScZD1.01 Invertebrata, M.ScZD2.01 Genetics and Evolution Biosystematics, Biodiversity M.ScZD1.02 Chordata and Wild Life M.ScZD2.02 Developmental Biology and Endocrinology M.ScZD1.03 Environmental Biology M.ScZD2.03 Cell and Molecular Biology and Animal Behaviour and Biotechnology M.ScZD1.04 Animal Physiology and M.ScZD2.04 Pathobiology and Biomolecules Immunology M.ScZD1.05 Invertebrata&Chordata M.ScZD2.05 Genetics, Developmental (Practicals) (Practicals) biology, Endocrinology M.ScZD1.06 Environmental Biology M.ScZD2.06 Cell Biology, Pathobiology (Practicals) and Animal Physiology (Practicals) and Immunology 4.3 Master of Commerce

The M.Com Course offers an opportunity for graduates to acquire theoretical as well as practical inputs in commerce. A Master’s graduate in commerce has the advantage of entering a career either in academics, research or, alternatively, in other professional areas of commerce and finance such as taxation, consultancy and financial services. On the successful completion of the M.Com course students will acquire strong subject-matter expertise in finance, financial instruments and markets. They will also develop advanced theoretical knowledge and research capabilities in their preparation for academic and research focused careers.

Programme Structure 1st Year 2nd Year Code Title Code Title Management and M.Com1.01 M.Com2.01 Marketing Management Organizational Behavior Business Environment & M.Com1.02 M.Com2.02 Financial Management Strategy Human Resource M.Com1.03 Managerial Economics M.Com2.03 Management Corporate Accounting & Financial Markets & M.Com1.04 M.Com2.04 Reporting Services Quantitative Techniques Cost & Management M.Com1.05 M.Com2.05 for Business Decisions Accounting

4.4 Master of Arts (Economics)

The target group of learners for M.A. (Economics) under Distance mode programme is those who hold a UG Degree and must have studied at least one Economics subject. Being a women's university, an opportunity should be provided for the women who could not attend for the regular program and to empower women generally and more specifically increase their visibility in higher learning, teaching, research and management and entrepreneurship by enhancing their academic strengths, knowledge, skills and achieve good results in the competitions. Programme Structure 1st Year 2nd Year Code Title Code Title MAED1.01 Micro Economics MAED2.01 Economics of Development and Planning MAED1.02 Macro Economics MAED2.02 Indian Economy MAED1.03 Public Economics MAED2.03 International Economics MAED1.04 Evolution of Economic MAED2.04 Economics of Doctrines Environment MAED1.05 Economics and Business MAED2.05 Industrial Economics Statistics MAED1.06 Economics of Human MAED2.06 Labour Economics Development 4.5 Master of Arts (English )

English continues to be the worldwide link – language. Success in any profession in the modern world is considerably influenced by proficiency in English language and expression. The course offered by the DDE trains the learners to develop this proficiency, and imbibes in them the appreciation of the wealth of literature in this language. The programme enables the learners to take up professions like teaching in Schools, Colleges, Universities, and Spoken English Institutes to set up own schools, Customer relation executives and Air Hostess to take up positions in Tourism Department, I.T & Management and to pursue higher studies abroad. ProgrammeStructure 1st Year 2nd Year Code Title Code Title MAEGD1.01 Structure of Modern MAEGD2.01 American Literature English MAEGD1.02 Sixteenth Century MAEGD2.02 Indian writing in English Literature & English Translation MAEGD1.03 Seventeenth and MAEGD2.03 Common wealth Eighteenth century Literature Literature MAEGD1.04 Nineteenth century MAEGD2.04 Contemporary Women’s literature Writing MAEGD1.05 Twentieth century MAEGD2.05 Literary Criticism – literature History and Twentieth Century criticism 12

4.6 Master of Arts ( Music) Music, one of the most popular fine arts, has the potential to facilitate earning ones livelihood, besides giving immense aesthetic pleasure both to the performer and the listener. DDE offers programmes, which train the learners as well-formed musicians, eligible to take up positions like teaching in Schools, Colleges and Universities, opportunities in All India Radio, Doordarshan, Concert performances/Research activities and also setting up own music and dance schools. Programme Structure 1st Year 2nd Year

Code Title Code Title

MAMUD1.01 History of Indian MAMUD2.01 History of Indian Music – II Music – I MAMUD1.02 Musicology – I MAMUD2.02 Musicology – II

Abhyasagana (practicals) Special Compositions MAMUD1.03 MAMUD2.03 (practicals)

Group Kritis(practicals) ManodharmaSangeetha – II MAMUD1.04 MAMUD2.04 (practicals)

ManodharmaSangeetha – I Ragam – Tanam – Pallavi MAMUD1.05 MAMUD2.05 (practicals) (practicals)

4.7 Master Of Arts (Telugu)

The objective of the programmes is to enable the learners to understand and appreciate the basis of evolution and growth of Telugu Language and Literature, to inculcate the literary taste and to create awareness of literary forms and trends. The learners trained in the programme will have job opportunities as Telugu teachers in schools and colleges, translators in government and non-government offices, sub-editors, reporters in newspapers and also as freelance translators and journalists. Programme Structure 1st Year 2nd Year Code Title Code Title BashaSastraNirmanaPari MATLD1.01 MATLD2.01 Telugu BashaCharitra chayam Telugu Vyakaranam – MATLD1.02 MATLD2.02 Telugu Journalism Chandassu – Alankaram PadyaBhagam – MATLD1.03 GadyaBhagam – MATLD2.03 Telugu SahithyaVimarsa Natakam Samskrutam : NirdistaPatyamsalu – MATLD1.04 Telugu SahityaCharitra MATLD2.04 SamskrutaSahityaCharitra – Vyakaranam AnuvadaSiddhantam, Telugu Bhashabhivrudhi - MATLD1.05 MATLD2.05 Paddatulu Aadhunikarana

4.8 Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) This programme is recognised as important determinants for the Psychological, Social and Economic development of Women. Thisprogramme also helps to improve access to jobs in public as well as private sector and provides opportunity to research in these areas.The learners will have the opportunities as co-ordinators in the projects like Velugu, Indira Kranthi Pathakam, ICDSand as Gender Consultants in MNC’S, International Projects, District poverty Initiative Programme, DWACRA, Women and Child Welfare dept., NGO Sector, Tribal Welfare Department, Vanasamrakshana Samithi, SHG Programmes. Programme Structure 1st Year 2nd Year Code Title Code Title Women’s Movements and Nutrition and health MAWSD1.01 MAWSD2.01 feminist theories education for women Women and MAWSD1.02 Women and society MAWSD2.02 environment Women technology and MAWSD1.03 Research methodology MAWSD2.03 Entrepreneurship MAWSD1.04 Women and legal rights MAWSD2.04 Women and education Policies and programmes MAWSD1.05 MAWSD2.05 Dissertation for women’s development

5. POSTGRADUTE DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES 5.1 P.G. Diploma In Family And Health Counselling

P.G. Diploma programme in Family & Health Counseling aims at providing to the learners the theoretical base and equips them with essential skills at advanced stage to discharge the necessary functions of counseling in human service professions. There are ample career opportunities in both government and non-government organizations. Social welfare, Social development, Social empowerment, Industrial sector, disaster management HIV/AIDS, Health, World Bank programmers. Help line projects, Central Social Welfare Boards.

Programmeme Structure

Code Title PGFHD1.01 Counselling Principles and Practice PGFHD 1.02 Counselling as a Profession PGFHD 1.03 Family centered Counselling PGFHD 1.04 Health Counselling PGFHD1.05 (a) Field work (b) Case records (c) Viva-voce

5.2 P.G. Diploma In Pre-School Education

Career opportunities for learners passing out the course includes teachers, researchers, personnel at different levels of Integrated Child Development Service Schemes (ICDS), early childhood care and educational programmes, voluntary organizations, institutions for disabled children, counseling and guidance centres, and women and child development programmes.

Programme Structure Code Title

PDSED1.01 Growth & Development of Pre-school Education

PDSED1.02 Health, Nutrition & Welfare of the Pre-school Children

PDSED1.03 Methods & Materials of Pre-school Education

PDSED1.04 Planning & Organizing Pre-schools

PDSED1.05 Project work

PDSED1.06 Practice Teaching

5.3 P.G. Diploma In Public Relations The course offers potential to fine employment in a range of careers in public relations, corporate communication, tourism agencies, development organizations, NGO’s and MNCs, specializing in communication programmes as public relations officers, communication experts, presenters, script writers, programme directors and media entrepreneurs.

Programme Structure

Code Title PGDPRD1.01 Communication & Public Relations PGDPRD 1.02 Computer applications for mass media PGDPRD1.03 Writing for Media editing & Production of Corporate Publications PGDPRD1.04 Public Relations Practice & Evaluation PGDPRD1.05 Organizational Communication PGDPRD1.06 Public Relations media and Advertising PGDPRD1.07 Project report

6. DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES

Diploma In Music Music, one of the most popular fine arts, has the potential to facilitate earning ones livelihood, besides giving immense aesthetic pleasure both to the performer and the listener. Specialization 1 : Sankeertana. 2 : Varnam 3 : AnnamayyaAntarangam 15

Programme Structure

Specialization 1 : Sankeertana. Code Title DMUSD1.01 Life History/Contribution of the composers Theory learnt in practical 10 Compositions from any of the following: 1. Thyagaraja Divyanamam/ UtsavaSampradayam 2. Syama sastry 3. Muthus wamy Dikshitar 4. Patnam Subrahmanya Iyar 5. Swathi Tirunal DMUSD1.02 6. Mysore Vasudevachar 7. Muthaiah Bhagavatar Practical 8. Ramadasu 9. Sadasiva Brahmendra 10. Tumu Narasimha Dasu 11. Narayanateertha 12. Jayadeva 13. Purandaradasa 14. Kshetrayya 15. Annamayya Specialization 2 : Varnam Code Title Technical Terms, Lakshanas of Geeta and DMUVD1.01 Varna, Life History contribution of Paidala Theory Gurumurthy Sastry, Purandaradasa, Tala Scheme. DMUVD1.02 Varnas, Teach Varnas with Good Gamaka & Practical Anuswara.

Specialization 3 : AnnamayyaAntarangam Code Title Technical Terms, Lakshanas of Geeta and DMUAAD1.01. Varna, Life History contribution of Paidala Theory Gurumurthy Sastry, Purandaradasa, Annamayya, Tala Scheme. 10 Compositions from any of the following category. Folklore Vedanta Sanskrit Krishna Rama DMUAAD1.02 Alamelumanga Practical Nrisimha KalyanaSankeerthanam Srungara Sanghika Lali Jola Mangalam Melukolupu

7. Important Instructions

7.1. Admissions

7.2 Course of Study At the end of the first year, the learner has to appear for the 1st year examination. At the end of the second year, the learner has to appear for the 2nd year examination.

7.3 Admission Procedure Eligible learners will be given provisional admission based on the attested xerox copies of the certificates enclosed with the application. All learners must produce their original certificates for verification either personally at the DDE, SPMVV or through their study centres. DDE will give Provisional admission based on Provisional certificate but for receiving original PG Degree, after the completion of PG programmes, learner must produce the relevant bachelor’s degree for verification.

i) After enrolment, every learner will be allotted a registration number, which she should invariably mention in all her correspondence with the DDE. Correspondence without registration number will not receive attention. ii) The learner will be admitted into the DDE on the assumption that the entries in the admission application are correct and the learner has to fulfill all the requirements as mentioned in the application. iii) The original certificates of the learners submitted along with the admission application form will be verified and returned. iv) The University reserves the right to change the rules relating to admissions, regulations, examinations, etc., from time to time. However, any rule as amended, shall come into force with immediate effect and applicable to all the learners irrespective of the year of registration. v) If adequate number of learners are not enrolled, the University reserves the right to withdraw the course. vi) If adequate number of learners are not enrolled in any particular study centre, they will be allotted to other study centres where the course is offered. vii) Learners are advised to consult the study centre before applying for any course regarding the availability of that course in that study centre. viii) In order to help the learners, spot admissions are being introduced by DDE. Admission will be given on the spot at notified study centres by verifying original certificates on submission of filled in application form with enclosures and requisite fee in the form of DD/challan.

7.4 Fee Particulars: Refer overview of the Programmessee page no.27 7.5 Mode of Payment of Fee

i) Online payments through any branch of Andhra Bank: Learners can directly pay all types of fee to DDE to its account in Andhra Bank named DDE Fee Collection Andhra Bank Account No.174910100005640 through any branch of Andhra Bank with a bank charge of Rs.50/-. Learners are advised to keep a Xerox copy of the counter foil issued by the bank for future purpose. ii) All remittances to the DDE can also be made through a Crossed Demand Draft drawn in favour of “The Registrar, Sri Padmavati Mahila Visvavidyalayam, Tirupati” payable at Andhra Bank at SPMVV, Tirupati iii) Postal orders/MOs or any other mode of payment will not be accepted. The DDE will not be held responsible for such payments. iv) On the back of the Demand Draft/Challan, name, father’s name, name of the programme, enrolment number, purpose of payment shall be written by the learner: v) Fee once paid by the learner will neither be refunded nor adjusted to other learners or other programmes or other batches. vi) There are no fee concessions to any category of learners. 7.6 Identity card

The Identity card issued to the learner is meant for the purpose of identification during the period of study in the Distance Education. If the identity card is lost, duplicate identity card will be issued on payment of Rs.50/-.

7.7 STUDY MATERIAL:

i) Material will be issued at DDE office to the admitted candidates. ii) Material will be issued to the admitted candidates through the study centres. It is the responsibility of the learner to collect the material from the study centre. iii) The course material is designed in such a manner that it will provide the learners a general understanding of the subject matter and also gives guidance for further reading of the subject. The material covers about 80 to 100 percent of the syllabus. Hence, the learners are also advised to 18

refer the suggested readings for elaborate understanding of the subject. The course material includes the model question papers and some suggested readings for the benefit of the learner. 7.8 Contact Programme Classes i) Contact Programme Classes (CPC) will be held at the nodal / study centres for a period of 10 to 15 days in each year during Sundays or in vacation, for PG, PG Diploma and Diploma programmes, 30 days for M.Sc(Zoology), 20 days for M.A Music. Since it is a self learning process the learners are advised to come prepared to these classes with basic understanding of the concerned topic so that the guidance given by the counselor would enrich their subject knowledge and also enable them to go for further intensive reading. ii) The centre will make no hostel/boarding arrangements and the learners have to make their own arrangement for attending these classes. 7.9 Study Centres The learners have to choose the convenient study centre at the time of admission. For any valid reason if the learner wants change of study centre, the DDE shall arrange on mutual consent of both study centres on payment of additional fee of Rs.500/- to the DDE for facilitation.

7.10 Students Support Services The Directorate of Distance Education provides communication through SMS, e-mail, telephone, apart from the direct contact during contact programme classes. 8. Internal Assessment i) Internal assessment will be for 30 percent in each course of a programme. A learner has to submit three assignments in each paper of a course during each year. Each assignment carries 10 Marks. ii) The learners are requested to take the responsibility of submitting assignments as per the schedule to DDE, SPMVV / Study centres for evaluation, failing which the learners have to forego the weightage attached to internal assessment of 30 marks.

8.1 Guidelines for answering assignments i) Learners can download the topics from www.spmvv.ac.in and they can also approach study centre or DDE office for obtaining the topics and they should follow the dates given in academic calendar for submission. ii) All the learners must write the assignments in their own handwriting and submit assignments only to the Director, DDE, SPMVV or “The Principal” of study centres as per their admissions and obtain a receipt for the same. iii) Those who could not submit the assignments within stipulated time due to unavoidable reasons are permitted to submit before the examinations on payment of Rs.500/- as late fee.

Assignment Submission Form

Register No. : ______Batch :______Course Code :______Course Title :______Year of the study :______Subject Code :______Subject Title :______Assignment No. :______Date of Submission:______Name of the learner:______Address :______Phone No. :______E-mail :______Signature :______

Please enclose two sets of receipt along with your assignments

SRI PADMAVATI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM (WOMEN’S UNIVERSITY) : TIRUPATI – 517 502 DIRECTORATE OF DISTANCE EDUCATION

Receipt

Sl.No……………. Date:………

Applicant’s Name :______

Name of the course: ______

Reference No./Enrolment No:______

Sl. Paper Title Assignment – I Assignment – II Assignment – III No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Total No. of Assignments

Name of the Receiver: ______iv) If pass marks are not obtained in any assignment, it should be resubmitted. Once the pass marks are obtained, the assignment cannot be resubmitted for improvement of marks/class. Postal address: All correspondence pertaining to the Directorate of Distance Education must be addressed to

The Director Directorate of Distance Education Sri PadmavatiMahilaVisvavidyalayam Tirupati – 517 502. Andhra Pradesh.

9.Examination System & Pass Percentage i) All the programmes of DDE have comprehensive evaluation in the form of internal assessment besides University external evaluation. All the programmes have 30:70 percent weightage for internal: external assessments. After completion of the course requirements the University (External) examinations shall be conducted for 70 marks with 3 hours duration. ii) For all the programmes the passing for each paper shall be 35 percent in external exam and an aggregate 40 percent internal assessment and external evaluation.

9.1 Information relating to examinations i) The learners will not be permitted to take the examinations unless they clear all the dues to the DDE. ii) The registration number of the learner should be written in the column provided in the examination application form for easy reference. Information relating to the examinations such as last date for receipt of examination fee etc., will be generally informed by the Directorate of Distance Education. iii) Examination fee once paid will under no circumstances be refunded or held over for subsequent examinations. iv) If the examination centre is located in the place where the Study Centre is located, then learners must write the Examinations in the same town. They will not be permitted to write examination at other places. If the examination centre is not available in the place where the study centre is located, University has right to allot another Examination Centre nearer to the learner’s address without prior information to the learner. v) The decision of the University is final in allotting examination centre to the learners. vi) The DDE will not be responsible for any kind of postal delay in submission of examination application by the learner. 9.2 Examination Fee Particulars The learners of P.G. programmes of 1styear shall pay the examination fee of Rs.1,100/- and the 2ndyear learners shall pay the whole examination fee of Rs.2,070/- including the cost of Migration & Provisional Certificates. It shall be remitted through a Demand Draft/challan drawn in favour of “The Registrar, Sri Padmavati Mahila Visvavidyalayam, Tirupati” securely fastened to the Examination form. The detailed information of fee particulars of all programmes is given at Annexure-II.

9.3 Issue of Hall Tickets, Marks Statements and Provisional Certificates i) Learners have to collect their Hall tickets from the office of Directorate of Distance Education, Tirupati or from the allotted centres. Issuing of Hall tickets will begin three days before the commencement of examinations. ii) The Directorate of Distance Education will arrange to dispatch marks statements and provisional certificate etc. to the learners of the Directorate of Distance Education who have fulfilled all the requirements as per the existing rules and regulations. iii) If the learner finds any delay in receiving the above she may write to The Director, Directorate of Distance Education, SPMVV, Tirupati-517502 regarding the non-receipt of the same. The letter to the Director should contain all the particulars of examination such as month and year of appearance, centre, registration number etc. with Xerox copies of all marks memos.

9.4 Award and Issue of Degree Certificate i) After successfully qualifying the examinations learners will be awarded respective PG Degree/PG Diploma/Diploma/Certificates by the University. ii) The Directorate of Distance Education will arrange to issue the Degree certificate to all the learners of the Directorate of Distance Education on payment of prescribed fee. iii) The learner should use the prescribed application form which can be obtained from the Directorate of Distance Education for the issue of Degree in advance. iv) The payments towards prescribed fee for Degree Certificate are to be remitted in favour of The Registrar, SPMVV, Tirupati through Demand Draft. v) The learners have to enclose the Demand draft to the prescribed application form for the issue of degree and send the same to the Director, Directorate of Distance Education, SPMVV, Tirupati. 9.5 Classification of successful learners The classification will be on the basis of the total marks obtained by the learner i.e. the total marks secured in all the programmes i) Learners securing 70% and above in the aggregate marks shall be placed in distinction. 24

ii) Learners securing 60% and above but less than 70% in the aggregate marks shall be placed in first class. iii) Learners securing 50% and above but less than 60% in the aggregate marks shall be placed in second class.

10 Maximum duration for completion of the course Learners shall have to complete the course within 5 academic/calendar years from the year of joining the course. Beyond 5 years they have to re-register on payment of stipulated fee.

11 Enquiries Enquiries will be attended by the office from 10.00 am to 1.00 pm and 2.00 pm to 5.00 pm on all working days. The Directorate of Distance Education works for 6 days in a week. DDE observes holidays on Sundays and the other holidays declared by the State Government. The learners are also advised to clear all their doubts of administrative and academic nature during the time of Contact Programme Classes. 12. Instructions to fill application form (i) The application duly filled-in together with all the required enclosures should reach the Director, Directorate of Distance Education, SPMVV, Tirupati-517502 by registered post on or before the date notified in the press. (ii) The learner is required to mention clearly the course of study and year for which she is seeking admission into the Directorate of Distance Education. (iii) The name of the learner as well as her father/husband should correspond with those that are recorded in her matriculation certificate/S.S.L.C./S.S.C/H.S. & M.P.S.L.C. Register. (iv) The date of birth of the learner should correspond with that as recorded in her matriculation or that of an equivalent examination. (v) The required original certificates are to be enclosed with the application form which will be returned later. One attested copy of each certificate must also be enclosed for the record. (vi) Application sent without application fees will be rejected. (vii) Incomplete applications will not be processed by the Directorate of Distance Education and they will be rejected. (viii) The following certificates in original are to be enclosed along with the application form:

a) Degree/Provisional Certificate of the previous examination passed: (One attested copy is also to be enclosed along with original certificate) b) Two copies of recent photographs (pass port size of the learner duly attested by a Gazetted Officer at the lower portion of each photo. One is to be affixed to the application and the other to be enclosed). c) Receipt of payment of fee: Crossed Demand Draft. d) Date of Birth extract. e) A copy of Aadhar/PAN card. f) Identity Card is to be enclosed duly signed and photo affixed. g) Three address slips duly filled-in are to be enclosed. The learner is advised to retain this copy of the prospectus till the course is completed for the purpose of clarification of rules and regulations concerning the course.

Territorial Jurisdiction of University and Directorate of Distance Education

As per the Andhra Pradesh Re-organisation Act of 2014 Sri Padmavati Mahila Visva Vidyalayam in 10th schedule, as such will continue to cater to the educational needs of students of both Telangana and Andhra Pradesh for 10 years from the date of Re-organisation.

Legal disputes

With regard to disputes arising in the matters of the DDE, all legal proceedings will be in the jurisdiction of Tirupati only.

Annexure-II Statement showing the details of fee to be collected from the students admitted in 2019-20 Academic Session with break up to the study centres and the University S. Name of the Course Duration Course Fee Study Fee payable to the University Course Fee Study Fee payable to No. for 1st Year Centre for 2nd Centre the University share 70% of Appli- Total * Year share 70% of course (30%) course cation (30%) fee fee Regis- tration Rs. Rs. Fee Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. 1. Master of Science 2 Yrs 4000 1200 2800 350 3150 4000 1200 2800 (Mathematics) 2. Master of Science (Zoology) 2 Yrs 9500 2850 6650 350 7000 9500 2850 6650 3. Master of Commerce 2 Yrs 5000 1500 3500 350 3850 5000 1500 3500 4. Master of Arts (Economics) 2 Yrs 5000 1500 3500 350 3850 5000 1500 3500 5. Master of Arts (English) 2 Yrs 4000 1200 2800 350 3150 4000 1200 2800 6. Master of Arts (Music) 2 Yrs 9000 2700 6300 350 6650 9000 2700 6300 7. Master of Arts(Telugu) 2 Yrs 4000 1200 2800 350 3150 4000 1200 2800 8. Master of Arts (Women’s 2 Yrs 4000 1200 2800 350 3150 4000 1200 2800 Studies) 9. P.G.Dip.in Family & Health 1 Yr 3000 900 2100 350 2450 - - - Counselling 10. P.G.D.in Pre-School 1 Yr 3000 900 2100 350 2450 - - - Education 11. P.G.D.in Public Relations 1 Yr 3000 900 2100 350 2450 - - - 12. Diploma in Music 6 3000 900 2100 350 2450 - - - Months

Note: * The total amount shall be paid to the University by way of demand draft drawn in favour of “The Registrar, SPMVV” payable at Tirupati.

DIRECTORATE OF DISTANCE EDUCATION SRI PADMAVATI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM (WOMEN’S UNIVERSITY), TIRUPATI

B.Ed. (DM) PROGRAMME Academic year 2019-20

GENERAL REGULATIONS & SYLLABUS

PH: 0877 – 2284524, 2284603 Email id: [email protected]

SRI PADMAVATI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM (WOMEN’S UNIVERSITY), TIRUPATI – 517 502 (A.P.) DIRECTORATE OF DISTANCE EDUCATION B.Ed(D.M)Programme

[B.Ed.(D.M) Programme Rcognition of UGC-DEB-F.No.11-3/2018(DEB-I) dated 24th October 2018 B.Ed.(D.M) Programme Recognition of NCTE SRC – F.SRC/NCTE/APS00056/B.Ed.(D.M)/AP/2018/90107 dated 18-09-2018] General Regulations

1. Preamble: The Bachelor of Education programme, generally known as B.Ed., is a professional programme that prepares teachers for upper primary (classes VI-VIII) and secondary (classes IX-X) levels.

The Bachelor of Education Programme (B.Ed) in ODL mode, is a professional programme for in-service teachers, a second degree in teacher education, primarily intended for upgrading the professional competence of working teachers in the primary, upper primary, secondary schools and senior secondary level who have entered the profession without formal secondary teacher training. It aims at preparing in-service teachers for the secondary stage of education, in accordance with the notifications of the NCTE with regard to minimum qualifications for recruitment as a teacher. The programme shall use blended learning modality for design, development and delivery of the programme.

2. Objectives of B.Ed (D.M) Programme:

 To understand and follow the implications of Philosophical and Sociological origins of educational theories and practise.  To develop competence and commitment to teach students with individual differences by understanding the developmental issues.  To make teacher understand human behaviour and practice of the psychological principles in teaching, learning and evaluation.  To expose the teachers to indigenous and modern technology applied in education and empower them to utilize ICT in their career.  To prepare teachers to understand the pedagogy and its application.  To create awareness to global changes and local realities and to act aptly.  To orient teachers in understanding the self and to equip with skills of evaluation.  To equip teachers with knowledge and skills of class-room management, leadership, action research and art education.  To sensitize teachers with the issues related to gender, school, society and inclusive education.  To prepare teachers with effective communicative skills, professional values and ethics.  To sensitize the teachers with social responsibility by undertaking projects.

3. Territorial Jurisdiction:

The University offering teacher education programme through ODL will have territorial jurisdiction as defined in its Act.

The Study Centres of the University shall also be located in its territorial jurisdiction.

4. Duration:

The duration of the programme will be of two academic years. However, students shall be permitted to complete the programme within a maximum period of five years from the date of admission into the Programme. The commencement and completion of the programme shall be so regulated that two long spells of vacation (summer/winter/staggered) are available to the learners for guided/ supervised instruction and face-to-face contact sessions. The programme can also be sandwiched between two summer vacations for face-to- face interaction (besides learners’ self-study at their choice and pace). If a Candidate fails to complete the programme within 5 years from the date of admission, she has to seek fresh admission as per the regulations existing on those years by paying full fee of the programme.

5. Intake, Eligibility, Admission Procedure & Fees:

 Intake:

The intake capacity for B.Ed (D.M) Program is 500 women teachers as per NCTE Revised Norms of 2014 eligibility criteria.

 Eligibility:

The following categories are eligible for B.Ed(DM) Programme:

1. Trained in-service women teachers in Elementary Education with a minimum of 50% of marks in UG or in PG Degree 2. Women candidates having completed a NCTE recognized Teacher Education programme through face – to – face mode with a minimum of 50% of marks in UG or in PG Degree 3. However, the candidates belonging to all other reserved categories i.e S.C.,S.T.,B.C.(A/B/C/D/E), and Physically handicapped should have secured a minimum of 40% marks in the qualifying examination.

Note: 1. As per the GOMS NO:92, the candidates who passed B.B..S/ B.D.S/ B.A.M.S/B.L/ L.L.B/B.A(Languages)/B.O.L etc. and other such professional courses are not eligible for admission into B.Ed course.

2. Teachers called for interview should submit their ‘Service Registers’ and ‘Service Certificates’ and ‘No Objection Certificate’ countersigned by the competent authorities/authorities concerned, at the time of admission.

 Admission Procedure: DDE shall follow the admission procedure laid down by the University by following the rule of reservation as per the University regulations. 4

6. Fee Structure:

Rs.30,000/-(Rupees thirty thousand only) is the total fee for 2 years towards tuition fee/special fee, study material etc. and Rs.400/- user charges.

First Year Fee Rs.20,000/- (Rupees twenty thousand only) and Rs.200/-(user charges) to be paid at the time of admission.

Second Year Fee Rs.10,000/- (Rupees ten thousand only) and Rs.200/-(user charges) to be paid within 15 days form the last day of University Theory Examination of First Year Program.

Note: Fee once paid will not be refunded either in full or in part for any reason(s).

7. Medium of Instruction & Examinations: Medium of Instruction and Examinations shall be English and Telugu only.

8. Combinations of Methodology Subjects: Candidates can select only one of the following combinations as per their subjects of study in Graduation or Post Graduation:

1. Mathematics and Physical Sciences 2. Mathematics and English 3. Mathematics and Telugu 4. Physical Sciences and English 5. Physical Sciences and Telugu 6. Biological Sciences and English 7. Biological Sciences and Telugu 8. Social Studies and English 9. Social Studies and Telugu

Note: No Candidate is permitted to take two languages as combination of methods.

9. Curriculum: B.Ed. (D.M) Programme Structure of First Year B.Ed(DM) Programme

No of Paper No. of Theory Total Title Assign Code Credits Marks Internal External ments Theory B.Ed1.1 Philosophical Foundations of 4 20 80 4* 100 Education

B.Ed1.2 Perspectives in Child Development 4 20 80 4* 100

B.Ed1.3 ICT for Enriching Teaching and 4 20 80 4* 100 Learning

B.Ed1.4 Learning Assessment 2 10 40 2* 50

B.Ed1.5 Pedagogy of Mathematics/ Social Sciences / Biological Sciences(Pg1) 4 20 80 4* 100

B.Ed1.6 Pedagogy of Physical Sciences/ English/ Telugu(Pg2) 4 20 80 4* 100

Totals 22 22 550 Practicum (a)Practicum 9 220** 22** 220 (Activities-Projects/Records), Completion Activitie of School & Community activities s/Projec specified in the theory papers of ts/Recor First year ds

(b) Micro – Teaching of five skills in each pedagogy to develop micro skills 2 Pg.1-25 50 of teaching in each pedagogy in a Pg.2-25 simulated situation at the Nodal/study centre

(c) Observation of 5 Lessons 2 Pg.1-25 50 in each pedagogy taught Pg.2-25 by the regular teachers (class VI & VII) 2 Pg.1-25 50 (d) Observation of five Pg.2-25 lessons given by peer group in each pedagogy subject (class VI Y1P & VII) 2 Pg.1-30 60 Pg.2-30 (e) School Internship – 3 weeks.(Teaching Practice of 5 lessons & Block Teaching Practice of 10 Lessons for 6th & 7th classes in each pedagogy subject) 1 20 20

(f)Report on School Activities & Attendance 2 Pg.1-25 50 Pg.2-25 (g) Report on Scholastic Achievement 4 Pg.1-50 100 Pg.2-50 (h) University Practical Examinations for 6th & 7th in Teaching Methods Totals 24 600 Grand Total of Theory & Practicum 46 1150 of First year

Structure of Second Year B.Ed(DM) Programme

Paper Title No. of Theory No of Total Code Credits Internal External Assign Marks ments Theory B.Ed2.1 Sociological Foundations of Education 4 20 80 4* 100

Learning & Teaching B.Ed2.2 4 20 80 4* 100 Contemporary India & Education and B.Ed2.3 Environmental Education 4 20 80 4* 100

Gender, School, Society and Inclusive B.Ed2.4 Education 4 20 80 4* 100

Classroom Organization, Management, B.Ed 2.5 Leadership & Action Research and Art 4 20 80 4* 100 Education

B.Ed 2.6 Understanding the Self 2 10 40 2* 50 Total Marks of Theory 22 550 Practicum (a)Practicum(Activities - Projects/ 9 220** - 22** 220 Records related to Second Year Activities/ theory papers activities Project Projects/Records in each /Records theory paper with 10 marks per activity/project/record

(b)School Internship – 5 weeks. (Teaching Practice of 5 lessons & Block Teaching 4 Pg.1-50 - 100 Practice of 15 Lessons for 8th , 9th& Pg.2-50 10th classes in each pedagogy

c) Observation of 5 Lessons in 2 Pg.1-25 50 each pedagogy taught by the Pg.2-25 Y2P regular teachers (class VIII to X)

(d) Observation of five lessons given by peer 2 Pg.1-25 50 group in each pedagogy subject (class VIII Pg.2-25 to X)

(e)Report on School Activities & 1 30 30 Attendance

(f)Report on Scholastic Achievement 2 Pg.1-25 50 Pg.2-25 (g) Practical examinations(teaching) in methods subjects (8th, 9th & 10th Classes. 4 Pg.1-50 100 Pg.2-50 Total Marks of Practicum 24 600 Grand Total of Theory & Practicum of 46 1150 Second Year

Note:

1. * In each theory paper of 100 marks weightage 4 assignments by taking up two assignments in each part where the syllabus consists of two parts. Whereas in other courses of 100 marks weightage, it shall be 4 assignments in each course. In a course of 50 marks weightage there shall be 2 assignments. Each assignment carries ‘5’ marks.

2. **In each theory paper of 100 marks weightage 4 Activities/ Projects/ Records need to be undertaken by taking any of two activities in each part where the syllabus consists of two parts. Whereas in other courses of 10 marks weightage there shall be 4 Activities/Projects/Records in each course. In a course of ‘50’ marks weightage there shall be 2 activities. Each Activity / Project / Record carries 10 marks.

3. During the 3 weeks and 5 weeks of school visits practicum activities related to the theory paper and observation lessons of pedagogy of teachers and peers need to be done. 4. Micro – teaching 5 skills in each pedagogy to develop micro skills of teaching among student teachers need to be in a simulated situation at nodal/ study centre for 10 days duration in first year contact programme classes.

Records of Practicum Work

List of Records First Second Year Year  Assignment Records (1 Record for each paper) 6 Nos. 6 Nos.  Records of Activities/Projects for theory Papers 6 Nos. 6 Nos. ( 1 Record for each Paper )  Microteaching Records Pg I & Pg II 2 Nos. -  Observation Records of Regular Teachers Pg I & Pg II 2 Nos. 2 Nos.  Observation Records of Peer Group Pg I & Pg II 2 Nos. 2 Nos.  School Internship Pg I & Pg II 2 Nos. 2 Nos.  Report on School Activities & Attendance 1 No. 1 No.  Scholastic Achievement Test Record Pg I & Pg II 2 Nos. 2 Nos.  University Practical Examination Records Pg I & Pg II 3 Nos. 3 Nos.

Practical Activities related to different papers

First Year

List of Practical Activities related to theory paper

Paper B.Ed(DM)1.1: Philosophical Foundations of Education

Note: Take up any FOUR Activities/Projects.

4x10=40 Marks

Philosophical Foundations of Education Venue Activities/Projects 1. Critically review a selected book written by Contemporary College/School Educationist in India. /Society

2. Thoughts and reflections of Western Philosophical schools and its ” relevance to the present day Indian Education – A Report.

3. Identify the different roles played by an ideal teacher in the ” classroom, school and community and report.

4. List out the values which make an individual a righteous human ” being.

5. Visit nearby schools under different managements and describe Society the functioning of the schools.

Paper B.Ed(DM)1.2: Perspectives in Child Development

Note: Take up FOUR Activities/Projects

4x10=40 Marks

Perspectives in Child Development Venue Activities 1. Visit a balwadi centre/NGO centers for orphans/ street children Society homes and prepare a detailed report on the care taken by these centers

2. Description of cases – 1. A Child with any type of disability and 2. College/School A child from disadvantaged section of the society

3. Describe the salient features of Child Rights Act 2005 ”

4. Interact with five adolescents and collect information about their ” attitudes, interests, aspirations in respect of their educational and occupational choices

Paper B.Ed(DM)1.3: ICT for Enriching Teaching and Learning

Note: Take up FOUR Activities/Projects

4x10=40 Marks

List of suggested activities Venue 1. Use various visual aids in the classroom and report their College/School effectiveness on learning of the students

2. Prepare Self Instructional Material on any one topic and analyse its College/School effectiveness for individualized learning

3. Observe and analyse classroom Interaction and report the ” dynamics of classroom

4. Prepare a computer assisted lesson of your choice from school College/School curriculum

Paper B.Ed(DM)1.4: Learning Assessment

Note: Take up any FOUR Activities by choosing any FOUR activities.

2x10=20 Marks

PART B: Learning and Assessment Avenue 1. Plan and construct an achievement test in one of the College methodology subjects

2. Survey the assessment practices followed in different Society schools – ZillaParishad/ Government, Private and a Residential and prepare a report

3. Prepare a report by undertaking question paper College/School analysis of two school subjects (Public Examinations of Previous Years)

4. Administer an intelligence test on students of any class College/School and interpret the results Society

5. Conduct a survey to find out occupational choices of College/School 9th Class students and prepare a report Society

Paper B.Ed(DM)1.5: Pedagogy of School Subject – I Mathematics/Social Sciences / Biological Sciences.

NOTE: Take up any 4 Activities by choosing a minimum of TWO activities in each part

4x10=40 Marks

Mathematics – PART- A

1. Create different activities to realize concept attainment by College/School children in any unit from Mathematics Text books of 6-10 classes

2. Each student has to collect and present history and ” contributions of one Indian or Western mathematician

3. Preparation of T.L.M. for any one topic from classes 6-10 ” mathematics

4. Preparation of power point presentation (PPP) for any one topic ” from a different branch of mathematics

5. Identifying suitable methods/approaches of teaching different ” topics from mathematics text of any one class (Inductive/ Deductive/ Analytic/ Synthetic/ Laboratory/ Heuristic/ Project methods and Activity based learning)

Mathematics – PART –B

6. During Internship, conduct of Essay writing/ quiz competitions School/Society in mathematics and report

7. One case study of gifted child and slow learner with School/Society interventions suggested.

8. Preparation of Mathematical Puzzles, Games, riddles and other College/School recreational activities. Society

9. Preparing two types of assessment tests – Formative, School/College Summative type of tests.

10. Preparing Diagnostic test in Algebra, Arithmetic and Geometry ” from VIII to X class mathematic syllabus.

Social Sciences : PART-A

1. Identify values depicted in the lessons of social sciences of any College/School one class and prepare a report

2. Select and plan appropriate strategies for teaching a lesson of ” social science of your choice and submit Society 3. Identify any village/ward/colony and make social survey and find out the literacy rate, adult education programmes, electricity, toilets, sanitary and water facilities, maintenance of ” roads, etc and submit village/ward description report

4. Organize a programme in the school in connection with College/School celebration of national festivals, birthdays of social scientists/National leaders, etc.

Social Sciences: PART-B

5. Observe a day’s proceedings in house of assembly or College/School parliament and report Society

6. Collect Newspaper clippings on any social issue and write a Society report on the issue with your comments

7. Organize any one of the social awareness programme on Society Swatch Bharath/ Water and Plant/ Aids Awareness/ Vanamahotsavam, etc in a village/ward and report.

8. Observe the functioning of any local body office and report College/School/ Society

9. Critically analyse the characteristics of Social Science text book ” of any class and prepare a detailed report

Biological Sciences – PART-A

1. Visit any zoological park/Botanical Garden/ Agro based Society industry/ Food Park/ institution of scientific interest or Science and Technological Museum in your vicinity and report.

2. Identify and write the objectives and specifications under the College/school three domains on any topic of your choice

3. Sketch the life history and write his/her contributions of any ” one Biologist

4. Name any common branch of both Botany and Zoology and ” explain how you integrate the pedagogy in dealing with the content.

5. Organize an event on Earth Day/ Environment Day/ Population School/Society Day, etc. in the school during the internship and report.

Biological Sciences – PART-B

6. Make a survey on the problems of environmental pollution in Society your locality and record the observations and submit a report 7. Select any topic of your choice and prepare a lesson plan on the College/school lines suggested in constructivist approach.

8. Prepare laboratory instructional cards for any two experiments College/School/ of your choice. Society

9. Prepare a herbarium based on a certain theme. ”

10. Analyze recent public examination X class Biological Science ” question paper and compare with the pre-final question paper and record your observations.

Paper B.Ed(DM)1.6: Physical Sciences/ English/ Telugu

NOTE: Take up any 4 Activities by choosing a minimum of TWO activities in each part.

4x10=40 Marks

List of suggested activities Venue

Physical Sciences-PART-A 1. Identify the most abstract concepts (difficult topics) from any class College/School physical science textbook suggest ways and means to make it easy to understand and concrete.

2. Identify Concrete and Abstract Concepts in Physics and Chemistry ” of any class and suggest the appropriate Teaching methods and approaches to teach them and report

3. Prepare an assignment on any physical sciences and its ” application and implications with other branches of knowledge

4. Prepare biographical sketch of and scientist and his/her ” contributions to Physics/Chemistry

5. List out different content aspects of a unit in Physics/ Chemistry ” and write down the objectives and specifications under Cognitive Domain associated with them

Physical Sciences-PART-B

6. Prepare different steps involved for demonstration of an experiment College/School one each in Physics and Chemistry

7. Prepare two improvised apparatus / teachings gadgets with locally College/School available material resources for Physics and Chemistry and submit

8. Visit a Science Centre or Science-Museum (District/ State/ Society National) and prepare a report

9. Participate in a District / State Level Science Fair and prepare a ” report on the exhibits and activities presented

10. Celebrate National Science Day/Earth Day/ Water Day/ any important day related to science in the school during the ” internship and submit a report

English PART-A

1. Prepare a report on Language policies given in the reports of College/School Kothari Commission, NPE 1986 and POA 1992.

2. Prepare a detailed report on how, when and why you are going to ” use various methods, approaches and techniques in teaching the English language skills.

3. Enumerate ten activities (5 for listening and 5 for speaking) from ” the text books of Classes VI to X. Suggest your own activities using supplementary materials.

4. Critically analyse the writing activities given in the text books of ” classes VI to X and report.

5. Analyze the tasks given at the end of any one unit in the textbook ” and check their relevance to cognitive, affective and psychomotor domains and report.

English PART-B

6. Take a few passages from different lessons of any class of your College/School choice and critically examine the following and comment: To what extent the language clearly convey the meaning of the topic being discussed? Is the language learner-friendly? Is the language too technical in nature?

7. Select 10 examples of grammar activities listed in English Readers ” of Classes VI to X and analyse.

8. Take a topic of your choice and select 10 vocabulary items to teach ” in the relevant context. Gove reasons for your selection.

9. Prepare 3 activities for practicing pronunciation and spelling of 15 ” words from a lesson in any text book of Classes VI to X.

10. Develop a question paper for Classes VI to X to asses all the ” aspects of language learning.

Telugu As mentioned at the end of the syllabus

B.Ed (DM) Programme

Second Year

List of Practical Activities related to Theory Papers

Paper B.Ed(DM)2.1: Sociological Foundations of Education

Note: Take up the following FOUR Activities. 4x10=40 Marks

Sociological Foundations of Education Venue Activities/Projects 1. Study the cultural practices prevailing in the local Society community and submit a report

2. Study the diversities existing in the community and describe ” the root causes for such diversities.

3. Study the social stratification in a village/ward and prepare a ” report on it.

4. Education and social mobility – Conduct a survey in ” a village/ward and prepare a report.

Paper B.Ed(DM)2.2: Learning and Teaching

Note: Take up any FOUR Activities

4x10=40 Marks

Learning and Teaching Venue Activities 1. Prepare a list of study habits prevailing among students of a School particular class through interaction of students

2. A report on learning situations, learners’ attention, motivational ” status among the students of a particular class through observation

3. Conduct a group discussion on strategies of memorization – School/College Repeated reading, writing, peer group discussion, explaining to others, etc. and prepare a report

4. Understanding the nature of interaction between teachers and ” students by Flander’s Interaction model and prepare a report

5. Prepare a detailed report on different roles of an ideal teacher in College/School the existing circumstances.

Paper B.Ed(DM)2.3: Contemporary India & Education and Environmental Education

Note: Take up any FOUR Activities by choosing a minimum any TWO activities from each PART

4x10=40 Marks

PART-A: Contemporary India & Education Avenue 1. A Critical Study with the help of Survey and Observation of Society alternative schools – Night schools, Mobile schools, Child labour Schools and prepare a report

2. Conduct a Survey of schools of different quality in different milieu ” and make a presentation

3. A critical review of school textbooks based on socio-cultural and College/School economic exclusion

4. Conduct a survey on street children / orphan children and make a Society presentation

5. Conduct a survey (a minimum of 10 schools) and critically analyze ” the RMSA intervention for enhancing the quality of secondary education and prepare a report

PART-B Environmental Education

6. Make a survey of your area and document all the environmental Society problems found along with photographs

7. Conduct a survey of five high schools and describe the steps to be ” taken to enhance the environment and make the institutions Swatch.

8. Organize a Rally in a school where you attend Internship on ” Swatch Bharath and Importance of Environment (The World Environment Day is 5th June) and report

9. Conduct elocution and essay writing competitions for students on ” environmental issues and report

Paper B.Ed(DM) 2.4: Gender, School &Society and Inclusive Education

Note: Take up any FOUR Activities by choosing any TWO activities from each PART

4X10=40 marks

PART- A: Gender, School and Society Avenue

1. Community survey – Literacy rate among boys and girls – Society Access, Continuity, dropout, entry, pass percentage, Child marriages, child labour, etc. and prepare a report

2. Visit a Co-Education High School and Girls High School Society and prepare a report on the facilities to girl students and women teachers.

3. Basing on 2011 census reports find out the sex ratio and College/School/Society educational status of different age groups in your mandal and report

4. Study of Self Help and Self Employment groups and Society Economic empowerment of women in these groups – A Report (Select a five groups)

5. Text Book Analysis and gender equity A – report College/School

PART-B: Inclusive Education

6. Prepare case studies of two differently abled children (with Society different disabilities)

7. Observation of five class room teaching periods in each of Society special schools and inclusive schools and prepare a report highlighting the teaching strategies implemented by the teachers

8. Form a small group of 5-6 student teachers and conduct an Society awareness camp in any village/ward on causes, prevention and referral services available for differently abled children and prepare a report

9. Visit any one NGO offering vocational training for special Society 16

children and prepare a report

10. Critically analyse the needs, strengths and issues of Society differently abled children – mentally, visually and hearing challenged

Paper B.Ed(DM) 2.5: Classroom Organization, Management Leadership and Action Research and Art Education

Note: Take up any FOUR Activities by choosing any TWO activities from each PART

4X10=40 marks

PART A: Classroom Organization, Management Leadership Avenue and Action Research and Art Education

1. Prepare a detailed record describing the role of the Society teacher in organizing the classroom at least by observing a teacher for five periods.

2. Identify a problem for action research and prepare a College/School proposal for action research

3. Collection of articles from newspapers relating to College/School classroom management problems

4. Collection of cases of indiscipline and corporal College/School punishment from newspapers

5. Observe a minimum of five school teachers and describe Society their leadership characteristics

PART B: Art Education 6. Select a concept from the school curriculum which College/ School includes a social message and identify an appropriate art form to spread the message in public and prepare a report

7. Identify a local art form and integrate it in teaching an College/ School appropriate lesson from school curriculum – Prepare a lesson plan

8. Select an appropriate lesson from the school curriculum College/ School and rewrite it in the form of a drama

Paper B.Ed 2.6: Understanding the Self

Note: Take up any TWO Activities.

PART: Understanding the Self as mentioned in the syllabus

Learning and Assessment Avenue

1. Plan and construct an achievement test in one of the College 17

methodology subjects

2. Survey the assessment practices followed in different Society schools – ZillaParishad/ Government, Private and a Residential and prepare a report

3. Prepare a report by undertaking question paper College/School analysis of two school subjects (Public Examinations of Previous Years)

4. Administer an intelligence test on students of any class College/School and interpret the results Society

5. Conduct a survey to find out occupational choices of College/School 9th Class students and prepare a report Society

10. Attendance:

Attendance for contact programme classes in each year is compulsory. However in extra- ordinary conditions, 20% of exemption shall be provided on medical grounds.

100% attendance is compulsory for school based activities i.e Practicum.

Note: No Candidate for any reason(s) shall be allowed to take up practical activities and/or to go for second year without attending the first year contact programme fully or partly.

Candidates who could not put in the required percent of attendance in theory or in practicum are required to pay the following fee as the case may be for conducting special contact programme classes.

Theory First year/Second year Theory Practicum 20% and less of 20% attendance Rs.2000 Rs.2000 21% to 40% of less attendance Rs.3000 Rs.3000 41% to 60% of less attendance Rs.4000 Rs.4000 61% to 80% of less attendance Rs.5000 Rs.5000 81% to 100% of less attendance Rs.6000 Rs.6000

On payment and fulfilment of attendance by attending special contact programme class at their respective study centers/Nodal centre, candidates are allowed to take up practicum and/or Examinations of that year or to attend next year programme.

Only after fulfilling the attendance in both theory & practicum Candidates are eligible to take up school based activities and/or to take up exams and/or to go to next year.

11.Internal and External Assessment:

(a) Internal Assessment:

 For each theory paper there will be internal assessment for 20 marks weightage for 100 marks paper. The candidate has to submit 4 assignments for each paper of 20 marks internal assessment.

 Assignments and Projects, Practicum etc., related activities are assessed by the concerned faculty at the respective study centre.

(b) External Assessment:

There will be University theory examination after the completion of the academic activities of each year for each Paper, which will be assessed either by internal or external examiners. University theory examinations will be held at the respective study centres. University will nominate observers to these examinations.

 For any reason(s) if a study centre shall not be the examination centre, candidates of that centre has to take their examinations at the Nodal Centre.  Candidates who fail in one or more subjects in the examinations held during their course duration of 2 years  Candidates who could not take exams held during their course duration & also  Candidates of old batches (failed or did not appear for the examinations).

(d) Examinations will be conducted on each day. (e) Medium of instruction is English and Telugu medium of taking examinations is English or Telugu only.

12. General Tentative Academic Schedule for Calendar Year Admissions

First Year:

1. Contact Programme Classes: 31 days (during summer vacation at the study centres) from 26th April to 26th May

(a) Academic Counselling 10 days

(b) Workshop on Competencies, Lesson-Plan, CCE Preparation of Question paper /SAT etc. 6 days

(d) All Projects 4 days

31days

2.School based Activities: a. Demonstrations & Lesson Plans - 4 days during June - July (At the School(s) arranged by the Study Centre. 5 Demos given by the faculty of the Study Centre in each Pedagogy during school working days for Classes VI & VII)

b. Teaching Practice - 6 days during July

(At the Schools arranged by the Study Centre. 5 Lessons in each Pedagogy to be given by the Student Teachers to Classes VI &/VII during School Working days) c. Visit to schools for School Based Activities - 3 weeks (18 School working days) (Observation, Block Teaching Practice/ during August – September Internship - 6th &/ 7th Classes Teaching of 10 Lessons in Each & Projects etc.) Methodology subject in Recognised Schools choiced by the Student Teachers with the approval of the University. 3. Submission of records, assignments, projects etc. - On or before 31st October 4. University Practical Examinations - October in 2 Methodology Subjects 5. University Theory Examinations - November 6. Results Declaration - January – February Note: Each day there will be 6 hrs of Academic work during CPC besides allotting time for Library and Tutorials.

Second Year:

1.Contact Programme: - 21days (during summer vacation at the study centre) from 1st to 21st, May

(a)Academic Counselling - 11 days

(b)Workshop - 6 days during May

(c)All Projects - 4 days

2. School based Activities:

a. Demonstrations & Lesson Plans - 4 days during June - July (At the School(s) arranged by the Study Centre. 5 Demos given by the faculty of the Study Centre in each Pedagogy during school working days for Classes VIII to X)

b. Teaching Practice - 6 days during July - August (At the Schools arranged by the Study Centre. 5 Lessons in each Pedagogy to be given by the student teachers to Classes VIII - X during School Working days) c. Visit to schools for School Based Activities - 5 weeks (30 School working days) (Observation, Block Teaching practice/ during August – September Internship – VIII - XClasses teaching of 15 lessons in each & projects etc.) methodology subject in Recognised Schools choiced by the Student Teachers with the approval of the University.

3. Submission of Records, - on or before 31st October Projects, Assignments etc.

4. University Practical Examination - October in 2 Methodology Subjects

5. University Theory Examinations - November

6. Results Declaration - January - February

Note: Each day there will be 6 hrs of Academic work during CPC besides time allotted for Library and Tutorials.

13. General Tentative Academic Schedule for Academic Year Admissions

First Year:

1. Contact Programme Classes: 31 days

(a) Academic Counselling 10 days

(b) Workshop on Competencies, 6 days during Dasara Lesson-Plan, CCE Vacation Preparation of Question paper /SAT etc. 6 days 5 days during Sankranthi (c) Micro teaching 10 days Vacation (5 skills in each pedagogy) (d) All Projects 5 days 20 days during Summer vacation

31days

2.School Based Activities:

a. Demonstrations & Lesson Plans - 4 days during November (At the School(s) arranged by the Study Centre. 5 Demos given by the faculty of the Study Centre in each Pedagogy during school working days for Classes VI to VII) b. Teaching Practice - 6 days during December - January (At the Schools arranged by the Study Centre. 5 Lessons in each Pedagogy to be given by the Student Teachers to Classes VI &/VII during School Working days) c. Visit to schools for School Based Activities - 3 weeks (18 School working days) (Observation, Block Teaching Practice/ during February - March Internship - 6th & 7th Classes Teaching of 10 lessons in each & Projects etc.) methodology subject in Recognised Schools choiced by the Student Teachers with the approval of the University.

3. Submission of records, assignments, projects etc. - On or before 31st May 4. University Theory Examinations - June 5. University Practical Examinations - July in 2 Methodology Subjects 6. Results Declaration - August Note: Each day there will be 6 hrs of Academic work during CPC besides allotting time for Library and Tutorials

Second Year:

1.Contact Programme: - 21days

(a)Academic Counselling 5 days during Dasara Vacation

(b)Workshop 5 days during Sankranthi Vacation

(c)All Projects 11 days during May

2. School based Activities:

a. Demonstrations & Lesson Plans - 4 days during November (At the School(s) arranged by the Study Centre. 5 Demos given by the Study Centre in each Pedagogy during school working days for Classes VIII to X) 22

b. Teaching Practice - 6 days during December

(At the Schools arranged by the Study Centre. 5 Lessons in each Pedagogy to be given by the Student Teachers to Classes VIII - X during School Working days) c. Visit to schools for School Based Activities - 5 weeks (30 School working days) (Observation, Block Teaching Practice/ during February – March Internship – VIII - XClasses teaching of 15 lessons in each & Projects etc. ) methodology subject in Recognised Schools choiced by the Student Teachers with the approval of the University.

3. Submission of Records, - on or before 31st May Projects, Assignments etc.

4. University Practical Examination - March in 2 Methodology Subjects

5. University Theory Examinations - May

6. Results Declaration - July

Note: Each day there will be 6 hrs of Academic work during CPC besides time allotted for Library and Tutorials.

14. Question Paper Pattern:

14.1.Question Paper Pattern for a Paper of 80 Marks of External Examination for 3 hrs duration:

 There shall be two parts viz., Part-A and Part-B.  Part-A consists of TEN short answer type questions with internal choice representing each Unit of the course.  Each short answer question carries 6 marks (6×10=60)  Each short answer shall be for one and half page or 30 lines.  Part-B consists of 2 essay type questions with internal choice representing one question from each part of the paper. Each question carries 10 marks. (2x10=20 M)  Each essay question shall be for four pages or 80 lines.

14. 2. Model Question Paper for the Papers with 80 Marks of External Examination

Paper Title: ______

Time:3 hours Marks:80

PART-A (10x6=60)

Note: Answer TEN questions by following internal choice. Each question carries 6 marks. The candidate is expected to answer each question in one and half page or 30 lines.

1.(a)------

(b)------

2.(a)------

(b)------

3.(a)------

(b)------

4.(a)------

(b)------

5.(a)------

(b)------

6.(a)------

(b)------

7.(a)------

(b)------

8.(a)------

(b)------

9.(a)------

(b)------

10.(a)------

(b)------

PART-B (2×10=20 Marks)

Note:

 Part-B consists of 2 essay type questions with internal choice representing one question from each part of the Paper.  Each question carries 10 marks.  The candidate is expected to answer each question in about four pages or 80 lines.

11.(a)------

(b)------

12.(a)------

(b)------

14.3. Question Paper Pattern for the Paper with 40 External Examination Marks for 1 ½ hr duration:

 The question paper consists of two parts.  Part-A consists of five short answer questions with internal choice representing each Unit of the course.  Each short answer shall be for one and half page or 30 lines.  Each short answer question carries 6 marks. (5×6=30 Marks)  Part-B consists of one essay type question with internal choice for 10 marks.  Each question shall be answered in 4 pages or 80 lines.

14.4. Model Question Paper for Papers with 40 marks of External Examination:

Paper Title:______

Time:1 ½ Hours Marks:40

PART-A (5×6=30 Marks)

Note: Answer FIVE questions by following internal choice.

Each question carries 6 marks.

The candidate is expected to answer each question in one and half page or 30 lines.

1.(a)------

(b)------

2.(a)------

(b)------

3.(a)------

(b)------

4.(a)------

(b)------

5.(a)------

(b)------

PART-B (1×10 Marks)

Note: Answer the following question by following internal choice.

This question carries 10 marks.

The candidate is expected to answer the question in about four pages or in 80 lines.

6.(a)------

(b)------

15. Passing Minimum:

The passing minimum for each theory paper is 35 percent in the external examinations (i.e 28 marks out of 80 marks) and an aggregate of 40 percent including internal and external assessments in each theory paper. The passing minimum in practicum is 50 percent. 26

16. Reappearing Facility:

A candidate who fails in one paper/course may be allowed to appear in the particular paper either in theory or in practicum within a maximum duration of five years.

17. Transitory Provisions:

If the curriculum/regulations are changed, any candidate who fails to take examinations within the maximum duration of 5 years shall have to take examinations according to the changed Curriculum/Regulations after 5 years.

18. Improvement of Marks:

Candidate who desires to improve their performance in theory, they have to appear for all the theory papers. By any reason the improvement in marks is less than the previous one, as per the existing norms of the University, previous performance shall be retained.

19. Award of Degree:

University will award Degree in B.Ed (D.M) Programme after successful completion of the academic requirements of the programme.

DIRECTOR

PART-2: ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMMES

3. ODL Programme details including brochures or programme guides containing inter alia information such as name of the programme, duration, eligibility for enrolment, programme fee, programme structure etc.,.

SRI PADMAVATI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM, TIRUPATI (Women’s University) DIRECTORATE OF DISTANCE EDUCATION ELIGIBILITY AND COURSE FEE S. Name of the Medium of Duration Eligibility for Admission Course fee No. Programme Instruction Postgraduate Programmes Master of Science B.A./B.Sc. with I year 4,000 1. 2 years English (Mathematics) Mathematics II year 4,000 B.Sc With Zoology as one of Master of Science the Subjects in Part-II and I year 9,500 2. 2 years English (Zoology) 50% Marks in Zoology and II year 9,500 50% of marks on aggregate Bachelor’s Degree in Commerce/ B.Com I year 5,000 Master of Computer Applications/ 3. 2 years II year 5,000 Commerce B.A.& B.Sc. graduates with English any one of the Commerce subject II year 5,000 B.A. with 45% and B.Sc. with 50% in groups. They should have studied at least one of the following subjects in their UG course: I year 5,000 Economics, Mathematics, Master of Arts II year 5,000 English 4. 2 years Statistics, Accountancy, (Economics) Computer Science. B. Com/BBA with 45% of the aggregate in groups. B. Tech (Any Branch) with 60% marks on the aggregate. Master of Arts Any graduate of a I year 4,000 5. 2 years English (English) recognized University II year 4,000 Bachelor’s Degree in Music/ Bachelor’s Degree with Diploma in Music/Certificate Course in Master of Arts 6. 2 years Music or ‘B’ Grade in I year 9,000 English (Music) classical Karnatik or any II year 9,000 degree with 5 years learning experience in Music from eminent personalities Any Graduate Degree from Master of Arts I year 4,000 7. 2 years a recognized University with Telugu (Telugu) II year 4,000 Telugu S. Name of the Medium of Duration Eligibility for Admission Course fee No. Programme Instruction

Master of Arts Any graduate of a I year 4,000 English 8. 2 years (Women’s Studies) recognized University II year 4,000

Graduate Programmes (1) Trained in-service women teachers in Elementary Education with a minimum of 50% of marks in UG or in PG Degree. (2) Women candidates having completed a NCTE recognized Teacher Education programme through face-to-face mode with a minimum of 50% of marks in UG or in PG Degree. (3) However, the candidates belonging to all other reserved categories i.e., S.C., S.T., B.C(A/B/C/D/E) and physically handicapped should have secured a minimum of 40% 9. B.Ed(DM) 2 Years I year 20,000 marks in the qualifying English examination. II year 10,000 & Telugu Note: (1) As per the GOMS No:92, the candidates who have passed B.B.S/ B.D.S/B.A.M.S./B.L/ L.L.B/B.A (Languages)/B.O.L etc. and other such professional courses are not eligible for admission into B.Ed Course. (2) Candidates should submit their ‘Service Certificate’ and ‘No Objection Certificate’ counter signed by the competent authorities concerned along with their applications. P.G. Diploma Programmes P.G. Diploma in Any graduate of a One 10. Family and Health 1 year 3,000 English recognized University year Counselling Cont… S. Name of the Medium of Duration Eligibility for Admission Course fee No. Programme Instruction P.G. Diploma in Any graduate of a One 11. Pre-School 1 year recognized University with 3,000 English year Education 45% marks in group Graduates and Post P.G. Diploma in Graduates in any discipline One 12. 1 year 3,000 English Public Relations from any recognized year University Diploma Programme: Music (Sankeerthana, 6 SSC with fundamental 6 13. 3,000 English Varnam and months knowledge in Music months Annamaiah Antharangam) B.Ed Additional Passed B.Ed Degree from a English Methodology recognized University with a 14. 6,000 & Programme relevant subject at UG Telugu level/PG level. Website: www.spmvv.ac.in E-mail: [email protected] Phone: 0877-2284524, 2284603

DIRECTORATE OF DISTANCE EDUCATION SRI PADMAVATI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM (WOMEN’S UNIVERSITY), TIRUPATI

B.Ed. (DM) PROGRAMME Learners’ Hand Book

GENERAL REGULATIONS & SYLLABUS

PH: 0877 – 2284524 Email id: [email protected]

B.Ed. (D.M) Programme I Year Syllabus

Detailed Syllabi

Course Code B.Ed(DM) – 1.1 PHILOSOPHICAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION

Objectives After completion of the course, the student-teacher will be able to 1. Understand the concepts of Education and Philosophy 2. Understand the Indian Philosophical thought on Education 3. Understand the Implications of various western schools of thought on Education 4. Understand the implications made by recent thinkers on education. 5. Appreciate the nobility of teaching as a profession. 6. Understand the need and importance of values and their role in making an individual a humane

Course Content Unit-1: Introduction to Philosophy and Education 1.1 Concept and Scope of Philosophy 1.2 Concept and Scope of Education 1.3 Types and Functions of Education 1.4 Relationship between Philosophy and Education. 1.5 Philosophy and aims of Education

Unit-2: Indian Education: Historical Perspective 2.1 Education during Ancient Period (Vedic Education, Buddhist Education and Jains) 2.2 Education during Medieval Period (Including Islamic Education) 2.3 Education during Modern Period (Pre-Independent and Post Independent era) i. Rabindranath Tagore ii.Sri Aurobindo Gosh

iii. Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi iv. Jiddu Krishna Murthy v. Dr.BR.Ambeddkar vi Moulana Abdul Kalam Azad

Unit-3: Eastern Systems and Western Schools of Philosophy 3.1 Eastern Systems of Philosophy i. Sankhya ii. Yoga iii. Nyaya iv. Vedanta 3.2 Western Schools of Philosophy i. Idealism ii. Naturalism iii. Pragmatism iv. Existentialism

Unit-4: Value Education 4.1 Concept of Value 4.2 Classification of Values 4.3 Value Crisis 4.4 Approaches to inculcate Values 4.5 Values and Harmonious Life

Unit-5: Teaching as a Profession 5.1 Teacher: Professional Competencies and Commitments 5.2 Teacher as a Nation Builder 5.3 Teacher as a Creator and Facilitator of Knowledge 5.4 Professional ethics of teachers 5.5 Teacher and the Future Society Activities 1. Critically review a selected book written by Contemporary Educationalist in India. 2. Thoughts and reflections of Western Philosophical schools and its relevance to the present day Indian Education – A Report 3. Identify the different roles played by an ideal teacher in the classroom, school and community and report 4. Visit nearby schools under different managements and describe the functioning of the schools 5. List out the values which make an individual a righteous human being

Text Books

Foundations of education, Telugu Academy publications,2014,Hyderabad. Foundations of education,Neelkamal publications, 2013,Hyderabad Aggrawal, J.C. (1996) 10th rev. ed. Theory and Principles of Education. New Delhi: Vikas Publication. Altakar A.S. (1957). Education in Ancient India. Varanasi: Nand Kishore Publication. Anand, C L. (1993). Teacher and Education in the Emerging Indian Society. New Delhi: NCERT.

Reference Books: Bipan Chandra (2000). India after Independence. New Delhi: Roopa. M. Keynes, 5th Edition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Dhavan, M.L. (2005). Philosophy of Education. Delhi; Isha Books. Introduction to history of Philosophy,Frank Thilly. History of Philosophy, R S Peters, Orient Longman, New York Thakur, A. S. & Berwal, S. (2007). Education in Emerging Indian Society, New Delhi: National Publishing House. Jaffar, S.M. (1972). Education in Muslim India. Delhi: Idrah-I-Ababiyat. John Brubacher (2007). Modern Philosophy of Education. New Delhi: Surjeet Publication. Mookerjee, R.K. (1960). Ancient Indian Education. Delhi: Moti Mahal. Mukherjee, S.N. (1955). History of Education in India. Baroda: Acharya Book Depot. Mukharji, Shankar (2007). Contemporary Issues in Modern Indian Education. Authors Press. Nurullah & Naik (1951). History of Indian Education. Bombay: Macmillan & Co. Passi, B. K. (2004). Value Education. Agra: National Psychological Corporation. M.L. Dharam, Philosophy of Education, Delhi Esha Books History of Indian Education, Mumbai (Mc Millan and Co)

Course Code B.Ed(DM) – 1.2 PERSPECTIVES IN CHILD DEVELOPMENT

Objectives After completion of the course, the student-teacher will be able to 1. Compare relative merits and applications of different Approaches of Human Development 2. Recognize that childhood is a period of socialization and how socialization practices affect their development 3. Critically analyze developmental variations among children placed and exposed to different socio- cultural contexts 4. Appreciate the process of development with special focus on childhood and adolescence 5. Recognize that adolescence as a period of transition and threshold of adulthood 6. Examine characteristics of adolescents and reflect on how their needs act as genesis of certain unique problems 7. Illustrate different factors influencing on child development and their applications to education 8. Examine different theories of development and their relevance to understand the nature of child

Course Content Unit-1: Approaches of Human Development 1.1 Concept of Growth, Development and Maturation 1.2 Principles of Development 1.3 Stages of Growth and Development (Infancy Childhood, Adolescence) 1.4 Dimensions of Growth and Development (Physical, Cognitive, Emotional, Social, Moral, language) 1.5 Longitudinal and cross sectional approaches of understanding development

Unit-2: Theories of Development 2.1 Cognitive theory of Development (Piaget‟s) 2.2 Psycho-social theory of development (Erikson). 2. 3 Theory of Moral Development (Kohlberg‟s). 2. 4 Theory of psycho- sexual development (Freud). 2. 5 Theory of Emotional Development (Goldstein).

Unit-3: Childhood as a period of Socialization 3.1 Characteristics of childhood – developmental tasks. 3.2 Child development – Physical, cognitive, social, emotional, moral and language development during childhood. 3.3 Child in different socio-cultural contexts. 3.4 Process of socialization – conflicts resolution and social development. 3.5 Stages of Social development – Isolated play, parallel play and social play. Characteristics of socially matured person.

Unit-4: Adolescence as a period of transition 4.1 Characteristics and needs in Adolescence 4.2 Genesis of problems during adolescence-Physical, cognitive, emotional, social, moral and language development 4.3 Adolescent Groups – Gangs 4.4 Mechanisms of adjustment with special reference to defense mechanisms and holistic development

4.5 Leadership: Types of Leadership, Development of Leadership qualities in adolescents and its educational implications.

Unit-5: Individual Differences 1.1 Dimensions of Individual differences-cognitive abilities, interests, aptitude, creativity, personality and values 1.2 Theory of multiple intelligence ( Gardner) – Implications for understanding differences in children 1.3 Difference in children based on learning styles and socio cultural context (home language and Instructional language) 1.4 Individual differences based on cognitive abilities – learning difficulties, slow learners and intellectually challenged, intellectual giftedness - implications for catering to individual variations in view of “differences” rather than “deficits” perspective. 1.5 Fostering creativity among children.

Activities 1. Visit a balwadi centre/ NGO centers for orphans/ street children homes and prepare a detailed report on the care taken by these centers 2. Description of cases – 1. A Child with any type of disability and 2. A child from disadvantaged section of the society 3. Describe the salient features of Child Rights Act 2005 4. Interact with five adolescents and collect information about their attitudes, interests, aspirations in respect of their educational and occupational choices

Text Books Mangal, S.K.(2002). Advanced Educational Psychology, Printice- Hall. of India , Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi. Dandapani (2002). Advanced Educational Psychology, Second Edition. New Delhi: Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd. Dandapani (2002). Advanced Educational Psychology, Second Edition. New Delhi: Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd.

Reference Books

Beggie, H.L. and Hunt M. P: Psychological Foundations of Education Erickson, Eric, H. (1972). Play and Development. New York: W. W. Norton Gardner, H. (1980). Frames of mind: The theory of multiple intelligence. London: Paladin Books Gauvian, M. and M. Cole (eds). Readings on the development of children. New York: W. H. Freeman Hurlock, E.B. (1999). Developmental Psychology. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, New Delhi Piaget, J. (1926). Psychology of Intelligence. New York: Basic Books Sharma, K.N. (1990). Systems, Theories and Modern Trends in Psychology. Agra: HPB. Yakaiah, P. & Bhatia, K.K. (2005). Introduction to Educational Psychology. Ludhiana: Kalyani Publishers.

Course Code B.Ed(DM) – 1.3 INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT) FOR ENRICHING TEACHING AND LEARNING Objectives After completion of the course, the student-teacher will be able to 1. Explain the concept of educational technology 2. Explain the concept of ICT in education 3. Appreciate the influence of ICT for improving the professional competencies 4. Comprehend communicative skills and effective classroom interaction 5. Use different approaches of ICT integration in education 6. Appreciate the application of e-learning in education 7. Explain the instructional strategies in instructional strategies and models 8. Explain the fundamentals of the operating systems and application software 9. Use internet for effective classroom teaching and maintain the ethical values 10. Utilize the ICT for professional development of teachers

Course Content Unit-1: Information and Communication Technology (ICT) 1.1 Educational Technology – Concept, Growth, Objectives, Characteristics, Advantages, Challenges and Impact 1.2 Information Technology - Knowledge Explosion, Preservation and Retrieval 1.3 Communication – Concept, Elements, Process, Barriers & Types – Teaching as Communication - Communication Technology – Its application in Education 1.4 Instructional Media and Aids – Aural, Print, Visual and multimedia 1.5 Concept, Importance, Characteristics and Scope of Information and Communication Technology (ICT)

Unit-2: ICT in Education 2.1 Knowledge Acquisition and Multi-sensory approach 2.2 Classroom Communication and Communicative Skills for Teachers and Students - Flander‟s Interaction Analysis Category System 2.3 Individualised Instruction – Concept, Need, Principles and Techniques 2.4 Programmed Learning - Principles, Types, modes of presentation, development, application and role of teacher 2.5 Changing roles of the learner and the teacher in ICT-Integration and Challenges

Unit-3: Computer Fundamentals and Applications 3.1 Types, Characteristics and features of Computers 3.2 Components of Computers – Hardware, Software, Memory and Maintenance of computers 3.3 Operating Systems - DOS, Windows and Macintosh and Mobile Apps for Teaching 3.4 Software for Word Processing, Presentation, Statistical & Graphical, Page Layout, multimedia and webpage creator 3.5 Concept, Applications and Challenges of Computer networks, Internet, E-mail and Digital Space

Unit-4: ICT Enriched Learning Experiences 4.1 Application of ICT for Enriching Classroom Experiences 4.2 Application and use of Multimedia Educational Software for classroom situations 4.3 Use of Internet based media for teaching and learning enrichment - Acknowledgement 4.4 Project based learning using computers, Internet and Activities 4.5 Collaborative learning using group discussion, projects, field visits, blogs, etc.

Unit-5: Application of Computers in Education 5.1 Computer as a learning tool – Concept of E-learning 5.2 Web 2.0 Technologies-characteristics, types and examples 5.3 Virtual Classroom, Smart Boards, Tools and Opportunities 5.4 Open Educational Resources – Concept and Significance 5.5 Critical issues in Internet usage – Authenticity, Addiction, Plagiarism, Ethical and Legal Standards

Activities 1. Use various visual aids in the classroom and report their effectiveness on learning of the students 2. Prepare Self Instructional Material on any one topic and analyse its effectiveness for individualized learning 3. Observe and analyse classroom Interaction and report the dynamics of classroom 4. Prepare a computer assisted lesson of your choice from school curriculum

Text Books Agarwal J P (2013) – Modern Educational Technology – Black Prints, Delhi Barton R (2004) – Teaching Secondary Science with ICT – McGrawhill International Das R C (1993), Educational Technology – A Basic Text, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi Intel® - Teach to the Future – Pre-service Binder Version 2.0 Kirwadkar A and Karanam P.(2010) E-Learning Methodology – New Delhi- Sarup Book Publishers

Reference Books Agarwal J P (2013) – Modern Educational Technology – Delhi Black Prints – Douglas, E C, Computer Networks and Internet, Prentice Hall Imison T and Taylor PH (2001) – Managing ICT in Secondary Schools Heinman-Oxford Jones, B Technology and Future of Works, Oxford University Press Kumar, K L (2000), Educational Technology, New Delhi, New Age International Pvt. Ltd. Norton P (2000) Introduction to Computers, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill Publications Sampath K (1981) Introduction to Educational Technology, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi Sharma, R A (1983) Technology of Teaching, IPH, Meerut Shukla, Satish S (2005), Basics of Information Technology for Teacher Trainees, Ahmedabad, Varishan Prakashan Venkataiah, N (1996), Educational Technology, New Delhi: APH Publishing Corporation 9

Course Code B.Ed(DM) – 1.4

LEARNING ASSESSMENT

Objectives After completion of the course, the student-teacher will be able to

1. Understand the nature of assessment and evaluation and their role in teaching-learning process. 2. Understand the perspectives of different schools of learning on learning assessment 3. Realize the need for school based and authentic assessment 4. Examine the contextual roles of different forms of assessment in schools 5. Understand the different dimensions of learning and the related assessment procedures, tools and techniques 6. Develop assessment tasks and tools to assess learners‟ performance 7. Analyse, manage, and interpret assessment data 8. Analyse the reporting procedures of learners‟ performance in schools 9. Develop indicators to assess learners‟ performance on different types of tasks 10. Examine the issues and concerns of assessment and evaluation practices in schools 11. Understand the policy perspectives on examinations and evaluation and their implementation practices 12. Traces the technology bases assessment practices and other trends at the international level

Course Content Unit-1: Perspectives on Assessment and Evaluation 1.1 Meaning of Assessment, Measurement, Tests, Examination, Appraisal, and Evaluation and their interrelationships 1.2 Purpose(s) and principles of Assessment, characteristics of quality assessment 1.3 Current thinking about learning based on Behaviorist, Cognitivist and Constructivist learning theories and their implications for classroom assessment-changing the culture of classroom assessment 1.4 Classification of assessment: based on purpose (prognostic, formative, diagnostic and summative), scope (teacher made, standardized), attribute measured (achievement, aptitude, attitude, etc.), nature of information gathered (qualitative, quantitative), mode of response (oral and written; selection and supply), nature of interpretation (self-referenced, norm- referenced, criterion- referenced) and context (internal, external) 1.5 Policy perspectives on examinations and evaluation: Recommendations in National Policies of Education and curriculum frameworks- continuous and comprehensive assessment

Unit-2: Formative and Summative Assessment 2.1 Formative Assessment (FA) meaning, purpose, essential elements (formative assessment in practice), major barriers to wider use of FA, role of students and teachers in formative assessments, 2.2 Observation, questioning, reflection on learning as strategies for using assessment in the process of learning; 2.3 Use of Projects, Assignments, Work sheets, Practical work, Performance-based activities and Reports as assessment devices; Self, Peer and Teacher assessments- use of rubrics, 2.4 Summative assessment: meaning, purpose, summative assessment in practice, use of teacher- made and standardized test 2.5 Aligning formative and summative assessments

Unit-3: Tools of Assessment 3.1 Assessment of cognitive learning: understanding and application; thinking skills – convergent, divergent, critical, problem solving, and decision making;

3.2 Selected-Response Assessment: Multiple Choice, Binary Choice, and Matching and Constructed Response Assessment: Completion, Short-Answer, and essay Items as tools- nature, advantages and limitations, guidelines for their construction and scoring 3.3 Assessment of affective learning: attitude and values, interest, self-concept; tools and procedures for their assessment; observation, interview, rating scales, check-lists, inventories as tools/techniques, their uses and preparation 3.4 Assessment of Performance/ project-based assessment- meaning, characteristics, scope; using rubrics to grade a performance-based assessment 3.5 Portfolios: meaning, types, purposes, guidelines for portfolio entries and assessing portfolios

Unit-4: Planning, Construction, Administration and Reporting of assessment 4.1 Planning: Deciding on what, why and how to assess- difference between instructional, learning and assessment objectives, stating of assessment objectives , deciding on the nature and form of assessment - oral tests and written tests; open book examination; weightage to content, objectives, allocation of time; Preparation of a blue print 4.2 Construction/selection of items: writing test items/questions, reviewing and refining the items, assembling the test items; writing test directions and guidelines for administration (if any), Scoring procedure – manual and electronic; Development of Rubrics 4.3 Administration, item analysis and determining item and test characteristics; Item response analysis, ascertaining student needs, identifying student interests and feeding forward for improving learning 4.4 Analysis and Interpretation of Students‟ Performance Processing test data:graphical representations; calculation of measures of central tendency and variability, and derived scores- percentiles, percentile rank, percentage score, grade point averages, z-scores; and Frame of reference for interpretation of assessment data: norm-referenced, criterion- referenced and self- referenced ie., relative and absolute interpretation 4.5 Reporting Student Performance – content and formats; Progress reports, Cumulative records, Profiles, and Open house; Using feedback for reporting to different stakeholders – students, parents, and administrators 4.6 Use of Feedback for teachers‟ self-improvement and curriculum revision

Unit-5: Issues, Concerns and Trends in Assessment and Evaluation 5.1 Existing Practices: Class/Unit tests, half- yearly and annual examinations, Board examinations and Entrance tests, State and National achievement surveys; Management of assessment and examinations; Use of question bank 5.2 Issues and Problems: Marking Vs Grading, Non-detention policy, Objectivity Vs Subjectivity; Impact of entrance test and public examination on teaching and learning – the menace of coaching. 5.3 Trends in assessment and evaluation: Online examination, Computer-based examination and other technology based examinations Standards- based assessment – international practices

Activities 1. Plan and construct an achievement test in one of the methodology subjects 2. Survey the assessment practices followed in different schools – Zilla Parishad/ Government, Private and a Residential and prepare a report 3. Prepare a report by undertaking question paper analysis of two school subjects (Public Examinations of Previous Years) 4. Administer an intelligence test on students of any class and interpret the results 5. Conduct a survey to find out occupational choices of 9th Class students and prepare a report

Reference Books Bransford, J., Brown, A.L., & Cocking, R.R. (Eds.) (2000). How people learn: Brain, mind, experience, and school. Washington, DC: National Academy Press. Burke, K. (2005). How to assess authentic learning (4th Ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin. Burke, K., Fogarty, R., & Belgrad, S (2002). The portfolio connection: Student work linked to standards (2nd Ed.) Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin. Carr, J.F., & Harris, D.E. (2001). Succeeding with standards: Linking curriculum, assessment, and action planning. Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. Danielson, C. (2002). Enhancing student achievement: A framework for school improvement. Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. Gentile, J.R. & Lalley, J.P. (2003). Standards and mastery learning: Aligning teaching and assessment so all children can learn. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin.

Paper Code B.Ed(DM) – 1.5 PEDAGOGY OF MATHEMATICS Objectives After completion of the course the student will be able to 1. Develop insight into the meaning, nature, scope and objectives of mathematics education 2. Appreciate the role of mathematics in day to day life 3. Understand history, development of mathematics and the contributions of Indian mathematicians to mathematics 4. Understand aims and objectives of different branches of mathematics 5. Identify the role of branches of mathematics and their implications on the society. 6. Understand and practice various methods and approaches of teaching mathematics 7. Understand the selection, preparation and uses of learning resources After completion of the course, the student-teacher will be able to 8. Appreciate mathematics as a tool to engage the mind of the student 9. Appreciate mathematics to strengthen the students resource 10.See mathematics as something to talk about to communicate through to discuss among themselves to work together on. 11. Construct appropriate assessment tools for evaluating mathematics learning. 12. Stimulate curiosity, creativity and inventiveness of mathematics 13. Develop competencies to develop gifted and slow learners. 14. Develop language of mathematics; engage with research on children’s learning in specific areas.

Course Content

Unit-1: Meaning, Nature, and Scope of Mathematics 1.1 Meaning, Nature, and scope of mathematics. 1.2 History of Mathematics with special emphasis on teaching of mathematics. 1.3 Contributions of Indian Mathematicians a) Aryabhatta b) Brahmagupta c) Varahamihira d) Bhaskaracharya e) Srinivasa Ramanujan. 1.4 Contributions of Western Mathematicians a) Euclid b) Pythagoras c) Renedescarte d) Geroge Cantor. 1.5 Correlation of Mathematics with other school subjects and with other branches of mathematics.

Unit-2: Aims and objectives of Teaching Mathematics 2.1 Need for establishing general objectives for teaching mathematics. 2.2 Aims, Values and general objectives of teaching mathematics. 2.3 Specific objectives and teaching points of various content areas in different branches of secondary school mathematics. 2.4 Recommendations of various Educational Committees and Commissions as regards to Aims and Objectives of Teaching Mathematics. 2.5 Meaning and Concept of Academic Standards of CCE. 2.6 Linking Blooms Taxonomy with Academic Stands.

Unit-3: Methods, Approaches and Strategies in Teaching and Learning of Mathematical Concepts 3.1 Nature of Concepts, types of Concepts, Concept Formation and concept assimilation; distinguishing and stating necessary and sufficient conditions in the process of teaching concepts. Comparing and contrasting. Giving counter example and non example in teaching concepts. Planning and implementation strategies in teaching concepts.

3.2 Creating awareness among student teachers on various concepts of Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, Trigonometry and Probability and Statistics from classics VI to X. 3.3 Methods of Teaching Mathematics: Inductive and Deductive : Analytic and Synthetic: Laboratory. Heuristic, Project Method and Activity Based Teaching. 10 3.4 Problem solving- Stages and Steps in problem solving; Discovering or Exploring various options for solving a given problem in Algebra, Arithmetic, Geometry, Trigonometry, Probability and Statistics. 3.5 Concept Attainment Model of Jerome Bruner.

Unit-4: Planning for Teaching – Learning Mathematics 4.1 Microteaching: Concept, Definition, Microteaching cycle, Components of Microteaching, Merits and Limitations. 4.2 Microteaching Skills: Introducing a lesson, Explaining a Concept, Stimulus Variation, Illustrating with Examples, Probing Questioning, Reinforcement, Structuring Classroom Questions, and Blackboard writing. 4.3 Planning of Instruction: Unit plan, Period plan based on Blooms Taxonomy and academic standards. 4.4 Technology Integrated Lesson-Planning the Lesson by digital technology.

Unit-5: Learning Resources in Mathematics 5.1 Mathematics Text Book – Importance and Criteria of good Mathematics text book. 5.2 A Critical Analysis of existing Secondary School Mathematics Text Books. 5.3 Audio, Visual and Multimedia resources – Selection and designing. 5.4 On line Resources – ICT based Pedagogical tools. 5.5 Using community resources for mathematics learning. Visits, mathematical field trips and excursions. 5.6 Handling hurdles in utilizing resources.

Unit-6: Mathematics Curriculum: 6.1 Meaning and objectives of curriculum 6.2 Principles for designing and Organizing Curriculum 6.3 Approaches for Organizing Curriculum 6.4 Meaning of syllabus and difference between syllabus and curriculum 6.5 Recommendations and critical appraisal of NCFSE- 2005, APSCF – 2011 and other commissions on Mathematics curriculum. 6.6 Discussion of important concepts, principles and processes from the topics of the branches as specified below. i. Arithmetic : Development of number system, Ratio and Proportion, Percentages and other topics based on them. ii. Algebra: Sets and Operations on them, Systems of Linear Equations and their graphical solutions, Quadratic Equations, theory of Indices and Logarithms, Reminder and factor theorems. iii. Probability and Statistics: Basic concepts of Probability, Representation of data, Measures of Central Tendencies. vi. Geometry: Theoretical, Practical and Co-ordinate Geometry, Distance formula, section formula. Menstruation ; Areas and Volumes v. Trigonometry: Trigonometrical Ratios, Identities. Composite Angles, Multiple and Sub multiple angles, Heights and Distances.

Unit-7: Language and Aesthetic sense of Mathematics 7.1 Aesthetic Sense in Mathematics; three aesthetic experience variables identified by Brikhoof and their relation. 7.2 Co-existence of Precision and beauty in Mathematics- order pattern, structure and symmetry 7.3 Recreational Mathematics – Mathematical games, puzzles, and riddles. 7.4 Language of Mathematics Unit-8: Assessment and Evaluation

8.1 Testing of Mathematical abilities of children 8.2 Meaning of Assessment, measurement and evaluation in mathematics 8.3 Achievement test in mathematic- Arithmetic, Algebra, and Geometry. 8.4 Speed test in Mathematics - Arithmetic, Algebra, and Geometry. 8.5 Preparation of test items – Precautions to be taken while preparing test items in different branches of mathematics 8.6 Concept of CCE and measurement of different behavioral changes like interest attitude, and aptitude in learning mathematics.

Unit-9: Mathematics for all 9.1 Speed and accuracy in Mathematics 9.2 Understanding Learners – Gifted slow, backwardness and dyscalculia 9.3 Activities enriching Mathematics learning- Mathematical Clubs, fairs and its activities, Olympiad, Recreational activities 9.4 Mathematic Laboratory and its effective use 9.5 Teaching learners with special needs - Co-operative learning, Peer learning, Reciprocal learning – Breur, using technology to meet diverse needs of learners.

Unit-10: Professional Development in Mathematics Teacher 10.1 In-service programmes for Mathematics Teacher 10.2 Mathematics Teachers Associations – Role, and Uses 10.3 Journals and other resource material in Mathematics Education 10.4 Professional Growth – Participation in conferences/Seminars/ Workshops and E- Learning

Activities

1. Create different activities to realize concept attainment by children in any unit from Mathematics Text books of 6-10 classes 2. Each student has to collect and present history and contributions of one Indian or Western mathematician 3. Preparation of T.L.M. for any one topic from classes 6-10 mathematics 4. Preparation of power point presentation (PPP) for any one topic from a different branch of mathematics 5. Identifying suitable methods/ approaches of teaching different topics from mathematics text of any one class (Inductive/ Deductive/ Analytic/ Synthetic/ Laboratory/ Heuristic/ Project methods and Activity based learning) 6. During Internship, conduct of Essay writing/ quiz competitions in mathematics and report 7. One case study of gifted child and slow learner with interventions suggested. 8. Preparation of Mathematical Puzzles, Games, riddles and other recreational activities. 9. Preparing two types of assessment tests – Formative, Summative type of tests. 10. Preparing Diagnostic test in Algebra, Arithmetic and Geometry from VIII to X class mathematic

Text Books Davis, David R. The Teaching of Mathematics. New Delhi: Surjeet Publications Mangal, S.K. (1993). Teaching of Mathematics. New Delhi: Arya Book Depot. NCERT (2012). Pedagogy of Mathematics, New Delhi: NCERT Siddu, K.S. (1990). Teaching of Mathematics. New Delhi: sterling Publishers. 11

Reference Books

Benjamin, S. Bloom, Ed. (1958). Taxonomy of Educational Objectives – Handbook 1 – Cognitive Domain. New York: Harcourt Brace & World Inc. James, Anice. Teaching of Mathematics. Hyderabad: Neelkamal Publications Pvt. Ltd., Kulshrestha, A.K. & Puneetha Kumar. Teaching of Mathematics. Meerut: R.Lal Book Depot. NCERT (2000). National Curriculum Framework for Teacher Eduction. New Delhi: NCERT NCERT (2005). National Curriculum Framework. New Delhi: NCERT NCTM (1970). The Teaching of Secondary School Mathematics, XXXIII Yarbook Washington: NCTM. Packiam, S. Methods of Teaching Mathematics. Rao, N.M.Mathematics Projects and Mathematics Laboratory, New Delhi: NCERT SCERT (2011) Andhra Pradesh Curriculum Framework, Hyderabad: SCERT, Government of AP SCERT (2011). Position papers for Mathematics. Hyderabad: SCERT, Government of A.P

Paper Code B.Ed(DM) – 1.5 PEDAGOGY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

Objectives After completion of the course, the student-teacher will be able to 1. Understand the meaning and scope of Social Sciences 2. Develop general and specific aims of teaching social sciences 3. Inculcate values through teaching of Social Sciences 4. Understand major concepts and develop critical thinking through teaching inter disciplines of Social Sciences 5. Acquire knowledge on different strategies and approaches of teaching and developing skills in connection of resources. 6. Understand the teaching and learning of geography, economics, history, political science and identify the difference among them 7. Understand the importance of social science curriculum and its organization 8. Understand various teaching aids for social sciences 9. Understand the assessment process through CCE 10. Sensitize and equip teachers to handle social issues and concerns in a responsible manner 11. Inculcate qualities and competencies required for a good social sciences teacher

Course Content

Unit-1: Social Sciences as an integrated area of Study 1.1 Meaning, Nature and Scope of Natural and Social Sciences 1.2 Distinction between Natural and Social Sciences 1.3 Meaning, History, Nature, Scope and Development of Social Studies 1.4 Distinction between social sciences and social studies 1.5 Understanding society through various social sciences

Unit-2: Aims Objectives and Academic Standards of Social Sciences 2.1 Major aims and objectives of teaching Social Sciences 2.2 Blooms taxonomy of Educational Objectives 2.3 Academic Standards and Learning outcomes of teaching Social Sciences 2.4 Recommendations of NPE 1986, NCF 2005, APSCF 2011 2.5 Values of Teaching Social Sciences

Unit-3: Approaches, Methods, Strategies and Techniques of Teaching Social Sciences 3.1 Meaning, need and significance of various approaches, methods, strategies and techniques of Teaching Social Sciences 3.2 Teacher Centred Approaches – Lecture, Lecture-demonstration, Source and Supervisory Study 3.3 Learner centered approaches –Project, Problem Solving, Discussion, Inductive and Deductive, Observation, Constructivistic Approach 3.4 Strategies / Techniques - Brain Storming, Team Teaching, Mind Mapping, Questioning 3.5 Activities – Dramatisation, Role play, Field Trips, Social Science Clubs, Exhibitions

Unit-4: Planning in Teaching Social Sciences 4.1 Microteaching – Meaning, Concept and Steps 4.2 Microteaching Skills - Introduction, Explanation, Questioning, Reinforcement, Stimulus Variation 4.3 Year Plan and Unit Plan 4.4 Need and Importance of Lesson Planning (Period Planning) 4.5 Technology Integrated Lesson Planning Unit-5: Teaching Learning Resources in Social Sciences 5.1 Community Resources – Human and Material 5.2 Social Science Library, Laboratory and Museum 5.3 Need and Significance of Current and Controversial issues in teaching social sciences 5.4 Handling hurdles in utilizing resources 5.5 Professional Development of Social Sciences Teacher

Unit-6: Teaching and Learning of Geography and Economics 6.1 Fundamental concepts of Geomorphology - Latitudes, longitudes, earth movements, climatology, temperature, pressure, wind, humidity; Hydrology and Oceanography – Hydrological Cycle, Ocean and Ocean deposits 6.2 Indian Geography-Political divisions, Rivers and Landforms 6.3 Meaning, Nature and Scope of Economics; Key concepts in Economics 6.4 Classification of Economic Systems 6.5 Teaching strategies of geography and economics

Unit-7: Unit-VII: Teaching Learning of History and Political Science 7.1 Periodisation of World History, Indian History – Ancient, Medieval, Modern and Contemporary society with special reference to Secondary School Social Studies Textbooks 7.2 Capitalism, Democracy and Citizenship – American and French Revolutions 7.3 Nature and Scope of Political Science; Key concepts and current trends 7.4 Indian Constitution – Fundamental Rights and Duties; Organs of Government- Legislature, Executive and Judiciary 7.5 Teaching Strategies of Teaching History and Political Science

Unit-8: Social Science Curriculum 8.1 Curriculum – Meaning, Nature and Scope 8.2 Principles of Social Sciences Curriculum Construction 8.3 Approaches of organizing social studies curriculum – concentric, spiral, chronological, topical and correlation 8.4 Qualities and Characteristics of Good Social Science Textbook 8.5 Analysis of Social Science Textbook of State Board and CBSE

Unit-9: Teaching Learning Material in Social Sciences 9.1 Need and significance of Teaching Learning Material in Teaching Social Sciences 9.2 Globe and Maps – Types of Maps – Map Language, Map Reading and Map Making 9.3 Charts and Graphs – Types of Charts – Chronology, Tabular, Diagramatic and Pictorial; Types of Graphs – Bar, Pie, Line and Pictorial 9.4 Models – Working, Still and Diorama 9.5 Objects, Specimens and Scrap book

Unit-10: Evaluation in Learning Social Sciences 10.1 Meaning, Nature and Characteristics of Evaluation 10.2 Forms of Evaluation 10.3 Quantitative and Qualitative Tools of Evaluation in Social Sciences 10.4 CCE Model of assessment in social sciences 10.5 Analysis and Interpretation of test scores

Activities 1. Identify values in depicted in the lessons of social sciences of any one class and prepare a report 2. Select and plan appropriate strategies for teaching a lesson of social science of your choice and submit 3. Identify any village/ward/ colony and make social survey and find out the literacy rate, adult education programmes, electricity, toilets, sanitary and water facilities, maintenance of roads, etc and submit village/ward description report 4. Organise a programme in the school in connection with celebration of national festivals, birthdays of

social scientists/ National leaders, etc. 5. Observe a day‟s proceedings in house of assembly or parliament and report 6. Collect News paper clippings on any social issue and write a report on the issue with your comments 7. Organise any one of the social awareness programme on Swatch Bharath/ Water and Plant/Aids Awareness/ Vanamahotsavam, etc in a village/ward and report. 8. Observe the functioning of any local body office and report 9. Critically analyse the characteristics of Social Science text book of any class and prepare a detailed report

Text Books Telugu Academy – 2002 – B.Ed. Methods of Teaching Social Studies – Hyderabad Aggarwal J.C(1993) – Teaching of Social Studies – a practical approach, second edition, New Delhi, Vikas Publishing House Aggarwal J.C (1983) - Teaching of History New Delhi, Vikas Publishing House Kochhar, SK(1988) Teaching of Social Studies, New Delhi, Sterling Publishers Private Ltd Bining, A.C and Bining BH (1952) Teaching of Social Studies in Secondary schools 3rd Ed., Bombay, TATA Mc Graw- Hill publishing Company Ltd.

Reference Books Aggarwal D.D (2008) – Modern Methods of Teaching Geography new Delhi current publications Edwin, Fenton (1967) – The New Social Studies in Secondary Schools – An Inductive Approach – New York – Holt Binchart and Winston Inc. Martorella, Peter M (1976) – Social Studies Strategies – Theory into Practice, New York, Harper and Row Publishers Inc. Mechlinger M D (1981) – UNESCO Handbook of Teaching Social Studies – London – Croom Helm Moffat, M P (1955) – Social Studies Instruction – 2nd Ed. New York – PHI NCERT (1990) – Teaching History in Secondary Schools – New Delhi Ruhela, S P (2009) – Techniques of Teaching Social Sciences – Hyderabad – Neelkamal Publications Edgar B W & Stareky, P W (1958) – Teaching Social Studies in High Schools – Health and Company, Boston 11C Dr Rambhai N Patel, Educational Evaluation – Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai

Paper Code B.Ed(DM) – 1.5 PEDAGOGY OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES Objectives After completion of the course, the student-teacher will be able to 1. Develop an insight on the meaning, scope, nature and aims of biological science 2. Identify and relate everyday experiences with the learning of biological science 3. Integrate the knowledge of biological science with other school subjects 4. Facilitate the development of scientific attitude in the learners of biological science 5. Develop competencies for teaching and learning biological science through herbartion and constructivist approaches 6. Stimulate curiosity, creativity and inventiveness in the learners towards biological science 7. Understand the curriculum development issues in biological science 8. Identify the role and use of laboratory, ict, and tlm in the teaching of biological science teaching effectively 9. Develop the skill of writing lesson plan period plan 10. Develop micro teaching skills 11. Develop the skill of constructing test papers

Course Content Unit-1: Introduction to Science 1.1. Meaning and Functions of Science 1.2. Nature and Scope of Science 1.3. Structure of Science 1.4. Branches of Science 1.5 History of Biological Science

Unit-2: Aims and Values of Biological Science 2.1. Aims of Teaching Biological Science 2.2. Values of Teaching Biological Science 2.3. Competences of a Biological Science Teacher 2.4. Correlation of Biological Science with other school Subjects

Unit-3: Objectives of Teaching Biological Science 3.1. Meaning and Importance of objectives 3.2. Revised Blooms Taxonomy of Educational Objectives. 3.3. Instructional Objectives and specifications with examples 3.4. Academics Standards mentioned in the school biological science text Book published by government of Andhra Pradesh

Unit-4: Methods and Techniques of Teaching Biological Science 4.1 Micro Teaching Techniques 4.2 Lecture Method, lecture Demonstration Method, and Laboratory Method 4.3 Scientific Method (Inductive and Deductive Method) 4.4 Project Method

Unit-5: Planning for Teaching Biological Science 5.1 Year Plan 5.2 Lesson Plan 5.3 Period Plan (Herbartian and Constructivist approach and CCE Model) 5.4 Learning Experiences 5.5 Planning ICT Applications in Learning Biology

Unit-6: Biological Science Curriculum and Textbooks

6.1 Meaning and Definitions of curriculum 6.2 Principles of Curriculum Construction 6.3 Organizational Approaches of Curriculum: Logical, Psychological, 6.4 Topical concentric and spiral 6.5 Steps involved in the development of science curriculum 6.6 Basic Criteria of Validity of a Science Curriculum context, - Cognitive, Process, Historical, Environmental Science and Ethical Validity 6.7 Curriculum at upper Primary, Secondary and Higher secondary stages. 6.8 National Curriculum Framework, 2005 – Position paper on Science 6.9 Andhra Pradesh State Curriculum Framework 2011- Science 6.10 Qualities of good biological science text books 6.11 Analysis of Secondary School Biological Science text book

Unit-7: Biological Science Laboratory 7.1 Importance of practical work in Biological Science 7.2 Planning of science laboratories, Lecture cum laboratory, all-purpose laboratory, mobile science laboratory 7.3 Procurement, care and maintenance of laboratory equipment 7.4 First Aid

Unit-8: Teaching Learning Materials 8.1 Edgar Dale‟s Cone of experience 8.2 Audio, visual Instructional aids 8.3 Activity aids (Aquarium, Vivarium, Terrarium, Herbarium), Electronic Teaching Aids 8.4 Improvisation of Teaching aids

Unit-9: Resources for Teaching Biological Science 9.1 Science Kit 9.2 Science library 9.3 Science club 9.4 Science exhibition and science fair 9.5 Science Museum 9.6 Community Resource

Unit-10: Evaluation in Biological Science 10.1 Concept of test, measurement and evaluation 10.2 Evaluation- meaning, types, Process, and tools 10.3 Qualities of a Good test and types of tests 10.4 Preparation of Continuous Comprehensive Evaluation (CCE) Record 10.5 Analysis and interpretation of test scores. 10.6 Assessment of performance of the student, electronic assessment 10.7 Preparation of portfolio

Activities 1. Make a survey on the problems of environmental pollution in your locality and record the observations and submit a report 2. Select any topic of your choice and prepare a lesson plan on the lines suggested in constructivistic approach. 3. Prepare laboratory instructional cards for any two experiments of your choice. 4. Prepare a herbarium based on a certain theme. 5. Analyze recent public examination X class Biological Science question paper and compare with the pre-final question paper and record your observations. 6. Visit any zoological park/Botanical Garden/Agro based industry/ food park/ institution of scientific

interest or Science and Technological Museum in your vicinity and report. 7. Identify and write the objectives and specifications under the three domains on any topic of your choice 8. Sketch the life history and write his/her contributions of any one Biologist 9. Name any common branch of both Botany and Zoology and explain how you integrate the pedagogy in dealing with the content. 10. Organize an event on Earth Day/ Environment Day/ Population Day, etc. in the school during the internship and report.

Text Books Agarwal,D.D.(2001). Modern Methods of teaching Biology.Newdelhi: Sarup& Sons Ahmed,J.(2011). Teaching of Biological Science . New Delhi:PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd. Benjamin,S.Bloom,Ed.(1958). Taxonomy of educational objev=ctives- handbook I – Cognitive Domain, New York: Harcourt Brace & World Inc. Chikara,M.S. and S. Sarma (1985) Teaching of Biology ,Ludhiana: prakesh Brothers. Gupta,S.K.(1983) technology of science Education, New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House Pvt.Lt

Reference Books Hassard,J. (2000) science as Inquiry , New Jersey: Good Year Books. Krathwohl, David R.,Ed (1964) Taxonomy of Educational Objectives , Hand Book II – Affective Domain, New York: David Mckay. Mohan,R.(2004)Innovative Science Teaching for Physical Science teachers. New Delhi: Practice-Hall India Ltd. New UNESCO Source Book for science teaching (1978).New Delhi: Oxford & IBH Publishing House.

Paper Code B.Ed(DM) – 1.6 / 1.5 PEDAGOGY OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES Objectives After completion of the course, the student-teacher will be able to 1. Know the nature of science, structure, value and correlation with other school subjects. 2. Draw the attention on development of science and the contributions of western and Indian scientists. 3. Understand the aims and objectives of teaching physical sciences. 4. Develop the skill of organizing science curriculum and critique on the present secondary school physical sciences curriculum. 5. Organize the content into plan of action and practice the micro and macro teaching skill. 6. Cope up with adoption of methods of teaching physical sciences and use the learning experiences. 7. Understand the importance of physical science curriculum and its organisation 8. Develop the skill, procurement and maintenance of the science laboratory. 9. Equip the resources for effective teaching of physical sciences. 10. Utilize the applications of science and technology on society. 11. Construct the achievement test on cce model and analyse the results

Course Content Unit-1: Introduction to Science and Physical Sciences 1.1 Science and Physical Sciences – Meaning, Nature, Scope and Importance 1.2 Structure of Science – Syntactic Structure (Process of Science – Domain of Inquiry), Substantive Structure - Product of Science-Facts, Concepts, Theories, Laws and Principles – characteristics in the context of Physical sciences (citing examples) 1.3 Values of Learning Physical Sciences 1.4 Correlation of Physical Sciences with Mathematics, Biological Sciences, Social Studies, Languages, Fine Arts, Environment, Health, Development, Peace and Equity 1.5 Analysis of selected concepts of Physics and Chemistry from 6-10 classes

Unit-2: Development of Science - Physical Sciences 2.1 Milestones in the Development of Sciences – Physics and Chemistry 2.2 Contributions of Western and Indian Scientists 2.3 Landmarks, Status and Development Indian Science and Technology 2.4 Physical Science and Human Life 2.5 Rationale in Inspiring Students to study Physical Science

Unit-3: Aims. Objectives and competencies of Teaching Physical Sciences 3.1 Aims and Objectives of Teaching Physical Sciences 3.2 Taxonomy of Educational Objectives – Bloom, Krathwohl, Simpson, et al – Revised Bloom‟s Taxonomy and Higher Order Thinking Skills 3.3 Instructional Objectives of Teaching Physical Sciences 3.4 Behavioural or Specific Objectives of Teaching Physical Sciences 3.5 Competencies for Teaching of Physical Sciences

Unit-4: Approaches, Methods and Techniques of Teaching Physical Sciences 4.1 Concept of Teaching with special reference to Physical Science – Approaches and Methods – Student Participation in Learning 4.2 Teacher-centred Methods - Lecture, Lecture-cum-Demonstration, Historical 4.3 Student-centred Methods - Heuristic, Project, Scientific and Laboratory (Illustration of each method by taking examples from specific contents of Physics and Chemistry) 4.4 Modern Teaching Techniques - Brainstorming, Team Teaching and Models of Teaching – Concept Attainment Model and Enquiry Training Model 4.5 Microteaching - Concept and Meaning, Skills of Microteaching, Practice of Microteaching Skills

Unit-5: Planning for Teaching Physical Sciences

5.1 Importance of Planning for Teaching 5.2 Year Plan 5.3 Unit Plan 5.4 Period Plan (Lesson Plan) – Herbertian Steps vs. Constructivist Approach 5.5 Teaching Strategies and Academic Standards, CCE model period plan for classroom teaching

Unit-6: Science Curriculum and Textbooks 6.1 Curriculum - Concept and Meaning, Principles of Curriculum Construction 6.2 Different Approaches of Curriculum Organisation: Concentric, Topical, Psychological & Logical – Learner Centred curriculum 6.3 Curriculum organisation in terms of NCF-2005, RTE-2009, NCFTE-2009, APSCF-2011 6.4 Characteristics of a Good Physical Sciences Text Book 6.5 Learning Resources for Physical Science – Exploring alternative resources

Unit-7: Instructional Material for Physical Sciences Teaching 7.1 Importance of Practical Work in Physics and Chemistry 7.2 Planning and Organisation of Science Laboratories, Procurement and Care of Laboratory Equipment, Registers, Safety and First-Aid – Conduct of Laboratory experiments 7.3 Development of Improvised Apparatus for concrete and abstract concepts 7.4 ICT and multimedia resources for teaching Physical Sciences - Simulated computer based laboratory activities 7.5 Self Learning Material (SLM) – Characteristics and Functions - Preparation of Self Learning Material on one lesson – Analysis of its Effectiveness by Classroom Discussion and Preparation of SLM by each student for their classroom use

Unit-8: Lifelong Physical Sciences Learning 8.1 Science Clubs, Science Exhibition, Science Museums, Science Fairs and Olympiads 8.2 Role of Government and Non-Governmental Organizations in the Propagation of Science 8.3 Utilizing Knowledge Resources – Identification of online and offline resources – context and challenges in Utilization 8.4 Science Communication in India – DST-NCSTC Network – National Children Science Congress, National Teachers Science Congress, Initiative for Research and Innovation in Science 8.5 Development of Scientific Temper and encouraging and inspiring students to choose science as career and to become scientists

Unit-9: Professional Development of Physical Sciences Teachers 9.1 Professional development of Physical Sciences Teachers 9.2 Participation in Seminars, Conferences, Workshops and In-service Training Programmes 9.3 Membership in Professional Organisations; Teachers as a community of learners 9.4 Role of reflective practices in professional development of physical science teachers 9.5 Teacher as a researcher: Action Research in Physical science - Learning to understand how children learn science

Unit-10: Evaluation in Physical Science 10.1 Evaluation of Learning Outcomes in Physical Sciences 10.2 Qualities of a good test - Written and Practical 10.3 Planning, Preparation and Conduct of Achievement Test in CCE model 10.4 Evaluation of Responses, Scoring and Tabulation 10.5 Analysis and Interpretation of Test Scores

Activities 1. Identify the most abstract concepts (difficult topics) from any class physical science textbook suggest ways and means to make it easy to understand and concrete. 2. Identify Concrete and Abstract Concepts in Physics and Chemistry of any class and suggest the appropriate Teaching methods and approaches to teach them and report 3. Prepare an assignment on any physical sciences and its application and implications with other branches of knowledge 4. Prepare biographical sketch of and scientist and his/her contributions to Physics/ Chemistry 5. List out different content aspects of a unit in Physics/ Chemistry and write down the objectives and specifications under Cognitive Domain associated with them 6. Prepare different steps involved for demonstration of an experiment one each in Physics and Chemistry 7. Prepare two improvised apparatus / teaching gadgets with locally available material resources for Physics and Chemistry and submit 8. Visit a Science Centre or Science-Museum (District/ State/ National) and prepare a report 9. Participate in a District / State Level Science Fair and prepare a report on the exhibits and activities presented 10. Celebrate National Science Day/ Earth Day/ Water Day / any important day related to science in the school during the internship and submit a report

Text Books Bhouthika Rasayana Shasthra Bodhana Paddhatulu (Methods of Teaching Physical Science) – Telugu Academy Vaidya, Narendra (1989) The Impact of Science Teaching. New Delhi: Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. Sharma, R.C. (1987). Modern Science Teaching. New Delhi: Dhanpat Rai and Sons. Vanaja, M. (2004). Methods of Teaching Physical Sciences. Hyderabad: Neelkamal Publications Pvt. Ltd. Das, R.C. (1990). Science Teaching in Schools. New Delhi: Sterling Publications Pvt. Ltd.

Reference Books Siddiqui and Siddiqui (1998). Teaching of Science Today and Tomorrow. New Delhi: Doaba House. Kumar, Amit (1999). Teaching of Physical Sciences. New Delhi: Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd. Soni, Anju (2000). Teaching of Science. Ludhiana: Tandon Publications. Nagaraju, M.T.V. (2008). Hand Book for Teaching Physical Sciences - Methods and Techniques. New Delhi: Kanishka Publishers and Distributors. Mohan, Radha (2004) – Innovative Science Teaching for Physical Science Teachers, New Delhi, PHI UNESCO - Teaching of School Physics – Penguin Books UNESCO – Teaching of School Chemistry – Penguin Books

Paper Code B.Ed(DM) – 1.6 PEDAGOGY OF ENGLISH Objectives After completion of the course, the student-teacher will be able to 1. Understand the place of English Language Teaching in India 2. Understand the different roles of language 3. Understanding the importance of home language, school language and the role of mother tongue in education. 4. Understand different skills of English language 5. Identify different Methods, Approaches and Techniques needed for teaching different skills of ELT in the Indian context 6. Improve their ability in planning a lesson in Prose, Poetry and Supplementary Reader 7. Develop integrated skills in ELT 8. Prepare different activities and tasks for learners 9. Get acquaintance with skills of communication for classroom teaching 10. Develop creativity among learners 11. Use multilingualism as a strategy in the classroom situation 12. Understand the basics of English grammar 13. Develop the skills of presentation of vocabulary 14. Get acquaintance with different sounds in English and use correct pronunciation in the classroom teaching 15. Understand constructivist approach to language teaching and learning 16. Assess and Evaluate the student skills of language learning

Course Content

Unit-1: Introduction to ELT 1.1 Meaning, nature and scope of ELT 1.2 Status of English Language in the global and Indian contexts 1.3 Aims and Objectives of Teaching English in India 1.4 Language and Education Policy in India 1.5 Teaching English in Bilingual/Multi-lingual contexts

Unit-2: Methods and Approaches in ELT 2.1 Method, Approach and Technique 2.2 Grammar Translation Method, Direct Method, Bilingual Method and Dr. West‟s Method 2.3 Oral, Situational and Structural Approaches 2.4 Communicative Language Teaching 2.5 Micro skills in ELT

Unit-3: Listening and Speaking Skills 3.1 Types and Sub-skills of Listening 3.2 Techniques of and materials for teaching Listening 3.3 Sub-skills of Speaking 3.4 Techniques of and materials for teaching Speaking 3.5 Activities to develop Listening and Speaking skills.

Unit-4: Reading and Writing Skills 4.1 Types and Sub-skills of Reading; Methods of Teaching Reading 4.2 Reading and Reflecting on text 4.3 Mechanics of Writing 4.4 Sub-skills and techniques of Writing 4.5 Activities to develop Reading and Writing skills.

Unit-5: Developing integrated skills and use of ICT in English Language Teaching 5.1 Teaching of Prose 5.2 Teaching of Poetry 5.3 Use of Multi-media in ELT 5.4 Online resources for ELT 5.5 ELT and Social Networking

Unit-6: Language across Curriculum 6.1 Need for Communication 6.2 Communication for classroom teaching 6.3 Classroom interaction patterns 6.4 Interpersonal skills 6.5 Individual/Pair/Group activities

Unit-7: Teaching of Grammar 7.1 Need and importance of teaching Grammar 7.2 Types of Grammar and Techniques of Teaching Grammar 7.3 Using Authentic materials to teach Grammar 7.4 Grammar Games and the related activities 7.5 Remedial teaching in Grammar

Unit-8: Teaching Vocabulary, Study and Reference skills 8.1 Selecting and Grading vocabulary items 8.2 Techniques of teaching vocabulary 8.3 Vocabulary games 8.4 Techniques of teaching Study Skills: Note-making/Note-taking/Mind mapping/Brain-storming 8.5 Techniques of teaching Reference Skills: Dictionary, Thesaurus, Encyclopedia and Bibliographies

Unit-9: Introduction to Phonetics 9.1 Vowels and Diphthongs 9.2 Consonants 9.3 Stress 9.4 Intonation 9.5 Techniques of using Language Laboratory

Unit-10: Language Assessment and Evaluation 10.1 Concept of Evaluation and Characteristics of a good test in English 10.2 Progress and assessment of development of language skills; CCE; techniques of evaluation – oral and written; self evaluation; peer evaluation; group evaluation. 10.3 Typology of questions: activities and tasks reflecting - problem solving, creative and critical thinking and enhancing imagination. 10.4 Preparing tests for different skills of language – Listening, speaking, reading, writing, study skills and reference skills 10.5 Preparation of Scholastic Achievement Test (SAT) giving weightages to objectives and learning experiences.

Activities 1. Prepare a report on Language policies given in the reports of Kothari Commission, NPE 1986 and POA 1992. 2. Prepare a detailed report on how, when and why you are going to use various methods, approaches and techniques in teaching the English language skills. 3. Enumerate ten activities (5 for listening and 5 for speaking) from the text books of classes VI to X. Suggest your own activities using supplementary materials. 4. Critically analyse the writing activities given in the text books of classes VI to X and report.

5. Analyze the tasks given at the end of any one unit in the textbook and check their relevance to cognitive, affective 6. Take a few passages from different lessons of any class of your choice and critically examine the following and comment: a. To what extent the language clearly convey the meaning of the topic being discussed? b. Is the language learner-friendly? c. Is the language too technical in nature? 7. Select 10 examples of grammar activities listed in English Readers of classes VI to X and analyse. 8. Take a topic of your choice and select 10 vocabulary items to teach in the relevant context. Give reasons for your selection. 9. Prepare 3 activities for practicing pronunciation and spelling of 15 words from a lesson in any text book of classes VI to X. 10. Develop a question paper for classes VI to X to asses all the aspects of language learning.

Text Books Graham Butt (2008): Lesson Planning. New York: Continuum International Publishing Group. Grillet, F. (1983): Developing Reading Comprehension. Cambridge, CUP. Krishnaswamy, N. and Sriraman, T. (1994): Teaching English in India.Chennai: T.R. Publishers M. L. Tickoo (2003): Teaching and Learning English. Hyderabad: Orient Longman. Makey, Sandra L. (1985): Teaching Grammar. Oxford: Pergamon Press

Reference Books Doff, A. (1981): Teach English. London: Cambridge University Press (CUP) Parrott, M. (1993): Developing Reading Comprehension, Oxford: Pergamon Press. Richards, J.C. and T. Rogers (1998): Approaches and Methods to Language Teaching. London: CUP Allen, Virginia French (1983): Techniques in Teaching Vocabulary. New York: Oxford University Press (OUP) Cruttenden Allan (VII Ed.) (2008): Pronunciation of English. Hodder Education, UK Frank, C. and Rinovolucri Mario (1983): Grammar in Action. Oxford: Pergamon Press Mario (1984): Grammar Games. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press (CUP) Roach Peter (III Ed.) (2007): English Phonetics and Phonology. Cambridge: CUP

Paper Code B.Ed(DM) – 1.6 PEDAGOGY OF TELUGU

B.Ed. (D.M) Programme II Year Syllabus

Course Code B.Ed(DM) – 2.1 SOCIALOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION

Objectives After completion of the course, the student-teacher will be able to 1. Understand the sociological basis of Education 2. Understand the impact of culture and socialization on Education 3. Sensitize the student teacher about the impact of Education on the quality of life 4. Understand the preamble of the constitution in the light of Education 5. Organize various programmes to achieve national integration and international understanding

Unit-1: Sociology and Education 1.1 Meaning, nature and scope of sociology 1.2 Relationship between sociology and Education 1.3 Agencies of socialization (Family, peer group, school, Media, Religion 1.4 Role of Teacher in Socialisation process 1.5 Impact of Socialisation on Education

Unit-2: Culture and Education 2.1 Meaning and definitions of culture 2.2 Characteristics of culture 2.3 Dimensions of culture, cultural lag, cultural pluralism 2.4 Impact of culture on Education 2.5 Role of Education in preservation, transmission and promotion of culture

Unit-3: Social Change and Education 3.1 Meaning and factors responsible for Social change 3.2 Concept and attributes of Modernization 3.3 Social stratification, Social Mobility and Education 3.4 Education as a facilitator for social change 3.5 Social Networking its implications on social cohesion and education

Unit-4: Democracy and Education 4.1 Concept and Principles of Democracy 4.2 Equality and equity in Education 4.3 Preamble of the Constitution in relation to Education 4.4 Role of Education in strengthening democracy and democratic citizenship Teacher as a democrat

Unit-5 Education and National Integration 5.1 Concept, Need for National Integration 5.2 Education as an instrument for national integration 5.3 Programmes to promote National Integration and International understanding, 5.4 Peace education in schools 5.5 Social Crisis and its Management Activities

1. Study the cultural practices prevailing in the local community and submit a report 2. Study the diversities existing in the community and describe the root causes for such diversities. 3. Study the social stratification in a village/ward and prepare a report on it. 4. Education and social mobility – Conduct a survey in a village/ward and prepare a report

Text Books The Teacher and Education in Emerging Indian Society, NCERT, New Delhi - 1983 Srinivas M N - Social Change in Modern India, Allied Publishers, New Delhi - 1966 Premnath – The Bases of Education – A Philosophical and Sociological Approach – S Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi - 1979 Aggrawal, J C – Sociological Foundations of Education – New Delhi Ramesh Ghanta (Ed.) – Vidya Adharalu (In Telugu) – Telugu Academy, Hyderabad

Reference Books:

Sandeep.P. & C.Madhumati (2008) Philosophical and Sociological Foundations of Education. Secunderabad: Vera Educational Services Public Ltd. Havighurst, R (1995) – Society and Education – Boston: Allyn and Bacon Thakur A S & Berwal, S (2007), Education in Emerging Indian Society, New Delhi: National Publishing House Jaffar, S M (1972) – Education in Muslim India – Delhi: Idrah-I-Ababiyat Mukherji, Shankar (2007) – Contemporary Issues in Modern Indian Education, Author Press Sharma, Yogendra K (2001) – History and Problems of Education, Volume-I, New Delhi, University Press Richard Cheever Wallace & Wendy Drew Wallece (1985) – Sociology – Boston: Allyn and Bacon Taneja, Y R (1990) – Educational Thought and Practice – Sterling, New Delhi Coombs, Phil P H (1970) – The World Education Crisis: A Systems Analysis – A H Wheeler & Co. Vaizey John (1967) – Education in the Modern World: World University Library – London .

Course Code B.Ed(DM) – 2.2 LEARNING AND TEACHING

Objectives After completion of the course, the student-teacher will be able to 1. To be aware of the process of learning and information processing 2. To gain an understanding of different theoretical perspectives on learning 3. To reflect on their own implicit understanding of the nature and kinds of learning 4. To explore the possibilities of designing learning environment and experiences at school 5.To appreciate the critical role of learner differences and social contexts in making meanings and drawing implications for schools and teachers

Course Content

Unit-1: Process of Learning 1.1 Concept of learning, types of learning and factors influencing learning 1.2 Learning process: Attention, sensation, perception, and concept formation 1.3 Memory & forgetting: concept, types of memory, applicability to learning and strategies for better management of memory. 1.4 Transfer of learning: concept, theories and types( Horizontal and Vertical) 1.5 Role of motivation in learning; methods of improving motivation

Unit-2: Behaviorist Perspectives of Learning 2.1 Trial and error - Thorndike, Laws of learning, concept and principles and classroom implications 2.2 Classical Conditioning - Pavlov, concept and principles and classroom implications 2.3 Operant Conditioning – Skinner, concept and principles and classroom implications 2.4 Compare these perspectives in terms of their merits and applicability to classroom learning

Unit-3: Cognitive and Humanist Perspectives of Learning 8.1 Cognitive perspectives of learning (insight learning – Kohler, Discovery learning - Bruner, Developmental theory of learning - Piaget, Social Learning - Bandura, Social constructivism – Vygotsky) 8.2 Humanist perspectives of learning (Learner centered approach – Rogers)

Unit-4: Teaching Process 4.1 Concept of teaching, teaching as a profession and teacher as a professional, teaching as an art and science 4.2 Distinction between Instruction, training and teaching 4.3 Phases of teaching: planning, execution and reflection 4.4 Role of teacher in teaching learning process: teacher as a model, facilitator, negotiator, co- learner, reflective practitioner and classroom researcher 4.5 Functions of a teacher in classroom, school and community

Unit-5: Learning Environment and Learning Engagement 5.1 Meaning of learning environment and learning engagement 5.2 Creating positive and productive environment for learning - creation of emotionally safe learning environment to increase learning 5.3 Development of emotional intelligence 5.4 Role of culture in the educative process, creating culturally responsive learning environment, create cultural congruity between home and school 5.5 Assisted performance, supervised discussion and reciprocal teaching as strategies to enhance motivation and learning

Activities 1. Prepare a list of study habits prevailing among students of a particular class through interaction of students 2. A report on learning situations, learners attention, motivational status among the students of a particular class through observation 3. Conduct a group discussion on strategies of memorization – Repeated reading, writing, peer group discussion, explaining to others, etc. and prepare a report 4. Understanding the nature of interaction between teachers and students by Flander‟s Interaction model and prepare a report

Text Books Dandapani (2002). Advanced Educational Psychology, Second Edition. New Delhi: Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd. Mangal, S.K.(2002). Advanced Educational Psychology, Printice- Hall. of India , Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi.

Reference Books Beggie, H.L. and Hunt M. P: Psychological Foundations of Education Erickson, Eric, H. (1972). Play and Development. New York: W. W. Norton Gardner, H. (1980). Frames of mind: The theory of multiple intelligence. London: Paladin Books Gauvian, M. and M. Cole (eds). Readings on the development of children. New York: W. H. Freeman Hurlock, E.B. (1999). Developmental Psychology. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, New Delhi

Piaget, J. (1926). Psychology of Intelligence. New York: Basic Books Sharma, K.N. (1990). Systems, Theories and Modern Trends in Psychology. Agra: HPB. Yakaiah, P. & Bhatia, K.K. (2005). Introduction to Educational Psychology. Ludhiana: Kalyani Publishers. 7 Beggie, H.L. and Hunt M. P: Psychological Foundations of Education Erickson, Eric, H. (1972). Play and Development. New York: W. W. Norton Gardner, H. (1980). Frames of mind: The theory of multiple intelligence. London: Paladin Books Gauvian, M. and M. Cole (eds). Readings on the development of children. New York: W. H. Freeman Gauvian, M. and M. Cole (eds). Readings on the development of children. New York: W. H. Freeman Hilgard, E.R. and Bower, G.H. Theories of Learning. Prentice Hall India, New Delhi Hurlock, E.B. (1999). Developmental Psychology. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, New Delhi Piaget, J. (1926). Psychology of Intelligence. New York: Basic Books Sharma, K.N. (1990). Systems, Theories and Modern Trends in Psychology. Agra: HPB. Sprinthall, Norman A. and Richard C. Sprinthall (1990). Educational Psychology - A Developmental Approach, Fifth Edition. New York: McGraw-Hill International Edition, Psychology Services. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in Society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press Yakaiah, P. & Bhatia, K.K. (2005). Introduction to Educational Psychology. Ludhiana: Kalyani Publishers.

Paper Code B.Ed(DM) – 2.3 CONTEMPORARY INDIA AND EDUCATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION

Objectives After completion of the course, the student-teacher will be able to 1. Understand and Contextualize ideals of the Constitution of India; 2. Appreciate humanistic agenda of the Constitution on India; 3. Value and recognize the role of education in realizing the ideals of the Constitution; 4. Develop critical awareness about the issues of education that are coming in the way of realization of the values of the Constitution; 5. Understanding and develop positive attitudes towards various forms of exclusion; 6. Appreciate the need for education for Peace; 7. Reflects on the issues of secondary school stage education/ 8. Recognizes the concept and importance and participate in various activities of swatch bharath 9. Recognizes the need and importance of environmental education. 10. Identify the factor responsible for environmental degradation and environmental pollution 11.develop strategies to curb out environmental degradation in their house and locality. 12. Recognizes the role of government and non-government agencies in reducing the environmental issues faced by mankind. 13. Appreciate the strategies taken up for sustainable development. 14. Recognize the role of the teacher in a school in promoting the environmental awareness among the children. 15. Develop strategies to sensitize the students regarding the environmental problems faced in the country.

Course Content Part A: Contemporary India And Education Unit-1 Normative Vision of Indian Education: Indian Constitution 1.1 Constitution of India Basic Features i. Fundamental Rights ii. Directive principles of state policy iii. Federal Structure

1.2 Preamble of the Constitution : The ideals i. Sovereign Nation ii. Democratic and Secular polity iii. Liberty equality and fraternity iv. Justice: Social, Economic and political

Unit- 2 Education as Fundamental Right 2.1 Human Rights; Meaning Nature , and Classification; 2.2 Right of Children : International convention and Indian Constitution; Education as Fundamental Right of Children-2009 2.3 Issues in Implementing RTE-2009: A critical understanding i. Issues that affect and negate the children‟s right to education (Child Labor: Street children, abandoned and orphans) ii. Differently abled children: Attitude towards the girl child and her participation in schooling, punishment, abuse and violence in Schools).

Unit-3 Contemporary Indian Schooling: Concerns and Issues 3.1 Equality of Educational Opportunity : Meaning and nature : Forms of inequality : Religion, Regional, Caste, Gender and other marginalized groups. 3.2 Inequality in Schooling: Public – Private schools , Rural – urban schools, Mass-elite schools , single teacher schools and many other forms of in-equal school systems. Critical understanding of Paradox of Equal opportunity and in-equal schooling: positive discrimination ; concept and issues and policy interventions. 3.3 Schooling: Quality concerns and issues i. Universal access ii. Universal Enrollment iii. Universal retention iv. Universal success

Unit-4 Understanding Exclusion in schooling 4.1 Exclusion: Meaning and Nature 4.2 Forms of Exclusion: a) physical / Psychological Exclusion 4.3 Different types of differently abled children: Nature of problems and their impact on learning 4.4 Measure to address the issue of learning of differently abled children and professional preparedness of Institutions; 4.5 Socio-cultural and economic exclusion: Understanding different forms of socio-culture and economic exclusion in schooling – Caste, Class, Gender, Minority, and other Marginalized sections of the society.

Unit- 5 Secondary Education: Concerns and Issues 5.1 Secondary School stage: its linkages with primary and higher secondary stages of education; 5.2 Aims of Secondary School Stages of Education 5.3 Universalisation of Secondary School stages of Education: Its Status i. Quantitative expansion , Qualitative consolidation and Equity perspective – A sociological understanding; ii. Issues in Secondary school stages of Education :Privatization, Vocationalization iii. Reforms in Secondary School Stages Education: Curricular , Pedagogical and Examinations; 5.4 Rashtriya Madhyamika Shiksha Abhiyan (RMSA): Goals and policy intervention for Quality Secondary School Stages of Education

Part B: Environmental Education

Unit-6: Swatch Bharath- an Environmental Awakening 6.1 Meaning, concept, definition of Swatch Bharath 6.2 Evolution of the concept of Swatch Bharath, objectives, its campaign and execution. 6.3 Integration of Swatch Bharath campaign with educational institutions 6.4 Strategies to implement the Swatch Bharath campaign in schools and other educational institutions.

Unit-7: Objectives, Scope and Nature of Environmental Education 7.1 Meaning, importance, definition, characteristics and objectives of environmental education 7.2 Importance, objectives, scope and guiding principles of environmental education. 7.3 Factors of degradation of environment – adverse socio –economic impacts of degradation of environment. 7.4 Types of pollution: Land, Air, Water, Noise, and Radiation 7.5 Greenhouse effect - Ozone layer depletion. 7.6 Importance of need and scope of environmental conservation and regeneration. 7.7 Impact of industry/mining/transport on environment

Unit-8: Environmental Management and Protection 8.1 Need for environmental management – functions and characteristics of environmental management 8.2 Dimensions of environmental management. Factors responsible for flora and fauna extinction 8.3 Measures to conserve flora and fauna.- causes for forest fire- measures of prevention 8.4 Major environmental problems in India – Environmental protection and polices in India 8.5 Need and objectives of conservation – Environmental conservation measures taken in India, waste management, alternative sources of energy, organic farming, rain water harvesting, community participation in nature resource management, water and forests. 8.6 Constitutional amendments made and Environmental laws,

Unit-9: Environmental Movements and Developments 9.1 Environmental movements in India: Silent Valley movement, Chipko movement, Narmada Bachao, Andolan, National Test Range at Balipal, Orissa. 9.2 Conditions for achieving the goals of sustainable development 9.3 Strategies for sustainable development in India. 9.4 The Stockholm conference 1972 – Brundtland commission 1983 – Nairobi conference 1982 – The Rio Summit 1992 9.5 The Rio Declaration at the earth charter – Major achievements of the Rio Summit – Main features of the Rio Declaration 9.6 Kyoto conference and part on Global Warming 1997.

Unit-10: Environmental Education in the School Curriculum and Means to Sensitize the Students 10.1 Environmental education at Primary, Secondary and Higher Education level 10.2 Major constraints for its implementation at these levels. 10.3 Teacher‟s role – national resource center for environmental education. 10.4 Characteristics of good teaching method. 10.5 Seminar, Workshop, Problem–solving, Field trips and Surveys, Projects, Exhibition and other methods. 10.6 Relative efficiency of teaching methods, Role of IT and media in environment and human health.

Activities 1. A Critical Study with the help of Survey and Observation of alternative schools - Night schools, Mobile schools, Child labor Schools and prepare a report 2. Conduct a Survey of schools of different quality in different milieu and make a presentation 3. A critical review of school textbooks based on socio-cultural and economic exclusion 4. Conduct a survey on street children / orphan children and make a presentation 5. Conduct a survey (a minimum of 10 schools) and critically analyze the RMSA intervention for enhancing the quality of secondary education and prepare a report 6. Make a survey of your area and document all the environmental problems found along with photographs 7. Conduct a survey of five high schools and describe the steps to be taken to enhance the environment and make the institutions Swatch. 8. Organize a Rally in a school where you attend Internship on Swatch Bharath and Importance of Environment (The World Environment Day is 5th June) and report 9. Conduct elocution and essay writing competitions for students on environmental issues and report

Reference Books Allen, L.A; Management and organization. Mc Graw Hill, Auckland, 1995 Anand, C.L.et.al. (1983) Teacher and Education in Emerging Indian Society, NCERT, New Delhi. Coombs, Philip H.( 1985). The World Crisis in Education, Oxford University Press, New York. Govt. of India(1986), National policy on Education, Min. of HRD, New Delhi. Govt. of India(1992), Programme of Action(NPE) Min.of HRD. New Delhi. Koontz, Harold et al. Management, Mc Graw Hill, Auckland(1981) Mohanty, J., (1986), School Education in Emerging in Indian Society, sterling Publisher. Mukherjee, S.N.(1963), Secondary School Administration, Acharya Book Depot, Baroda. Mukherjee, S.N.(1966),History of Education in India, Acharya Book Depot, Baroda. Naik,J.P, & Syed, N. (1963) A student of Histroy Education in India, MacMillan, New Delhi. NCERT, (1986) School Education in India- Present Status and Future Needs, New Delhi. Ozial, A.O. Hand Book of School Administartion and Management, London, MacMillin. Salamathullah, (1979), Education in Social context , NCERT, New Delhi. Sykes, Marjorie,(1988) The story of Nai Talim, Nai Talim Samithi, Wardha UNESCO(1997). Learning the Treasure Within. Kumar, A. (2009). A text book of environmental science. New Delhi: APH Publishing Corporation. Reddy, P. K., & Reddy, N. D. (2001). Environmental Education. Hyderabad: Neelkamal publications. Sharma, B. L., & Maheswari, B. K. (2008). Education for Environmental and Human value. Meerut: R.Lall Books Depot. Sharma, R. A. (2008). Environmental Education. Meerut: R.Lall Books Depot. Sharma, R. G. (1986). Environmental Education. New Delhi: Metropolitan Book Co., Pvt. Ltd. Sharma, V. S. (2005). Environmental education. New Delhi: Anmol publication. Singh, Y. K. (2009). Teaching of environmental science. New Delhi: APH Publishing. 73

Text Books Agarwal, S.P. and Aggarwal, J.C. (1996) Environmental Protection, Education and Development. New Delhi: New Concepts. Board of Education Fountain. (1999). Peace Education UNICEF. NY: UNICEF. Bondurant, J. V. (1996). Teaching tolerance: Raising open minded Emphatic Children. New York: Doubleday. Eisler, J. (1994). Comprehensive conflict result program (1993-94). New York: N. Y. City. Ingelstam, M. (1996). Empowered for peace service: A curriculum for education and training in violence prevention, non-violence conflict transformation and peace building. Stockholm: Christian Council of Sweden. Joy, P., & Neal, P. (1994). The handbook of environmental education: London, New Fetter Lane Kelu, P. (2000). Environmental education: A conceptual analysis. Calicut: Calicut University.

Paper Code B.Ed(DM) – 2.4 GENDER, SCHOOL & SOCIETY AND INCLUSIVE EDUCATION

Objectives After completion of the course, the student-teacher will be able to 1. Understand the gender related issues 2. Develop sociological perspectives about the impact of culture. Tradition, socialization, division of labour on gender aspects 3. Create an awareness about the impact of gender on education 4. Understand the dynamics of gender perspectives and sensitization 5. Create the knowledge regarding equality and its relationship to women education 6. Know hindrances in achieving cent % literacy, continuing education, course preferences etc 7. Provide the knowledge about legal provisions related to women‟s rights and education 8. Know the trends in girls education and women empowerment 9. Know benefits of women / girls education 10. Estimate the level of change in the status. 11. Acquire knowledge about the concept of inclusive education for different types of special needs children. 12. Able to identify the different types of special needs children and their characteristics. 13. Develop understanding in identification and assessment of children with special needs. 14. Critically evaluate the policy perspectives emerged at national and international levels for empowering children with special needs. 15. To develop the required skills for teaching children with special needs in regular schools. 16. To develop adequate competencies in building barrier free environments within and outside the schools to facilitate learning in children with special needs.

Course Content Part A: Gender, School & Society Unit-1: Basics of Gender 1.1 Concept, Meaning, Scope of gender, 1.2 The difference between sex and Gender - Gender discrimination 1.3 The characteristics of patriarchal system and its impact on Women‟s status 1.4 The need and importance of Women‟s Education – its benefits

Unit-2: Factors affecting gender Discrimination 2.1 Factors influencing gender differences and practices- inequality in ratio, female infanticide, feticide, crime, violence. 2.2 Religious, Physical, Sociological, Economic, Political, Legal, employment, Psychological etc. 2.3 Sociolisation process and its impact on decision making Women / Girls Education 2.4 Rural / Urban /Tribal Societies in relation to girls Education 2.5 Women and Girls status at present in our Society

Unit-3: Historical Perspectives and changing status of Women 3.1 Epic . Vedic age – Kaikeyi, Sathyabhama, Gargi, Maitreyi, Lopamudra etc. 3.2 Medieval age – Rami Lakshmi Bai, Chennamma, Rudramadevi. 3.3 British Age – Victoria, Elizebeth, Noorjahan 3.4 Present Age – Indira Gandhi, Sushma Swaraj, Bandaranayake, Kiranbedi, Kalpana Chawala, Prathibapatil, Meerakumar.

Unit-4: Legal issues of Gender 4.1 Women’s Rights 4.2 Legal Provisions 4.3 Equality of Sexes 4.4 Education and division of Labour – Home, School, Society, work place Unit-5: Gender and Education

5.1 Educational provisions specially meant for girls Education 5.2 Emerging trends in the field of girls Education – Reservations 5.3 Gender as an influencing factor in course choices 5.4 Women empowerment through girls education – its need – National Development Part B: Inclusive Education Unit-6: Concept of Inclusive Education 6.1 Inclusive Education – concept, meaning, definition and importance. 6.2 Concept of Impairment, Disability and Handicap 6.3 Concept of Special Education, Integrated Education, Mainstreaming and Inclusive Education 6.4 Need for Inclusive Education in India for children with special needs.

Unit-7: Types and Characteristics of Children with Special Needs 7.1 Concept, types and characteristics of different types of children with special learning needs: 7.2 Children with Physical challenges– Visual, Hearing, Loco-motor and Neurological. 7.3 Children with Intellectual challenges – Gifted, Mentally Challenged, Autism (ASD) and Learning Difficulties (LD). 7.4 Children with Emotional and Behavioral deviations with special reference to ADHD and Juvenile Delinquency. 7.5 Children with Socio- cultural deviations (SC, ST, Minorities) and Linguistic Minorities.

Unit-8: Identification, Assessment and Educational Provisions 8.1 Identification, assessment and education of Children with physical challenges – Visual, Hearing, Loco- motor and Neurological. 8.2 Identification, assessment and education of Children with Intellectual challenges – Gifted, Mentally Challenged, Autism, Learning Difficulties (LD). 8.3 Identification, assessment and education of Children with Emotional and Behavioral deviations with special reference to ADHD and Juvenile Delinquency. 8.4 Identification, assessment and education of Children with Socio- cultural deviations and Linguistic minorities. 8.5 Challenges and prospects in Identification and assessment of children in inclusive education.

Unit-9: Policy Perspectives for Children with Special Needs 9.1 International Legislations –Salmanca Declaration, UNESCAP, UNCRPD 9.2 National Legislations – NPE-1986, PoA-1992, RCI Act-1992, PWD Act-1995 with latest amendments , National Trust Act-1999, RTE Act-2009 9.3 Government schemes and provisions – SSA, RMSA with special reference to the provisions and activities aimed at meeting the needs of children with special learning needs.

Unit-10: Educating Children in Inclusive Classrooms 10.1 Need for creation of physical, psychological, sociological barriers free environment within and outside the classroom 10.2 Assistive devices and technologies required for education of children with special needs in inclusive classroom 10.3 Need for parent and community involvement to promote positive behaviours and social competence in children with special learning needs 10.4 Need for multi-disciplinary approach to address the educational needs of children with special learning needs 10.5 Challenges and prospects in providing education in inclusive classrooms.

Activities 1. Community survey – Literacy rate among boys and girls – Access, Continuity, dropout, entry, pass percentage, child marriages, child labour, etc. and prepare a report 2. Visit a Co-Education high school and Girls High School and prepare a report on the facilities to girl students and women teachers.

3. Basing on 2011 census reports find out the sex ratio and educational status of different age groups in your mandal and report 4. Study of Self Help and Self Employment groups and Economic empowerment of women in these groups – A Report (Select a five groups) 5. Text Book Analysis and gender equity – A report. 6. Prepare case studies of two differently abled children (with different diabilities) 7. Observation of five class room teaching periods in each of special schools and inclusive schools and prepare a report highlighting the teaching strategies implemented by the teachers 8. Form a small group of 5-6 student teachers and conduct an awareness camp in any village/ward on causes, prevention and referral services available for differently abled children and prepare a report 9. Visit any one NGO offering vocational training for special children and prepare a report 10.Critically analyse the needs, strengths and issues of differently abled children – mentally, visually and hearing challenged

Reference Books Purba Das,, Sociological Foundations of Education Authors Press. Lakshmi Nagar, Delhi, Rs.600 Adelson Rachel K Daring – DO for Digital Daughters, Association for Women in computing – Live wire Communications (1996) Currid Cheryl” Bridging the gender gap” information work, (1996) Klein, Reva “ Girls friendly”, Times Educational supplement (1991) Koch, Melissa” Opening up Technology to both genders” Education Digest Vil.601 n3, (1994) Lehmann – Haupt, Rachel “ Girls Schools seeks to overcome Tech gender gap” wired News (1997) United Nations children‟s fund” Focus on Girls Education Needed to Break Apartheid of Gender, Unicef Press release (1995) Ainscow, M.(2005). From special education to effective schools for all, keynote presentation at the Inclusive and Supportive Education congress, University of Strathclyde, Glasgow. Das, A.K. and Pillay, A.N. (1999). Inclusive education for disability students: Challenges for education. Paper presented at the 5th UNESCO conference, Bangkok, Thailand. Dash, M. (2000). Education of Exception Children. New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers and Distributor Govinda Rao , L. (2007). Perspectives on special education. Hyderabad: Neelkamal Publications Pvt. Ltd. Janardhan Prasad and Ravi Prakash (1996). Education of handicapped Children. New Delhi: Kanishka Publications and Distributors. Kundu,C.L. (2000) Status of disability in India. New Delhi: RCI Madhumita Puri and George Abrahm (2005). Handbook of Inclusive education for educators, administrators, and planners. New Delhi: SAGE publishers Male, M. (1994). Technology for Inclusion: Meeting the needs of all children (2nd Edition). USA Massachusetts:Allyn and Bacon Mani,M.N.G. (2000). Inclusive Education in Indian Context. Coimbatore: Ramakrishna Mission Vidyalaya Nagaraju.,M.T.V. (2014). Curriculum and Instruction of Inclusive education. New Delhi: Commonwealth Publishers Panda,K.C. (2003). Education of Exception Children. New Delhi:Vikas publications Ranganathan,R. (2006). International Rehabilitation conference on channeling the challenges of disability. Macmillan India Ltd. Reddy,G.L, Ramar,R and & Kusuma,A. (2005). Learning disabilities: A Practical guide to the practitioners. New Delhi: Discovery publications. Reddy,G.L, Ramar,R. Kusuma,A. and Santhakumari (2006). Behaviour disorders in children: Identification and Assessment. New Delhi: Discovery publications. Reddy,G.L,. and Sujathmalini (2005). Mental Retardation: identification and assessment. New Delhi: Discovery publications. Reddy, G.L,Ramar, R and Kusuma, A (2000) Education of children with special needs. Discovery publishers, New Delhi.

Reddy, G.L..,Ramar, R and Kusuma, A (2005) Hearing impairment and Educational considerations, Discovery publishers, New Delhi. Taylar. Ronald,L.(1993). Assessment of Exceptional Children. MiltonKeynes:Open University press Umdevi, M.R. (2010). Special Education: A Practical approach to education children with special needs. Hyderabad: Neelkamal Publications Pvt. Ltd.

Paper Code B.Ed(DM) – 2.5 CLASSROOM ORGANIZATION, MANAGEMENT, LEADERSHIP & ACTION RESEARCH AND ART EDUCATION Objectives After completion of the course, the student-teacher will be able to 1. Understand the importance of classroom organization 2. Understand the importance of classroom management 3. Develop ability to face the problems in managing the classroom. 4. Understand the role of leadership of a teacher 5. Undertake different action research projects to improve professional practices 6. Integrate art with education and become better communicator. 7. Develop creative thinking through different art forms. 8. Realize that liberal arts help in making better professionals. 9. Understand art as a medium of expression. 10. Understand the role of art as a medium of education. 11. Deepen students ability for perception and reflection. 12. Use art as an alternative languages to experience and communicate concepts in teaching- learning.

Course Content Part A: Classroom Management, Leadership and Action Research Unit-1: Classroom Organization 1.1 Classroom organization – Meaning and purpose 1.2 Classroom Seating Arrangement for different purposes 1.3 Technology integration – OHP/ LCD, Smart board, Chalk board, White board, Display boards, multimedia, E-Classroom. 1.4 Characteristics of Classroom Environment - Learner friendly and inclusive 1.5 Management and maintenance of physical and material resources to optimize access to learning; Sharing of resources – School Complex

Unit-2: Classroom Management 2.1 Classroom management – concept, need and approaches . 2.2 Managing with different types of students – Leader, Follower, passive 2.3 Classroom behavior management – problems, mistakes, disciplinary practices, corporal punishments,classroom rules, routines and regulations. 2.4 Violation of rights of children – legal consequences. 2.5 Strategies to manage behavior problems- preventive, supportive and corrective. 2.6 Time management in a classroom – Allocated time, instructional time, engaged time and Academic learning time.

Unit-3: Role of Teacher in School Functions 3.1 Teacher as a facilitator of learning 3.2 Perspective planning and coordination with authorities for support. 3.3 Accountability and self assessment of teachers and feedback mechanisms. 3.4 Conducive school environment – team work, transparency, self esteem among head teacher, teachers, students.

Unit-4: Teacher as a Leader 4.1 Concept, Nature and Characteristics of a Leader 4.2 Types of Leadership 4.3 Strategies to develop leadership qualities 4.4 Role of a teacher as a leader in managing classroom dynamics

Unit-5: Action Research in Education 5.1 Action Research – Meaning, Need and Scope 5.2 Steps in Action Research 5.3 Action Research Cycle 5.4 Action Research Problem Areas – Student, Classroom, School, Teacher, Administration, etc.

Part B: Art Education Unit-6: Art and Aesthetics 6.1 Aesthetics – as a branch of Philosophy. 6.2 Aesthetics – its meaning, dimensions and constituents. 6.3 Art as a form of Aesthetics. 6.4 Indian Art and Rasa principle. 6.5 Importance of Arts in Education

Unit-7: Art and Education 7.1 Art as a medium of education. 7.2 Art as a unifying principle in education. 7.3 Art and Society. 7.4 Art and Human development. 7.5 Art for self- expression, keen observation, and sense of appreciation.

Unit-8: Place of Visual Art and Performing Arts in Teaching 8.1 Different forms of visual and performing Arts. 8.2 Teaching as an Art. 8.3 Drama as a form of Teaching. 8.4 Identification of local Art forms and their integration to teaching – learning. 8.5 Evaluation strategies; assessing the different forms of Art.

Unit-9: Contributions made by Contemporary thinkers on Art and Education 9.1 Rabindranath Tagore 9.2 A.K. Coomara Swamy 9.3 Herbert Read 9.4 Elliot Eisener

Unit-10: Art and Craft in Education 10.1 Art in Craft 10.2 Craft in Art 10.3 Traditional Craft and their relevance to Education 10.4 Local Craft and their place in SUPW 10.5 Indian Festivals and its Artistic significance

Activities 1. Prepare a detailed record describing the role of the teacher in organizing the classroom at least by observing a teacher for five periods. 2. Identify a problem for action research and prepare a proposal for action research 3. Collection of articles from newspapers relating to classroom management problems 4. Collection of cases of indiscipline and corporal punishment from newspapers

5. Observe a minimum of five school teachers and describe their leadership characteristics Text 6. Select a concept from the school curriculum which includes a social message and identify an appropriate art form to spread the message in public and prepare a report 7. Identify a local art form and integrate it in teaching an appropriate lesson from school curriculum – Prepare a lesson plan 8. Select an appropriate lesson from the school curriculum and rewrite it in the form of a drama

Text Books Parag Diwn (2006), Management Principles and Practices, Excell Books, New Delhi Vandana Punia (2005) Managerial Skills in Educational Administration - Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. Delhi John W Best and James V Kahn (2008) Research in Education, Pearson/PHI, New Delhi John Dewey, Art as Experience, New York, 1934, Minton Herbert Reed, Education through Art – Faber and Faber, New York, 1968 Esner Elliot W, Educating Artistic Vision – New York, Macmillan, 1972

Reference Books Ranjith Kumar (2007) Research Methodology, Pearson/PHI, New Delhi Mishra R C (2007) History of Educational Adminitration, APH Publishing Corporation, New Delhi Meenakshi Sundaram, A (2012), Educational Innovations and Management , Kavyamala Publishers, Chinnalapathi, Tamilnadu Padmanabhaiah S and Vijayalakshmi B (Eds.) (2014), Pathasala Nirvahana Vidyamsalu, Telugu Academy, Hyderabad Krishnamacharyulu V (2010) School Management and Systems of Education, Neelkamal Publications Pvt. Ltd. Hyderabad John, B., Yogin, C., & Chawla, R.(2007). Playing for real: Using drama in the classroom. Macmillan Jefferson B, Teaching Art to Children – Continental View Point – Boston, Allyn Bacon, 1969 Rabindranath Tagore, Lectures and Addresses – Macmillan, New Delhi, 1962 A.K. Coomara Swamy, Christian and Oriental Philosophy of Art, Munshiram Manoharlal, Delhi, 1974.

Course Code B.Ed(DM) – 2.6 UNDERSTANDING THE SELF

Objectives After completion of the course, the student-teacher will be able to 1. Understand that any Self is a human resource to exercise all the resources: cognitive, affective and psychomotor resources. 2. Make them realize that the Self does not have independent existence but related to Nature, other selves and the „Unknown‟ causing it and this great design of the Universe. 3. Make the student-teacher perform one‟s function to the possible extent as any part of the Nature is silently doing so; thereby developing self-actualization and self-esteem. 4. Realize that one is responsible as a person and as a teacher for the integrated development of oneself and one’s pupils: Physical, cognitive, social, emotional, aesthetic, moral, and spiritual developments. 5. Realize the commonness and uniqueness prevalent in Nature and human nature and feel equality as the reality and contribute to the furtherance of evolution at mental level.

Purpose of the Course It aims at student-teachers‟ understanding of themselves as person and teacher through conscious ongoing reflection. This course is intended to transact through a workshop mode by more than one teacher educator / resource person. The resource persons can be identified from those who have philosophical outlook, psychological orientation and social consciousness. It enables to develop sensibilities, dispositions, values and skills that facilitate personal growth in relation to different identities and professional identity as a teacher. The core life skills are to be developed with relevant exercises. It may use yoga, meditation, case studies, biographies, and stories of children like Prahlada, Dhruva, Markandeya, etc. and the holistically developed people. Its expected outcome is to promote self-actualization and also healthy, happy and peaceful coexistence wherever they are as a being, a citizen and as a global citizen.

Course Content Part A: Understanding the self Unit-1: Self as a human resource: 1.1 Cognitive resources of the self: Self-critical awareness about one’s abilities and opportunities to develop independent thinking-critical thinking and creative thinking, decision making and problem solving and develop them as skills. 1.2 Affective resources: Feelings of love, joy, appreciation; emotions like fear, anger, jealousy, affection, happiness to be understood both as assets and threats or limiting factors. 1.3 Sensitize the ability to identify the structural and functional commonality of the human body except the organs of reproduction and allied features of the human kind. 1.4 Empathic understanding of geographical, climatic and genetic conditions causing physical differences.

Unit-2: Self in relation to social identities: 2.1 Self-critical awareness of the causes for one‟s positive and negative relations with the people based on caste, class, language, religion, nation, region etc., 2.2 Self-critical understanding of the basic realities of the man- made divisions over the time-scale. 2.3 Critical understanding of the Nature‟s necessity of gender difference for the onset and continuity of human race. 2.4 Critical understanding of the basic realities of cultural differences across the time-scale and across the globe. Unit-3: Self (person) as a part of the Nature:

3.1 Nature, harmony in existence and co-existence 3.2 Dependence of Self on the Nature for the very life; dependence of self on other selves for comfortable living. 3.3 Responsibility of self towards conservation, protection and enrichment of plant and animal life. 3.4 Responsibility of self towards other human beings in the family, society, and people across the globe.

Unit-4: Self in relation to profession: 4.1 Self-critical awareness of teaching competency: adequacy of subject matter knowledge, professional skills, and effective communication to the students. 4.2 Self-critical awareness of one‟s attitudes towards students, teaching, teaching material, interest in students and subject and one‟s aptitude in the inculcation of interest in students and in tapping their abilities to realize the values identified in the lesson. 4.3 Self-critical awareness of suitability of one‟s role being performed contextually to enrich learners‟ capabilities and guiding them for self-actualization while interacting. 4.4 Self-critical awareness of involvement in team work with colleagues, head of the institution parents of learners and management for the development of the learners.

Unit-5: Self- development through self-learning (Self-knowledge): 5.1 Development of self and social identities in the learners to enrich human resources and self- esteem; Realistic understanding of any self as depending on the source of the whole existence for spiritual awakening free of any religious identity. 5.2 Objective view of beliefs, prejudices and stereotypes to liberate from irrational tendencies. 5.3 Understanding human roots in animal and possibility of heights in the divinity through the philosophers like Swamy Vivekananda, Sri Aurobindo and J. Krishnamurti to awaken oneself to Truth, beauty and goodness both inside and outside. 5.4 Yogic practices for physical, mental and spiritual health and to lay the seeds or foundations for Self- realization.

Activities During the transaction of this course, through workshop mode, student teachers will be asked to come out with the following documents. Student teachers are required to submit only five documents, one from each unit. These documents will be assessed by a minimum of two faculty members to award 25 marks for activities. 1. Self-critical awareness about one‟s abilities and assets in different contexts of life and limitations in terms of knowledge, attitudes, skills and values which may be revised or developed. 2. Activities that develop cognitive skills-independent thinking to promote critical thinking and creative thinking; decision making and problem solving with all their components. 3. Visits to the slums and natural calamities and stories of different children to tap empathy which is inherent. 4. Group discussion on the current issues to develop psycho-social skills like interpersonal relationship skills and effective communication skills. 5. Introducing yoga exercises to be done with ease and meditation which starts with self- knowledge with let come and let go spirit to experience spells of silence for healthy body and mind and to awaken the hidden faculties. 6. Exercises to have inner observation for self knowing while in stress or in emotions and to develop skills of self management. 7. Use of brain storming, value clarification and group discussion techniques to arrive at the realities free of habitual modes of thoughts, attitudes and action tendencies. 8. Encouraging Nature observation, inner observation, nature walks, and reading biographies of great people who contributed their might out of self-abnegation but not with self-centeredness and sharing personal experiences.

Reference Books 1. Delors, Jaquis. (1996) Learning the Treasure within –Twenty First Century Education. UNESCO Education Commission Report. 2. Goel, D.R. Co-ordinator. (2005-06) Quality Concerns in Education. Center for advanced study in Education- M. S. University of Baroda 3. UNICEF (2006) Life Skills Modules-Adolescence Education Program. UNICEF House, New Delhi. 4. Venkateshamurthy C. G. and A.V. Govinda Rao (2005) Life Skills Education Training Package. R.I.E., Mysore 5. Swami Vivekananda (1988) Selections from the complete works of Swami Vivekananda. Mayavathi, Advaita ashrama. 6. Krishnamurti J (1998) On Self- knowledge. Chennai, Krishnamurti Foundation India. 7. Krishnamurti J. (2000) Education and Significance of Life. Chennai, Krishnamurti Foundation India. 8. Dalal A.S. (ed) (2001) A Greater Psychology – An Introduction to the Psychological thoughts of Sri Aurobindo. Puducherry, Sri Aurobindo Ashram Pub.

MASTER OF ARTS(ECONOMICS)– First year Syllabus

MAED1.01 - MICRO ECONOMICS

UNIT-1: THEORY OF DEMAND

a) Theory of consumer behavior: Cardinal Utility theory – Indifference curve Analysis – Revealed Preference Theory b) Theory of Demand: Demand - Elasticity of Demand its Measurement – Recent Developments in the Theory of Market Demand: The Pragmatic approach to demand analysis – Linear expenditure systems.

UNIT-II: THEORY OF PRODUCTION AND COST:

a) Theory of production: Production function – Cobb-Douglas production function – CES production function – Laws of production: Laws of returns to scale – The law of variable proportions – Equilibrium of the Firm: Choice of optimal combination of Factors of production – Linear Programming and the Theory of Production. b) Theory of Costs: The traditional theory of costs – Modern theory of costs.

UNIT-III THEORY OF THE FIRM:

a) Perfect completion: Equilibrium of the Firm and Industry – Price Determination – Derivation of supply curve of industry. b) Monopoly: Equilibrium of the Monopolist – Price Discrimination – Dilateral Monopoly. c) Monopolistic competition: Equilibrium of the Firm and the Group – Product Differentiation – Selling Costs d) Duopoly and Oligopoly: Cournot’s Duopoly Model – Bertrand’s model – Stackelberg’s Model – Chamberlin’s model – Kinked Demand Curve model of oligopoly – Collusive oligopoly: Cartels and price leadership

UNIT-IV: ALTERNATIVES TO THE THEORY OF PROFIT MAXIMISATION:

a) Managerial theories of the firm: Baumol’s theory of sales – Revenue maximization – Marris’ model of managerial enterprise – Williamson’s model of managerial discretion b) Behavioural theory of the Firm: The model of Cyert and March c) Theories of Limit pricing: Bain’s Limit pricing theory – Recent developments in the theory of limit pricing: The model of Sylos Labini – The model of Franco - Modigliani – The model of Bhagwati.

UNIT-V: THEORY OF DISTRIBUTION, GENERAL EQUILIBRIUM AND WLEFARE ECONOMICS

a) Theory of Distribution: Marginal Productivity Theory of Distribution – Factor pricing in perfectly competitive and imperfectly competitive markets – adding up problem and Euler’s Theorem b) General Equilibrium: Meaning – General Equilibrium and partial Equilibrium – Basic elements of General Equilibrium Theory. c) Welfare Economics: Pareto Optimality Criterion – Marginal Conditions for the attainment of Pareto Optimality – Compensation principle – Social Welfare Function. Text Books and References: 1. Koutsoyiannis – Modern Micro Economics, second edition Macmillan, London, 1985. 2. Watson, Donald’s – Price theory and its uses, Scientific book agency, Calcutta, 1967. 3. Stonier and Hague – A Text Book of Economic Theory, Fifty Edition, Longman, London, 1980. 4. Hicks, J.R – Value and capital, Oxford University Press, London, 1956. 5. Marshall, A – Principles of Economics, Macmillan, London, 1961. 6. Mrs. Joan Robinson – The Economics of Imperfect Competition, Macmillan, London, 1956. 7. Chamberlin, E.H. – Theory of Monopolistic Competition, Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1948. 8. Pigou, A.C. – Economics of Welfare, Macmillan & Co., London, 1920. 9. Boulding , K.E. Economic Analysis, Hamston, London, 1981. 10.Ahuja, H.L. – Advanced Economic Theory: Micro Economic Analysis, S. Chand & Company, New Delhi, 1965. 11.Samuelson, P.A. – Foundations of Economic Analysis, Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1955. 12.Lipsey, R.G. – Introduction to positive Economics, Weidersfeld and Nicolson, London, 6th Edition, 1983. 13.William J. Baumol – Business Behaviour, Value and Growth, Harcourt and Brace, 1962. 14.Bain, J.S. – Barriers to New Competition, Harvard University Press, 1956. 15.Cyert, R.M. and March J.G. – A Behavioural Theory of the Firm, Prentice Hall, 1963. 16.Sylos Labini – Oligopoly and Technical Progress, Harvard University Press,1962. 17.Archibald, G.C. (Ed) – A Critique of Welfare Economics, Second Edition, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1957 18.Little, I.M.D. – A Critique of Welfare Economics, Second Edition, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1957 ***

MAED1.02 - MACRO ECONOMICS

UNIT-I

Chapter-1 : Anatomy of an Economic Model: Introduction – Macroeconomics vs. Microeconomics – Macroeconomic variables – Stock and Flow – Statics and Dynamics - Financial Relationship and Parameters.

Chapter-2 : National Income Accounting: The Circular Flow of Economic Activities – Measuring Gross National Product (GNP) Flows – Output Approach/Expenditure Approach/Income Approach.

UNIT-II:

Chapter-3 : Demand for Money – The Quantity Theory Money – Cash Transactions Equations – Cash Balance Equations – Cambridge Equations – Post Keynesian Theories of Demand for Money – Tobin’s Boumol’s Friedman’s Approach – Integration of Monetary Theory and Value Theory – Keyness & Patinkin – Real Balance Effect.

Chapter–4 : Supply of Money: Concepts of Money supply – components of Money supply – High Powered Money and the Money Multiplier.

UNIT-III

Chapter-5 : Classical Theory of Employment – Classical Theory of Employment and Output Classical Theory of Savings, Investment and Interest; Keynesian Criticism of Classical Theory.

Chapter-6 : Keynesian Economics: Determination of Effective Demand Repudiation of Say’s Law and Full Employment – The Consumption Function – MEC Absolute/Relative/Permanent /Life Cycle Income Hypothesis.

Chapter-7 : The Investment Function: Types of Investment – MEC – MEI Relation between MEI and MEC.

UNIT-IV

Chapter-8 : Multiplier and Accelerator - the concept of Multiplier – The Principle of Accelerator – Super Multiplier.

Chapter-9 : Keynesian Theory of Employment - Keynesian Theory of Income, Output, Employment.

Chapter-10 : Theories of Interest: Classical Theory of Interest – The Loanable Funds Theory of Interest – Keynesian Liquidity preference theory – Modern Theory – IS and LM Functions – Wage Price Flexibility and Employment.

UNIT-V

Chapter–11 : Theories of Inflation – Meaning of Inflation – Demand Pull Inflation – Cost Push Inflation – The Philips Curve – Relation between Employment and Inflation.

Chapter-12 : The theories of Business Cycles: Meaning and Types of Business Cycles – Samuelson’s Kick’s; Kaldor’s; Model of Trade Cycle.

Chapter-13 : The Macroeconomic policy – Instruments of Monetary Policy Instruments of Fiscal Policy.

Text Books: 1. Denbarg and MMacdougall: Macroeconomics. 2. F.R. Glane: Macroeconomics – Theory and Policy. 3. W.B. Branson: Macroeconomic Theory and Policy. 4. Edward Shapiro: Macroeconomic Analysis, V Edition, New Delhi, Galgotia Publications. 5. Gardner Ackely: Macroeconomic Theory and Policy, Macmillan, 1987. 6. Paul Wennacott: Macroeconomics IRWIN, 1978. 7. John Lindauer: Macroeconomics, Jhon Wiley and Sons, 1976. 8. Branson, W.H. and Litvack, J.M.P. Macroeconomics, Harper and Row, 1981. 9. Yiannis P. Vanieris and Fredrick D. Sebold: Macroeconomics-Models & Policy 10.Roger Chisholm and Marilu Mc Carty: Principles of Macroeconomics, Scott, Foregman and Company, Glenview, Illinois, 1981 11.Lila J. Truett & Dale B. Truett: Macroeconomics, Times Mirror/Mosby College Publishing St. Louis, 1987 12.Rosalind Levacic and Alexander Rebthann, Macroeconomics: The English Language Book Society and Macmillan, 1982

References: 1. Hansem, A.H: A Guide to Keynes, Macgra Hill, 1953. 2. Estey, J.A: Business Cycles, Prentice Hall. 3. Laidler: The Demand for Money, Allied. 4. Don Patinkin: Money, Interest and Prices, Harper and Row, 1965. 5. Mueller, M.G. (Ed): Readings in Macroeconomics, New York Holt, Rinchart and Wintstin, 1971. 6. J.M. Keyness: General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money. 7. L.R. Klein: The Keynesian Revolution. 8. Milton Friedman: A Theory of the Consumption Function. 9. Milton Friedman: Studies in the Quantity Theory of Money.

******* MAED1.03 - PUBLIC ECONOMICS

UNIT-I

i) Nature and Scope of Public Finance: a) Principles governing Public Finance and Private Finance. b) Approaches to the study of Public Finance – Positive Approach: The theory of Public Choice – Normative approach, Principles of Maximum social Advantage. c) Major Fiscal Functions – Allocation, Distribution and Stabilization Functions. ii) Public Expenditure a) Normative Theory of Public Expenditure: Theory of Public goods – Theory of Merit goods. b) Positive Theory of Public Expenditure – Classification of Public Expenditure – Determinants of Public Expenditure – Peacock and Wiseman Hypothesis – Wagnar’s Law. c) Growth and Pattern of Public Expenditure.

UNIT-II

i) Theory of Taxation: a) Structure of Taxation – Theory of Tax Structure change – Ideas of Williamson, Hinrichs and Musgrave – Taxes. b) Some Theories of Taxation – Benefit Theory – Ability to pay theory – Indices of Ability – Sacrifice Theories – Social Political Theory. c) Limits of Taxation – Taxable capacity – View points of Colln Clark, Musgrave, Wald, Kaldor and Paul Baran Determinants of Taxable Capacity – Concept of Tax Effort. ii) Incidence and Effects of Taxation: a) Incidence of Taxation – Classical approach – Concentration and Diffusion Theories – Modern Theory – Specific, Differential and Budget Incidence – Incidence of Specific Taxes – Income Tax and Sales Tax – Unit and Advalorem Taxes, Value Added Tax. b) Effects of Taxation: The Excess Burden doctrine – Taxation and Allocation of Resources – Taxation and Private and Government Savings – Concept of optimal taxation.

UNIT-III i) Study of Indian Tax Structure: a) Review of Tax Structure Development in India – Direct Vs Indirect Taxes. b) Study of Union Taxes – Income Tax, Corporate Tax Union Excise – Duties, Customs Duties and Wealth Tax. c) Study of State Taxes – Sales Tax, State Excise, Motor Vehicle Tax, Entertainment Tax and Land Taxes d) Review of Tax proposals of Taxation Enquiry Commission Kaldor, Wanchoo Committee, Choksi Committee, Raj Committee and Jha Committee. e) Non - Tax Revenue of Union and State Governments – A Critical Analysis. ii) Public Debt: a) Justification for Borrowing – Tax Vs. Loan financing Borrowers Capital Formation and Growth. b) Debt burden controversy – Classical Keynesian and Post-Keynesian Views. c) Principles of Public Debt Management. d) A Study of Public Debt in India – Growth and Composition of Internal and External Debt – Public Debt and Economic Development in India. e) Deficit Financing – Reasons for growing Deficits – Implications of Deficit Financing – Deficit Financing and Economic Development in India.

Unit-IV i) Fiscal Policy: a) Role of Government in Economic Activity – Classical, Keynesian Post – Keynesian Views. b) Objectives of Fiscal Policy. c) Functional Finance – Cyclically Balanced Budget. d) Fiscal Policy for Stability and Growth. e) Balanced Vs. Unbalanced Budget – Balanced Budget Multiplier controversy – Full Employment Surplus – Built-in-stabilizers. f) Long Term Fiscal Policy in India. ii) Government Budget: a) Theory of Government Budgeting – Classical and Modern View. b) Budget classification – Functional and Economic classification Zero Base Budgeting – Incremental Budgeting – Programme and Performance Budgeting. c) Budgetary Reform – Fiscal Crisis in India – Concepts of Revenue Deficit, Budget Deficit and Fiscal Deficit – Reforms to Control – Deficits – Chelliah Committee Report.

Unit-V i) Federal Finance: a) Theory of Fiscal Federalism – Horizontal and Vertical Imbalances – Balancing Transfers – Tax Shares Grants and Loans. b) Theory of Grants – Conditional and Unconditional grants – Matching Vs. Non-Matching grants – Income and Substitution Effects of grants – Allocative and Equity Effects. c) Indian Federal Fiscal system – Principles and Pattern of Resource Transfer – Finance and Planning Commissions Planning Commission – Resource Transfers and Gadgil Formula – Reforms of Federal Finance. ii) Local Finance: a) Revenues and expenditure of local Governments – Fiscal Imbalances. b) Role of Urban Local Governments – Rural Local Governments.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Musgrave Richard, A. and Musgrave Peggy, B.: Public Finance in Theory and Practice, Mc Graw Hill, Tokyo, 1973. 2. Burkhead Hesse and Miner Jerry: Public Expenditure, Macmillan, London, 1977. 3. Musgrave Richard, A.: Theory of Public Finance, A study of Public Finance, Mc Graw Hill Tokyo, 1959. 4. Musgrave Richard and Peacock Allan, T.: Classics in the Theory of Public Finance, Macmillan, London, 1967. 5. Chelliah Raja, J.: Fiscal Policy in Underdeveloped Countries with special reference to India, George Allen and Unwin, London, 1971. 6. American Economic Association: Readings in Fiscal Policy, George Allen and Unwin, London, 1971. 7. Gulati, I.S.: Centre State Financial Relations, MS, University of Baroda, Baroda, 1979. 8. Bhargava, R.N.: The Theory and Practice of Union Finance in India, Chaitanya Publishers, Allahabad, 1971. 9. Mathew, T.: Tax Policy, some aspects of theory policy, Chanakya Publishers, New Delhi, 1975. 10.Dwivedi, D.N. (ed.): Readings in Indian Public Finance Chanakya Publishers, New Delhi, 1975. REFERENCES: 1. Dalton, Hugh: Principles of Public Finance, Allied Bombay, 1971. 2. Buchanan James, M. and Tollison Rober, D.: Theory of Public choice, Political Application of Economics, University, Michigan Press, Michigan, 1972. 3. Bird Richard, M. and Old Man Oliver: Readings in Taxation Developing Countries Jhon Hopkin Press, Baltimore, 1971. 4. Shoup Carl, S: Public Finance, Chicago-Aldine, 1970. 5. Herbert Bernard, P.: Modern Public Finance, A Study of Public Sector Economics, Irwin Dorsay Ontario, 1971. 6. Tripathy, R.M.: Fiscal Policy and Economic Development Sterling Publisher, New Delhi, 1981. 7. Finance Commission: Report of the Finance Commission 1971, 1973 and 1984, Government of India, New Delhi. 8. Indirect Taxation Enquiry committee: Report of the Indirect Taxation Enquiry Committee. Part I & II Government of India, New Delhi. 9. R.B.I. Monthly Bulletins. ******* MAED1.04 - EVOLUTION OF ECONOMIC DOCTRINES Unit-I: Introduction: Nature and Importance of the History of Economic Thought – Mercantalists and Physiocrats. Pre-classical Economics: Sir William Petty, David Hume and Sir James Stewart. Unit-II: Classical School – Adam Smith, J.B.Say, David Richardo, T.R.Malthis, N.W.Senlor, J.S.Mill. Critical School – F.List.Sismondi, Kare Marx – Historical School – Critical and Positive ideas. Unit-III: Neo–Classical School – Jevous, Menger, Walras, Bhom Bawerk. Marshall and Wlfare Economics of A.C.Pigou. Unit-IV: Keynes – Consumption Revolution and depression Economics; American Economic Thought – J.B.Clark, Thorestein Veblen, J.A.Schumpeter; Laussane School – Walras and Pareto. Unit-V: Indian Economic Thought – Naoroji, R.C.Dutt; M.N.Roy; Gandhiji, B.R.Ambedkar. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Haney, L.H: History of Economic Thought, 4th Enlarged Edition, Macmillan, New York, 70. 2. Eric Roll: History of Economic Thought, Faber and Faber, London, 1962. 3. Mark Blaug: Economic Theory in Retrospect. 4. Gide and Risk: History of Economic Doctrines, George Harap, London, 1945. 5. Ball, J.F.: History of Economic Thought, Ronald Press Company, New York, 1953. 6. Lekachman, R: History of Economic Ideas, Harper, New York, 1959. 7. Huctchison, T.W.: A Review of Economic Doctrines, Clarendon, Press, Oxford, 1953. 8. Newmann, P.C.: The Development of Economic Thought, Prentice Hall, Eagle Wood Cliffs, 1958. 9. Cannan, E: A History of the theories of production and distribution in English Political Economy, 3rd Edition, Staples Press, New York, 1946. 10.Taylor, O.H.: A History of Economic Thought, Macgraw Hill, New York, 1960. 11.Bhatia: History of Economic Thought : (Butterworths) REFERENCES BOOKS: 1. Schumpeter, J.A. : Ten Great Economists, Allen and Unwin, London, 1951. 2. Schumpeter, J.A. : A History of Economic Analysis, Oxford University Press, New York, 1954. 3. Spiegal, H.W. (Ed.): Development of Economic Thought – Great Economist in Perspective, John Wiley, New York, 1952. 4. Blaug, M: Ricardian Economics : A Historical Study, Yale University Press, New Heaven, 1958. 5. Robins, L: The Theory of Economic Policy in English Classical Political Economy, Macmillan, Lond, 1953. 6. Pigou, A.C. (Ed.): Memories of Alffred Marshall and Kelly, Macmillan, New York, 1956. 7. Joan Robins: Economic Philosophy, C.A. Marts and Company, London, 1962. 8. Edmund Whittakar : A History of Economic Ideas, Longman’s Geen and Company, New York, 1947. 9. John, W. Maccouned: The Basic Teachings of Great Economists the new home library, The Blackistan Company, 1032. 10.Patterson, S.N.: Readings in History of Economic Thought. 11.Mathur, I.S. and Mathur, A.S.: Economic Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, Chaitanya Publishing House, Allahabad, 1962. *******

MAED1.05 - ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS STATISTICS 1. Statistical Measures: (Descriptive) Measures of Central tendency: Mean, Median and Mode, Combined A.M., Measures of Dispersion, Lorenz curve, Skewness, Concept os Kurtosis. 2. Correlation and Regression Analysis: Simple Correlation, Karl pearson’s correlation coefficient, Sperman’s Rank correlation co-efficient, concept of Linear, Regression Fitting of Regression Lines. Probability: Definitions of probability, Additive and multiplicative theorems (statements only), concept of conditional probability, simple problems on definition of probability, concepts of binomial, poission and normal distributions. 3. Sampling Theory: Census Vs. Sample surveys, Random and Non-Random Sampling Techniques (Theory only). 4. Tests of Significance: Small sample Tosts, Applications of t, x2 and F-tests, Anova for one and two way classified data. 5. Index Number and Time Series: Definition, uses and construction of index number, simple and weighted index numbers, Fisher’s ideal index number, construction of cost of living index number; components of Time Series, Determination of Trend; Moving Averages Method, Least Squares Method, Seasonal Index using Simple Average Methods. TEXT BOOKS: 1. G.S. Manga: Mathematics and Statistics for Economics vikas publishing house, New Delhi, 1981. 2. B.C. Mehta and G.M.K. Madnani: Mathematics for Economists, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi, 1977. 3. D.C. Sancheti and V.K.Kappor : Business Mathematics, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi. 4. S.C. Gupta: Fundamentals of Statistics, Himalayan Publications, New Delhi. 5. C.B. Gupta: Statistical Methods, Vikas publishing House, New Delhi, 1981. *******

MAED1.06 - ECONOMICS OF HUMAN DEVELOPMENT Unit-I: Introduction to Human Development – Approaches to Economic Development – Industrial Approach – Agricultural Development Approach – Export Led and Import Substitution Approach – An World of change and a new Paradigm of Development – Towards sustainable Human Development – New dimensions of Human Security – The Human Development concepts and Index – Human Development Indicators of development – Modifications to the basic Human Development Index in 1994.

Unit-II: Consumption from a Human development perspectives – Concepts of consumption – Consumption in a global village – unequal and unbalanced - Rising consumption – puts stress on environment – Consumption policy and agenda for action.

Unit-III: Human Development of Eradicate poverty – Concepts and Measurements – Globalization and poor countries – Globalization and poor people – Eradicating Human Poverty world wide – An Agenda for the 21st Century – Agencies and Institutions.(UNO-UNCP).

Unit-IV: Social Development and Human Development – Social development summit – objectives and achievements – Women Development and Equity – Gender Equity and inequalities – Need for policy for reduction in inequalities.

Unit-V: Human Rights and Human Development – Motivation and Capability – Human Rights add to Human Development and Human Rights – Nature of duties associated with Human Rights – Priorities of actors. Assessing progress in Human Rights and Human Development – five year plans and Human Development – Programmes and Progress.

BOOKS: 1. Anand Sudhir and Amatyu sen, “Sustainable Human Development Concepts and Priorities”. 2. “Concept and Measurement of Human Development” UNDP, Oxford University Press, 1990, New York. 3. Hag Mahabut 1993 – New Perspectives on Human Development HDRO occasional paper of UNLP, New York. 4. World Development Reports 1992-93 to 2001. 5. UNDP, “Human Development Reports 1990-2001, Oxford University Press, New York. 6. Rao, TV: “Human Resources Development” Sage Publications, New Delhi, 1996. 7. Gerald M.Moir, “Leading Issues in Economic Development” 6th Edition, Oxford University Press, 1995 (Chi, A.B.11, VI and VII).

*******

DIRECTORATE OF DISTANCE EDUCATION: SRI PADMAVATI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM: TIRUPATI MASTER OF ARTS(ECONOMICS) – Second year Syllabus

MAED2.01 - ECONOMICS OF DEVELOPMENT AND PLANNING

Unit-I: Growth, Development and Underdevelopment – Objectives and relevance of Economic Development – Measurement of Economic Development – Development Gap – Cross country comparisons. Unit-II: Factors in Economic Development – Labour; The population problem – The Theory of Demographic Transition. Capital: The Role of Capital in Economic Development – Capital – Output Ratio – Technology; The role of Technology in Economic Development – Choice of Techniques – Human Resource Development and Manpower Planning in Economic Development.

Unit-III: Approaches to Economic Development – Rostow : The Stages of Growth; Rosenstein Rodan – Big Push Theory; Nurkes – Balanced Growth; Hirschman – Unbalanced Growth Theory; Leibenstein – Critical Minimum Effort Thesis; Nelson – Low Level Equilibrium Trap; Dualistic Models of Boeke, Higgins, Lewis & Fei-Ranis Model.

Unit-IV: Theories of Growth and Development – Growth Models – Adam Smith, Ricardo, Marx – Harrod – Domar Models, Kaldor Model; Neo Classical Models – Solow, Meade and Joan Robinson.

Unit-V: Development Planning – The Concept of Planning – Different Types of Planning – Planning in Developing Countries; Techniques and Strategies of Development Planning – Planning Models in India – The Feldman – Mahalanobis – Domar (FMD) Model – Input – Output Analysis and Linear Programming in Development Planning.

References: 1. Adelman, I: Theories of Economic Growth and Development, Stanford University Press, Stanford, 1961. 2. Chakravarty, S (1982): Alternative Approaches to a Theory of Economic Growth, Oxford University Press. 3. Chakravarty, S: Development Planning: The Indian Experience, Clarendon Press, 1989. 4. Shatak, S: An Introduction to Development Economics, Allen and Unwin, 1986. 5. Kindleberger, C.P. Economic Development 3rd McGraw Hill, 1977. 6. Meier, G.M. (Ed): Leading Issues in Economic Development Oxford University Press, 1984. 7. Todaro, M.P.: Economics for a Developing World, 2ed Longman. 8. Todaro, M.P.: Development Planning: Models and Methods, Oxford University Press, 1971. 9. W.A.Lewis: Principles of Economic Planning. 10. W.A.Lewis: Development Planning. 11.J.E.Meade: Planning and Price Mechanism. 12.Charles Bettelheim Studies in the Theory of Planning. 13.P.T. Bauer: Indian Economic Policy and Development. 14.Government of India: Five Year Plans of India, New Delhi. 15.Lipton and Streeton (Ed.): Crisis in Indian Planning. 16.V.V. Bhatt: Theories of Balanced and Unbalanced Growth – A Critical Appraisal – Rykols, 1964. 17.Sen, A.K.: Employment, Technology and Development. 18.Rudra, Ashok : Indian Plan Models. *******

MAED2.02 - INDIAN ECONOMY

UNIT - I:

Basic features of the Indian Economy – Need for Structural Changes – India’s Economic Development experience – Growth and structural changes in the Indian Economy – National Income and its estimation. Indian Planning experience – Export promotion vs. Import substitution – changes in Economic Policy under plans – Policies of Liberalization, Nationalization and Privatization – Long term perspective on Indian Economy.

UNIT - II:

Indian Agriculture and Structural reforms – Requirements of Growth and Development – Land Reforms – Terms of Trade in Agriculture – Production Processes and Productivity – Agricultural Marketing and Price Policies – Agricultural Finance and Development – Problems and Policies.

UNIT – III:

Indian Industrial Sector – Performance of Major industries – Problems of Small Scale Industry – Measures to control concentration of Economic power – Role and relevance of MNCs – Industrial Finance – Industrial Policies – Rural Industrialization.

Employment and Poverty – Formal and Informal Sectors – Service Sector – Eradication of Poverty – Problems of Inequality.

UNIT –IV

Indian Public Finance and Resource Mobilization – Indian Tax system – Trends in Public Expenditure – Public Debt. – Centre – State Financial Relations.

Structure of the Monetary system – Structure of Financial Institutions – Demand and Supply of Money – Factors determining the interest rates – Inflation – Black Money.

UNIT – V:

India’s Balance of Payments – India’s Trade and Commercial Policies – Private Foreign Investment – International Financing Agencies – International Agreements – Regional Cooperation – Global Scenario and its impact on India.

References:

1. Lucas, Rober, E.B. and Papanek, Guster, F.: The Indian Economy; Recent developments and Future prospects. 2. Chakravarthy, S.: Development Planning – The Indian Experience. 3. Ruddar Datt: India’s New Economic Policy. 4. Reddy, K.C. Jagadeswara Rao; M. and Chandrasekhar, S.: The New International Economic Order – perspectives towards and Global Concern. 5. Reddaway: Development of the Indian Economy. 6. Bauer, P.T.: Indian Economic Policy and Development. 7. Government of India, New Delhi: Five Year Plans of India. 8. Dandakar and Rath: Poverty in India 9. Kurian, C.T.: Poverty, Planning and Social Transformation. 10.Uppal, J.S.: India’s Economic Problems – An Analytical Approach.

******

MAED2.03 - INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS

UNIT - I:

Classical Theory of International Trade: Theories of Absolute Advantage (Adam Smith) and comparative advantage (Ricardo) and the Principle of opportunity cost (Haberler) Neo – classical refinements to classical theory: Reciprocal demand, increasing opportunity cost – static and dynamic gains from trade.

UNIT - II:

Modern theories of comparative advantage : Heckschers Ohlin inter industry trade model – Factor intensity reversals – Leontief Paradox Intra – Industry trade and New theories of trade – Vernon product cycle theory – Technology gap and product cycle theories – Increasing returns, Imperfect competition and trade.

UNIT – III:

Factor prices and trade Distortions: Factor price Equalization theorem – concepts of terms of trade – secular deterioration thesis – trade policy – Effects of tariffs and quotas – Partial and general equilibrium analysis – theory of customs union.

UNIT –IV

Foreign Exchange and balance of payments: Foreign exchange market, determination of equilibrium exchange rate – Mint parity and purchasing power parity theories – fixed vs. flexible exchange rates – policy of managed floating – Balance of payments – Concepts and types of disequilibrium – Adjustment mechanism – Expenditure reducing and switching policies – Devaluation – Elasticity and absorption approaches – Internal and external equilibrium – Swan diagram – Mundell’s Assignment problem.

UNIT – V:

Trade and Development Issues – IMF and International Monetary system – World Trade Organization and trade liberalization – UNCTAD and Common Fund Schemes – Regional Co-operation – European Union and SAARC.

Text Books:

1. Chaechliades, M.International Economics, Mc Graw Hill, New York. 2. Kindleberger, C.P.: International Economics, Richard D., Irwin, INC. 3. Harrod, R.F.: International Economics, Cambridge Economic Hand Book. 4. Haberler, G.A.: The Theory of International Trade. 5. Viner, J.: Studies in the Theory of International Trade, London, William Hodge and Co., 6. Elsworth, P.T.: The International Economy, McMillan and Co., 7. Gupta, K.R.: International Economics, Delhi, Atmara and sons. 8. Meade, J.E.: The theory of International Economic Policy, Volume – I 9. Remp, I.C.: Pure theory of International Trade, Prentice Hall, 1966. 10.Sodersten, B.O.: International Economics, 2nd Ed., 1980. Mc. Millan Press Ltd., London. 11.Enke, S. and salera, V.: International Economics, Prentic Hall, New York. 12.Peter H. Sindert: International Economics. 13.H. Robert Heller: International Trade: Theory and Empirecal Evidence, Prentice Hall, 1988.

References:

1. Helicher, G.: International Trade and Economic Development, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1972. 2. Johnson, H.G.: International Trade and Economic Growth, London, Allen Unwin, 1958. 3. Meade, J.E.: The Balance of Payments, London, Oxford University Press, 1951. 4. Ohlin, B.: The Inter Regional and International Trade, Cambridge Harward University press. 5. Meier, G.M.: The International Economics and Development, New York, Harper and Row, 1968. 6. Richard E.Caves: Trade and Economic Structure, Cambridge, Mass, Harward University Press, 1968. 7. Kemp, M.C.: The Pure Theory of International Trade and Investment, Eaglewood, Cliffs, N. Prentice Hall, 1969. ********

MAED2.04 - ECONOMICS OF ENVIRONMENT

UNIT – I:

Importance of Environmental Economics Resources Development utilization and the emergence of environmental problems – Environmental degradation global and national trends.

UNIT – II:

Environmental Pollution – Source and Types of Pollution – Industrialization and Environmental pollution, Urbanization and Transportation and Environmental pollution – Agriculture and Rural Development and Environmental Pollution.

UNIT – III:

Effects of pollution – Economic and Social effects of pollution – Impact of Environment pollution or Industrial development and Economic Growth.

UNIT – IV:

Environmental Management strategies – Social Cost – Benefit analysis and the criteria of Investment decisions.

UNIT – V:

Environmental Management in India – Policies and measures adopted to control environmental pollution to maintain environmental quality.

Text Books:

1. Anderson and Federick: Environment improvement through Economic Incentive: Bathmove John Hopkins University Press (1977). 2. Bandhu, D.: Environmental Management : New Delhi, India Environment Society (1981). 3. Baumol, J. William, Oaes E. Wallace: The Theory of Environmental Policy externalities, public, outlay and the quality of life, Prentice Hall inc. (1975). 4. Berberet, G and Desh Bandhu: Environmental Education of conservation and Development, Dehradun Nataraja Publishers, (1985). 5. Centre for science and Environment: The State of India’s Environment 1982.A Citizen’s Report, Delhi Centre for Science and Environment, (1982). 6. Malaviya, R.A.: Environmental Pollution and its control under international law India Alahabad Chuoh, Publications (1987). 7. Maurya, S.D.: Urbanization and Environmental Problems, Allahabad, Chugh Publications, (1988). 8. Park C,Chris: Environmental I Iazards, London, Macmillan Education, (1983). 9. Singh Praviod: Environmental Pollution and Management Allahabad, Chugh Publication, (1985). 10.Varsheny, A.C.: Rural Waste Management, New Delhi Associated Publishing Company, (1987). 11.Dowing, P.B.: Environmental Economics and Policy little brown and company Toronto, 1984. 12.Krister haite, Karl Liogren, Ingenarstaha: Environmental Policy and Welfare Economics, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (1997). 13.Murthy, M.N.: Economic Evaluation of Environmental Management Programmes Common Wealth Publishers, New Delhi (1988). 14.World Bank: Environment and Development “World Bank Washington, D.C.: USA(1975). 15.Agarwal S.K. and R.K.Garg : Environmental Issues and Researches in India, Udaipur, Indian Himansh Publications (1988). 16.David Coland, D. Pearce D. Ulph: Economic Growth and sustainable Environments Macmillan Press Hanspire (1988). 17.Lean Mary: “Pollution and the Environment”, London Medonalld and Co., (1985). 18.Mohan: Environmental Awareness and Urban development, New Delhi, Asish Publis Publishers, New Delhi (1984). 19.Bindu, N. Lohani : Environmental Quality Management, South Asian Publishers, New Delhi (1984). 20.Anil Kumar: Environmental Protection and Industrial Development, Asian publishing House, New Delhi (1990). 21.Khosci, T.N.: Environmental Concerns and Strategies Indian Environmental Society, (1984). 22.Khetri, Munal Singh: Problem and Prospectus of Environmental Pollution in India Mittal Publications, New Delhi (1989). 23.World Bank: World Development Report (1992). ******

MAED2.05 - INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS

UNIT – I:

Industrialization and Development – objectives, Rationale and factors promoting industrialization – Strategies of industrialization in Developing Countries.

UNIT – II:

The theory of the Firm – Objectives, Size and Growth of the Firms – Optimum Firm – Forms of Industrial Organization.

Theories of Location – Alfred Weber and Sargent Florence – Balanced Regional Development.

UNIT – III:

Industrial Finance – Size and Structure of Capital Markets – Industrial Finance and Development Corporations – Private Foreign Investment.

Industrial Combinations – Causes and Consequences – Emergence of Monopolies and their control – Industrial concentration and its measurement.

UNIT – IV:

Industrial Management – Managing Agency System – Rationalization and Automation – Industrial Productivity. State and Industry – Industrial Policy of Govt. of India, Role, Organization and Structure of Public Enterprises – Private Enterprises – Industrial Sickness.

UNIT – V:

Public Enterprise – Criteria of Efficiency – Operational Issues – Privatization and its effects.

Pricing decisions in industrial enterprises – Average and Marginal cost pricing Profit pricing: Principles – Pricing Policy in Public Enterprise – administered Prices.

Text Books:

1. Datta, B.: The Economics of Industrialization. 2. Bryce, M.D.: Industrial Development – A Guide for Rapid Economic Growth – Mc. Graw Hill and Co., New York., 1960. 3. Robinson, E.A.C.: The Structures of Competitive Industry – James Nisbet and Co., 1968. 4. D. Morris and D. May: Industrial Economics, Oxford University Press, 1979. 5. Bain, J.S.: Industrial Organization, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1968. 6. Rosen Geogre: Industrial Change in India. 7. Gobdole: Industrial Deispersal Policies in India. 8. Weser, A.: Location and Industries. 9. Florence, P.S.: Logic of British and American Industry. 10.Mehta, M.M.: Structure of Indian Industries. 11.Beri: Measurement of production and productivity in Indian Industry. 12.Ahluvalia, I.J.: Industrial Growth in India, Oxford University Press. 13.Hansen, A.H.: Nationalization. 14.Kher, S.: Government in Business. 15.Webb. M.G.: Policing for Public Enterprises, Mc. Millan and Co., London, 1976. 16.Gupta, K.R.: Policing in Public Enterprises, Atlantic Publishers, New Delhi, 1978. 17.Rangarajan, et.al.,: Strategies for Industrial Development in the 80s, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 1981. 18.Utton: Industrial concentration. ********

MAED2.06 - LABOUR ECONOMICS

UNIT – I:

Labour Force – Characteristics of Labour Force in India – Economic Development and Labour Force participation.

Manpower Problems of Industrialization – Recruitment – Training – Migration – Absenteeism and Labour Turnover.

UNIT – II:

Wage theories – Wage theories of Ricardo, Malthis, J.S. Mill and Marx – Marginal Productivity theory of Wages – Bargaining theory of wages – Criteria for wage determination.

Wage Policy in India – Minimum, Fair and living wages – profit sharing and Bonus.

UNIT – III:

Share of Wages in National incomes – Theories and Empirical evidence.

Labour Market – Segmented Labour Markets – Labour Markets in developing world – Rural Labour Markets in India.

UNIT – IV:

Intra and Inter- Industry wage differentials – Agricultural and industrial wage differences in India.

Trade Unions and their impact on wages – Types of trade unions – Growth of the Indian Trade Union Movement – Defects in the Indian Trade Union Movement – Labour Force participation in Management.

Industrial disputes – Procedure and Machinery for settlement – Collective Bargaining.

UNIT – V:

Employment and Unemployment – Problems of Measurement of Rural Unemployment – Employment Policy under the Five Year Plans.

Labour Welfare and Social Security measures in India – Labour Legislation – I.L.O. and its impact of India.

References:

1. Lester, R.A., “Economics of Labour”, 2nd Ed., Mac Millan, New York, 1964. 2. Mc. Conell, C.R. and S.L. Brue, “Contemporary Labour Economics”, Mc Graw Hill, New York, 1986. 3. Mc Cormick, D. and Smith, (Eds), “The Labour Market” Penguin, Harmonsworth, 1968. 4. Reynolds, L., “The Structure of Labour Markets”, Harper and Brothers, New York, 1951. 5. Myers, Charles, A., “Industrial Relations in India”, Asia Publishing House, Bombay, 1957. 6. Reynolds, Lioyd, G.L., “Labour Economics and Labour Relations”, Prentice Hall, New York, 1956. 7. Subramanyam, K.N., “Wages in India”, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1977. 8. Dasgupta, A.K. “A Theory of Wages Policy”, Oxford University Press,1976. 9. Ghosh Subratesh, “Trade Unionism in the UDCs.”, Book Land, Calcutta, 1967. 10.GOI., “Report of the Committee on Fair Wages”, 1957 11.GOI., “Report of the National Commission on Labour”, 1969. 12.GOI., “Report of the Expert Committee on Unemployment”, 1972. 13.Papola, T.S., “Principles of Wage Determination”, Samaiya, 1970. 14.Palekar, S.A., “Problems of Wage Policy for Economic Development”, Asia, 1962. 15.Rothschild, K.W., “The Theory of Wages”, Basiwell Black, 1956. 16.Saxena, R.C., “Labour Problems and Social Welfare”. 17.Bhagoliwal, T.N. “Economics of Labour and Social Welfare”. 18.Tyagi, B.P. “Labour Economics and Social Welfare”. 19.Singh, V.B. “An Introduction to the Study of the Indian Labour problems”. 20.Pant, S.V. “Indian Labour Problems”. *******

Contact points for counselling:

Programme structure with credit points

First year Theory No. of Total Paper Code Title of the paper Credit Internal Year end Marks s Assignme examinat nts ions MAED1.01 Micro Economics 6 30 70 100 MAED1.02 Macro Economics 6 30 70 100 MAED1.03 Public Economics 6 30 70 100 MAED1.04 Evolution of Economic 6 30 70 100 Doctrines MAED1.05 Economics and Business 6 30 70 100 Statistics MAED1.06 Economics of Human 6 30 70 100 Development

Second year Theory No. of Total Paper Code Title of the paper Credit Internal Year end Marks s Assignme examinat nts ions MAED2.01 Economics of Development 6 30 70 100 and Planning MAED2.02 Indian Economy 6 30 70 100 MAED2.03 International Economics 6 30 70 100 MAED2.04 Economics of Environment 6 30 70 100 MAED2.05 Industrial Economics 6 30 70 100 MAED2.06 Labour Economics 6 30 70 100

Programme-wise Faculty details Prof. G. Sandhya Rani, Professor Dr.P.Madhavi, Assistant Professor

Supporting Teaching Faculty of the Department Prof. D.B. Krishna Kumari, Professor

Master of Arts(English) – First year Syllabus MAEGD1.01STRUCTURE OF MODERN ENGLISH

UNIT – I: 1. Definition and Scope of Linguistics 2. Properties of Human Language 3. Modern Linguistics versus traditional approachesto language study 4. Language varieties: Dialect, idiolect, register and style 5. Notions of correctness and Acceptability

UNIT – II: Phonetics and Phonology 1. The organs of Speech Mechanism 2. Speech Sounds – Vowels and Consonants 3. Consonant Cluster in English 4. The Syllable 5. Word Accent, Accent & Rhythm in connected Speech 6. Intonation 7. Phonetic transcription

UNIT – III: Morphology and Syntax 1. Morphemes, affixes, simple and compound words, 2. The Simple Sentence – its types, constituents, and organization. 3. The Structure of a) Noun Phrase – Determiners, Adjectives, Numerals Classifiers and Noun Heads. b) Verb phrases – Auxiliaries, Modals, Verbs, Transitives, Intransitives c) Prepositional Phrase 4. Modification: Adjectives, Adverbs, Intensifiers Independent clause, sub- ordinate clause, 5. Clauses:Embedded Clause, Noun Clause, Adjectival clause, Adverbial clauses. 6. Notions about rules – Rule hierarchy rules at different levels.

UNIT – IV: English Language Teaching: 1. Fundamentals of Language Teaching 2. First language, second language 3. Methods of teaching English/Approaches a) Grammar Translation method b) Bilingual Method c) Structural Approach d) Situational Approach e) Communicative Approach ***

MAEGD1.02 SIXTEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE

1. Background: Renaissance, Origin and Development of British Drama, Tragedy and Comedy, Sonnet, Elegy, Essay.

2. Drama:a) Tragedy: Christopher Marlowe – *Doctor Faustus John Webster – The Duchess of Malfi Shakespeare – *King Lear

b) Comedy: Shakespeare – *Twelfth Night Ben Jonson – Every Man In His Humour

c) History Play – Shakespeare – Julius Ceaser

3. Poetry: Edmund Spenser – Faerie Queene Bk.1

William Shakespeare – 10 – Sonnets (Selected)

4. Prose: Francis Bacon – Essays (Selected) from Macmilan Edition: 1-10 For Detailed study/Annotations

1. Christopher Marlone – Doctor Faustus 2. Shakespeare - (1) King Lear 3. Shakespeare - (2) 5 Sonnets 4. Francis Bacon- Selected Essays (1) Of Truth (2) Of Love (3) Of Studies (4) Of Death (5) Of Adversity

***

MAEGD1.03 SEVENTEENTH AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE

1. Background: Puritanism, Metaphysical Poetry, Transitional Poets, Neo- Classicism, Rise of the Novel, Satire, Epic, Mock Epic Restoration Drama.

2. Poetry: *John Milton – Paradise Lost Bk. IX *John Donne – The Flea, The Sun Rising, Goodmorrow, Valediction Forbidding Mourning. Alexander Pope – The Rape of the Lock William Blake – Songs of Innocence (3) Songs of Experience (3) Selected

3. Drama:*William Congreve – Way of the world Sheridan – The Rivals

4. Prose & Fiction: *Joseph Addison – coverley papers – 5 essays Oliver Goldsmith – The citizen of The World (5 letters) (Selected letters) Henry Fielding – Joseph Andrews Daniel Defoe – Robinson Crusoe. * For Annotations. ***

MAEGD1.04NINETEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE (Romantic Age and Victorian Age)

1. Background: Romanticism, Victorianism, Dramatic Monologue, Enlightenment, Novel, Ode, Lyric.

2. Poetry: * William Wordsworth – Tinhorn Abbey, Ode onIntimations. * John Keats – Ode on Grecian Urn, Ode to Autumn, Ode to NightingaleAlfred L. Tennyson – Lotus Eaters, Ulysses.

* Robert Browning – My Last Duchess, Andrea Del Sarto Last Ride Together

3. Fiction: * New man: Idea of a University

Jane Austen – Pride and Prejudice

Emily Brote – Wuthering Heights

Thomas Hardy – Jude The Obscure

Charles Dickens – Hard times

4. Prose: * Charles Lamb – 1) Dream Children 2) Dissertation upon a Roast Pig 3) In praise of Chimney Sweepers.

* For Annotations.

***

MAEGD1.05TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE

1. Background: Modernism, Shavian and Post-shavian, Theatre The Movement – Poets, War Poetry,Post-War Poetry, Stream of consciousness

2. Poetry: * T.S. Eliot – The Waste Land * W.B. Yeats – Byzantium

The Second Coming

Dylan Thomas – In My Craft or Sullen Art The Force Through the Green Fuse

3. Drama: * Bernard Shaw – Pygmalion

* Samuel Beckett – Waiting For Godot

John Synge – Riders to the Sea

4. Fiction: D.H. Lawrence – Sons and Lovers

Joseph Conrad – Heart of Darkness

Graham Greene – The Power & The Glory

William Golding – Lord of the Flies

Virginia Woolf – To the Light House

* For Annotations. ***

DIRECTORATE OF DISTANCE EDUCATION: SRI PADMAVATI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM: TIRUPATI Master of Arts(English) – Second year Syllabus

MAEGD2.01: AMERICAN LITERATURE

1. Background: American Puritanism, Transcendentalism, American dream

2. Poetry:

Emily Dickinson: Because I could not stop for death, I Heard a Fly Buzz

* Walt Whitman – Passage to India, When Lilacs Last in the Dooryard Bloomed, Out of the Cradle Endlessly Rocking.

* William Carlos William: The Forgotten City, Tract

3. Drama: Eugene O’Neill: *The Emperor Jones Tennessee Williams: The Glass Menagerie

4. Prose & Fiction:

* R.W. Emerson: The American Scholar

Nathaniel Hawthorn: The Scarlet Letter

Mark Twain: Adventures of Huckleberry Finn

Earnest Hemingway: Old Man and the Sea

Ralph Ellison: Invisible Man

Faulkner: The Sound and the Fury

Saul Bellow: Herzog

***

MAEGD2.02: INDIAN WRITING IN ENGLISH & ENGLISH TRANSLATION

1. Background: The Colonial Period, Nationalism, Developments in Prose (Fictional & Non-fictional), Poetry and Drama in Pre & Post Independence.

2. Prose & Fiction: Raja Rao – Kanthapura R.K. Narayan – English Teacher Mulka Raj Anand – The Untouchable Anita Desai – Clear Light of Day Mahaswetha Devi – Two Stories – “Rudali”, Drupadi Salman Rushdie – Midnight’s Children

3. Poetry: Sarojini Naidu – Indian Weavers, Palanquin Bearers *Toru Dutt – Savithri, Sitha * Nissim Ezekiel – Night of the Scorpion, Poet, Lover Birdwatcher *A.K. Ramanujan – Small Scale Reflections on a great Home, of Mother among other things

Jayanta Mahapatra – Hunger, The Whore House in a Calcutta Street.

4. Drama: *Girish Karnad – Hayavadhana

Vijaya Tendulkar – Silence! The court is in Session

***

MAEGD2.03: COMMONWEALTH LITERATURE

1. Background: Colonial Encounter, Post Colonial Writing, Multi Culturalism.

2. Prose & Fiction: From C.D. Narasimhaiah - * Awakened conscience 1. The Commonwealth writer and his material 2. A note from the third world toward the redefinition of culture 3. Variety of ways: Is there a shared tradition in Commonwealth Literature?

Chinua Achebe – Things fall A part Patrick White – The Solid Mandala Margaret Lawrence – The Stone Angel Yasmin Goonaratne – Change of Skies Alan Paton – Cry, The Beloved country Ngugi Wa Thionogo – The River Between

3. Poetry:

*A.D. Hope: Australia, The Death of the Bird, Meditation on a Bone

*Margaret Atwood: Death of a Young Son by Drowning, Notes Towards a poem that can never be written.

Allen Curnow: House and Land, Variation on the Word Sleep.

4. Drama: Wole Soyinka – The Lion and the Jewel

Derek Walcott – The Dream on Monkey Mountain

***

MAEGD2.04: CONTEMPORARY WOMEN’S WRITING

1. Background:

1. Women’s Movements: in U.S.A., U.K., France and India Pre and Post Independence 2. Feminist Theories: Liberal, Marxist, Socialist and Radical.

2. Poetry: *Kamala Das: An Introduction, The Old Play House * Judith Wright: Woman and Man

3. Drama: Lillian Hellman: The Autumn Garden *Dina Mehta: Brides are not for Burning

4. Prose & Fiction: *Virginia Woolf: A Room of One’s Own

Simone de Beauvoir: Preface to the Second Sex

Shashi Deshpande: That Long Silence

Buchi Emecheta: The Joys of Motherhood

Toni Morrison: Beloved

Iravathi Karve: “Kunthi” and “Draupadi” (in Yugantha)

Ismat Chugtai: “The Quilt” and “Tiny’s Granny”,

Nadine Gordimer: “Town and Country Lovers”

***

MAEGD2.05: LITERARY CRITICISM – HISTORY AND TWENTIETH CENTURY CRITICISM

I. Background: What is Literary Criticism? Critical Approaches to Literature Moral, Formalist, Psycho-analytical, Archetypal, Feminist.

II.

1. Aristotle: From Poetics

2. Samuel Johnson: Preface to Shakespeare

3. Wordsworth: Preface to Lyrical Ballads

4. Mathew Arnold: The Study of Poetry

III. Twentieth Century Criticism

1. T.S. Eliot: Tradition and The Individual Talent

2. I.A. Richards: Four kinds of Meaning

3. Claeanth Brooks: The Language of Paradox

4. Elaine Showalter: Towards a Feminist Poetics

5. Jonathan Culler: Literary Competence (From Structuralist Poetics)

6. Susie Tharu: women, Nation & The Literary Text

IV. Practical Criticism ***

Contact Points for Counseling:

Programme structure with credit points:

First year

Theory No. of Total Paper Code Title of the paper Credit Internal Year end Marks s Assignme examinat nts ions

MAEGD1.01 Structure of Modern English 6 10X3=30 70 100

MAEGD1.02 Sixteenth Century Literature 6 10X3=30 70 100

Seventeenth and Eighteenth MAEGD1.03 6 10X3=30 70 100 Century Literature

Nineteenth Century Literature MAEGD1.04 (Romantic Age and Victorian 6 10X3=30 70 100 Age)

MAEGD1.05 Twentieth Century Literature 6 10X3=30 70 100

Second year

Theory No. of Total Paper Code Title of the paper Credit Internal Year end Marks s Assignme examinat nts ions

MAEGD2.01 American Literature 6 10X3=30 70 100

Indian Writing in English & MAEGD2.02 6 10X3=30 70 100 English Translation

MAEGD2.03 Commonwealth Literature 6 10X3=30 70 100

Contemporary Women’s MAEGD2.04 6 10X3=30 70 100 Writing

Literary Criticism – History MAEGD2.05 and Twentieth Century 6 10X3=30 70 100 Criticism

Programme-wise Faculty details Dr.J.Reddy Pavani, Assistant Professor Ms.K.Revathi, Academic Consultant Supporting Teaching Faculty of the Department Prof.T.Bharathi, Professor Prof.G.Sheela Swarupa Rani, Professor Prof.Y.S.Sharada, Professor Prof.P.Hari Padma Rani, Professor Prof.M.Neeraja, Professor Dr.V.Nirmala, Associate Professor Master of Arts(Music) – First year Theory Syllabus

MAMUD1.01 - HISTORY OF INDIAN MUSIC – I

1. The different periods of musical history and their distinctive features and landmarks in the history of Indian Music.

2. Important references to music in the sacred and secular literature in Sanskrit, Telugu and Tamil.

3. Modern institutions for the preservation and development of music

4. An outline knowledge of the contents of the following Lakshanagrandhas

1. Natyasastra (Music Chapters only) 2. Brihaddesi 3. SangeethaSamayasara 4. Sangeetharatnakara 5. Swaramelakalanidhi 6. Ragavibodha 7. Sangeethasudha 8. Chaturdandiprakasika 9. SangeethaParijatha 10. SangeethaSaramrutha

5. Evolution of Musical forms. Prabandha, Thaya, Suladi and other ancient forms

6. Musical inscription at Kudimiyamalai and Tirumayam. ***

MAMUD1.02 MUSICOLOGY – I

Tala and its place in Indian Music

1. Marga and desiTalas – Knowledge of 108 Talas. Laghujathis of the values of 6,8,10,12,16. Aksharakalas giving raise to the second set of 35 Talas. Shadanga&ShodasangasNavasandhitalas in temple rituals chaputala verities.Desadi, Madhyaditalas and taladasapranas.

2. Madhura Bhakti. Nayaki – Nayaka theme Musical forms – Whose Sahithya is Pertained to the theme. Vaggeyakaras who have composed on this theme.

3. Psychology of Music – Raga and Rasa Gana Rasa. Navarasa.

4. An advances knowledge of musical prosody, PadyaSahithya, GadyaSahithya equitable distribution of words and syllabus in the sections of AvarthaPadaecheda.

Verities of Prasas.

Musical retories.Yamakam, Yati patterns in the Sahithya of musical compositions

Verities of Swaraksharas.

5. Keerthana Plates of Tallapaka composers and the light thrown by them in the history of Music.

6. Kadhakalakshepa and Paddhati followed and other requirements of the performer and accompaniments in the Kadhakalakshepam.

7. Structure of the Pallavi, Pradhamanga, Dwithiyanga, Padgarbham. Verities of Pallavi, Chowlakala, Madhyamakala.Pallavis scholarly approach to pallaviSinging. Tanam – It’s ancient and modern connotation. Suddha, Bhinna and KootaTanas – Principles and styles of tana singing.

8. Raga lakshanas&Sancharas of the ragas which are learnt in the practical course I) Lathangi, Vachaspathi, Arabhi, Sankarabharanam, Todi, Kalyani, Bhairavi, Kharaharapriya, Saveri, Mohana, Bilahari, Begada, Sriranjani, II) Purvikalyani, Kambhoji, Madhyanavathi, III) Darbar. ***

DIRECTORATE OF DISTANCE EDUCATION: SRI PADMAVATI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM: TIRUPATI Master of Arts(Music) – First year Practical Syllabus

MAMUD1.03: ABHYASAGANA 1. Varnas:- 1. AdiTalaVarnas – 2 2. Ata TalaVarnas – 2 Trikalas

(Hamasadhwani, Darbar, Begada, Sahana, Kalyani, Sankarabharanam, Kambhoji, Kanada, Ritigoula, Bhairavi, Kalyani, Todi)

2. SyamaSastry’sSwarajathis – 3 1. YadukulaKambhoji 2. Todi 3. Bhiravi

3. NavarangamalikaVarnam (Compulsory)

4. JhampaTalaVarnam (Kedaragoula)

5. Padavarnam (Anyone)

6. Devarnamas (2) Purnadaradas ***

MAMUD1.04 - GROUP KRITHIS

1. PancharatnaKritis:

1. Nata

2. Goula

3. Arabhi

4. Varali

5. Sri Ragam

2. Ragamalika (Chaturdasaragamalika of Deekshitar)

3. Kovur or Tiruvathiyur – PancharathnaKirtis of Tyagaraja

4. Navarathnamalika or NavaratriKritis of Syamasastri and (Any one) Swathithirunal Maharaja (Any one)

5. PanchalingasthalaKritis of MuththuswamyDikshitar (one) ***

MAMUD1.05 MANODHARMA SANGEETHA – I

1. Lathangi. 2. Vachaspathi 3. Arabhi 4.Sankarabharanam

5. Todi 6. Kalyani 7.Bhairavi 8.Kharaharapriya

9. Saveri 10. Mohana 11.Bilahari 12.Begada

13. Sriranjani 14. Purvikalyani 15.Madhyamavathi 16.Darbar

(Compositions out of the above mentioned ragas to be learnt)

Any 10 Madhyamakala and 6 Vilamba Kala)

Ragalapana.Swarakalpana for the above 16 compositions to be learnt.

For Veena students 8.MadhayamakalaKritis and

4. VilambakalaKritis are prescribed. ***

Master of Arts(Music) – Second year Theory Syllabus

MAMUD2.01 History of Indian Music – II

1. A study of the life and contribution of musical Trinity in detail inclusive of the comparative study of their styles.

2. Influence of Hindusthani Music in the development of South Indian Music and Vice-Versa.

3. The evolution of concept of MelaPaddhati and Mela nomenclature, systems of Melas. Propounded by various LakshanaKaras

4. Evolution of Veena through the ages.

a) Harpstage b) Addition of resonator c) Introduction of frets d) Ranga of notes produced e) Plucking

5. Origin and development of Brindagana – The different Kutapas – and their functions. VansikaBrinda, Vhinnamela – PeriyaMela – SangeethaMela.

6. Music of the Post – Tyagaraja’s Period.

7. Fock Music and its characteristics, verities of Focek concerts – Geyanataka – Nrityanataka – Bhagavathamela. NatakaKuravanjiNataka, Burrakadha

Tolubommalata (Shadow play).

***

MAMUD2.02 MUSICOLOGY – II

1. Srutinomenclature, Bharata’s experiment, relating to Dhruvaveena and ChalaVeena. Significance of the experiment. Various views regarding the number of sruits used in Indian music.

2. Cycles of IV and V, Discussion of the validity of derivation of 22 srutis, by the method of cycles of 4th and 5th Musical intervals expressed in fractions and also in cycliccents.

3. The various systems of classification of instruments. Indian system of classification, Tata (string) susira (Wind) Avanaddha (percussion) and Ghana (solid) A study of their parts, Construction and technique of play, Tamboora, Veena, Violin, flute, Nagaswaram, Mridangam.

4. Keyed and Keyless instruments, compound wind instruments. Pan pipes, Magudi, Instruments with sruti coupling, bowing technique, plucking technique and blowing Technique.

Resonators of musical instruments. Their function and shapes. The utility of bridge, Jivali, sound, post, Bass-Bar.

Science of Music

5. Acoustics of concert halls – Production and transmission of sounds, reflection of sounds. Echo – Lakshanas of openair theatre – Concert hall – SangeethaMahal of Tanjore. Radio, Television, Microphone – Tape recorder Gramphone.

6. Physicology of Music

1. GayakaGunas and doshas – Lyrix and ear – Voice culture

7. Mudras and their varieties.

8. Raga Lakshnas and sancharas of the ragas which are learnt in the practical course.

Dharmavathi to Nayaki: 1. Dharmavathi 2. Subhapantuvarali 3. Abhogi 4. Keeravani 5. Sriragam 6. Panthuvarali 7. Charukesi 8. Ritigoula 9. Sahana 10. Anandabhairavi 11. Natakurangji 12. Surati 13. Kanada 14. Varali 15. Shanmukhapriya 16. Simhendramadhyam 17. Nayaki (Raga, Alapana, Neraval, Suarakalpana) for 16 Kritis to be learnts)

DIRECTORATE OF DISTANCE EDUCATION: SRI PADMAVATI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM: TIRUPATI Master of Arts(Music) – Second year Practical Syllabus

MAMUD2.03 SPECIAL COMPOSITIONS

1. Chakra (Any one) – Melaragamalika 2. Navavarna (Any two) – KamalambaNavavarna of MuthuswamyDikshatar 3. Navagraha (Any two) – MuthuswamyDiskhitar 4. Annamacharya (1) – Sankiartana 5. Padam (1) 6. Javali (1) 7. Tillana (1) 8. Tarangam (1) 9. Ashtapadi (1) 10. UtsavasampradayaKritis (2) 11. BhakthaRamadasaKritis (1) 12. DivyanamaKritis (1) ***

MAMUD2.04 MANODHARMA SANGEETHA – 2

1. Dharmavathi 2. Subhapantuvarali 3. Abhogi 4. Keeravani 5. Sriragam 6. Panthuvarali 7. Charukesi 8. Ritigoula 9. Sahana 10. Anandabhairavi 11. Natakuranji 12. Surati 13. Kanada 14. Varali 15. Shanmukhapriya 16. Simhendramadhyam 17. Nayaki

(Raga, Alapana, Neraval, Suarakalpana) for 16 Kritis to be learnts)

***

MAMUD2.05 PRACTICAL - 6 Ragam – Tanam – Pallavi

8 Pallavis (in the below mentioned)

1. Todi 2. Bhairavi 3. Kambhoji 4. Kalyani 5. Sankarabharanam 6. Kharaharapriya 7. Mohana 8. Shanmukhapriya 9. Keervani 10. Simhendramadhyam 11. Latangi 12. Dharmavathi (The Lakshanas of all ragas should be learnt)

2. Pallavis in Choukakala (Adi)

1. NadaiPallavi 2. ChaturasrajatiRupaka 3. Trisrajatitriputa 4. Khandatriputa 5. ChaturasrajumpaTala 6. Jhampa (Misra) All the pallavis should be rendeled in 3 Anuloma&Viloma. Tana singing/playing in Ghana raga.

***

Contact Points for Counseling:

Programme structure with credit points

I year

Paper Code Title No of Theory No of Total credits Inte Year end Assign Marks rnal examina ments tions History of Indian 6 30 70 3 100 MAMUD1.01 Music – I MAMUD1.02 Musicology – I 6 30 70 3 100 MAMUD1.03 Abhyasagana (practicals) 6 100 100 MAMUD1.04 Group Kritis (practicals) 6 100 100 ManodharmaSangeetha – I 6 100 100 MAMUD1.05 (practicals) No of credits 36 500

II year

Paper Code Title No of No Total credits Theory of Marks Inte Year Assig rnal end nme examin nts ations MAMUD2.01 History of Indian Music – II 6 30 70 3 100 MAMUD2.02 Musicology – II 6 30 70 3 100 Special Compositions 6 100 100 MAMUD2.03 (practicals) ManodharmaSangeetha – III 6 100 100 MAMUD2.04 (practicals) Ragam – Tanam – Pallavi 6 100 100 MAMUD2.05 (practicals) No of credits 36 500 Grand total of I &II years (theory 72 1000 &Practical) Programme-wise Faculty details Dr.R.N.S. Saileswari, Assistant Professor Dr.U.Hima Bindu, Assistant Professor Supporting Teaching Faculty of the Department Dr. Dwaram V.J. Lakshmi, Professor Dr.K.Saraswathi Vasudev, Professor

MASTER OF ARTS(WOMEN’S STUDIES) – First year Syllabus MAWSD1.01 : WOMEN’S MOVEMENTS AND FEMINIST THEORIES

OBJECTIVES:

1. To give an overview of the academic discipline of women’s studies and its genesis. 2. To expose the students to various women’s movement in India, and to identify its relevance to women’s issues. 3. To introduces and analyse major feminist writings and feminist schools of thought.

Unit-I : Introduction to Women’s Studies - Nature and scope of women’s Studies in India – Concept, definition and objectives of women’s Studies.

Unit-II: Women’s movements in India - Pre Independence period – social reform movements and Nationalist Movements.

Unit-III: Post – Independence period- Telangana Movement: Chipko Movement Anti Arrack Movements.

Unit –IV: Issue based Movements in India since 1970’s – Rape and other violence against women.

Unit-V: a. Feminist Theories - Liberal Feminism Thinkers – Mary Wollstons Craft - J.S. Mill and Harriet Tayler - Betty Friedan

b. Marxist feminism – Thinkers – Marx and Engels

Unit-VI: a. Radical Feminism Thinkers - Kate Millett - Shulamith Firestone - Marge Piercy b. Socialist Feminism Thinkers - Alison Jaggar - Irish Young - Juliet Mitchel

Unit-VII Role of NGO’s and Women’s Organisation in Women’s Development

REFERENCES:

1. Rosemarie Tong : Feminist Thought – A Comprehensive Introduction – (London, Unwin Hyman, 1989)

2. Kumari Jayawardane : Feminism and Nationalism in the Third World (New Delhi), Kali for Women, 1986)

3. Dale Splender : Women of Ideas (London ARK, 1983)

4. Mary Daly : Pure Lust, (London, Women’s Press, 1984)

5. Andrea Nye : Feminist Theory and the Philosophies of Man (New York, Croom Helm, 1988) 6. Ella Rule (Ed.) : Marxism and the Emancipation of women (Great Britain : Harpal Brar, 2000)

7. Marchand H., Marianne & Feminism Postmodernism development, Janet L. Parpart (Eds.) : (New York : Routledge, 1995)

REFERENCES:

1. Government of India : “Towards Equality” Report of the committee on the status of Women in India (New Delhi : 1974)

2. Gabriele Dietrich : Reflection on the Women’s Movement in India (New Delhi : Harizan India Books 1992)

3. Mariame H. Mark, Chand Feminism Post Modernism Development & Jane L., Parpant (Ed.) : (New York, Routledge, 1995)

4. Maithrayi Krishna Raj : Contribution to Women’s Studies (Bombay, SNDT, 1991)

5. Maithrayi Krishna Raj : Women’s Studies in India – Some Perspectives, (Bombay, Popular Prakasam, 1986)

6. M.M. Rehman & Kamala Education, Work and Women, (New Delhi : Kuta & Rishal : Common Wealth Publishers).

7. Manmohan Kaur : Women in India’s Freedom Struggle, (New York : Sterling, 1985)

8. Vina Maxumdar (Ed) : Symbols of Power, (New Delhi, Allied, 1979)

9. Rekha Pandey : Women from Subjection of Liberation (Delhi, Mittal Publications, 1989) 2

10. Aparna Basu & : Women’s Struggle (New Delhi : Manohar, 1996) Bharati Rav

11. A. Neera Desai (Ed) : A Decade of Women’s Movement in India (Bombay, Himalaya Publishing House, 1988)

12. Malladi Subbamma : Women’s Movement and Associations, (Hyderabad : Mahilbhuydaya Samstha, 1994)

13. Barbara Sinclaire : The Women’s Movement, (New York, Harper Deckard and Row, 1983)

14. Drude Dehlerup (Ed) : The New Women’s Movement (London, Sage, 1988)

15. Rosalind Milas : The Women’s History of the World (London : Paladin, 1988)

16. Kumari Jayawardana : Feminism and Nationalism in the Third World Countries (New Delhi, Kali for Women, 1986) ***

MAWSD1.02– WOMEN AND SOCIETY

OBJECTIVES:

1. To provide a historical perspective of Women’s social position in India. 2. To create awareness on the ideologies and social factors that contribute to the marginalization of women. 3. To sensitize women towards the current social issues confronting them.

Unit-I : 1. Concept of Women’s status a. Status – concept – meaning definition types of status - achieved and as achieved status – factors and indicators on status of women b. Status of women in Indians and Andhra Pradesh Pre and post independent periods

Unit-II: Hindu View of Life and Women a. Ashramas b. Purusharthas and c. Doctrine of Karma Theory

Unit-III: Position of Women in Social Institutions

1. a. Family: Meaning and definition, characteristic features functions and types of family, Patriarchal family – Matriarchal family. b. Joint family – Meaning and definitions – characteristics Merits and demerits - Status of Women in the Joint family Disintegration of joint family systems in India. c. Nuclear family – Meaning and definitions – Recent trends and position of women in the Nuclear family. 2. Marriage: Meaning and definitions of marriage – functions of marriage types of marriage – Monogamy – Polygamy Polyandry. Eight forms of marriage age at marriage

Unit-IV: Women and Socialization: a. Social Construction of Gender b. Stages of Socialization – Childhood, Adolescent, Adulthood and old age. c. Agencies of Socialization a. Family b. School c. Peer group d. Mass Media e. Role conflict and change.

Unit –V: Social Issues and problems of Female Children and Women: a. Female Infanticide b. Child marriage c. Dowry d. Divorce e. Widowhood f. Rape 4

g. Prostitution h. Domestic Violence i. Problems of unwed mothers

Unit – VI: Social problems of female children and women. a. Problems of Dalit Women (SC,ST Women b. Problems of Aged Women l. Problems of single women c. Problems of Female headed house holds. d. Problems of Rural and Urban Women e. Problems of women from Minority f. Problems of working women.

Unit – VII: Intervention Strategies for Women a. Rehabilitation of women in distress. b. Supportive services for women.

REFERENCES:

1. Maithrayi Krishna Raj : Contribution to Women’s Studies (Bombay, SNDT, 1991) 2. Maithrayi Krishna Raj : Women’s Studies in India – Some Perspectives, (Bombay, Popular Prakasam, 1986) 3. Government of India : “Towards Equality” Report of the committee on the status of Women (Ministry of Education and Social Welfare, December, 1974) 4. Sharmashakthi : A report on the status of women (Govt. of India, 1989) 5. Govt. of India : National Perspective Plan for women 1988 2000 A.D, (Ministry of Human Resources Development, Department of Women and Child Development, 1988). 6. Upadhay H.C. : Status of Women in India Vol. I & II, (New Delhi: Anmol Publications, 1991) 7. Paul Chowday : Women Welfare and Development (New Delhi : Inter India Publications, 1992) 8. Neera Desai and : Women and Society in India (New Delhi: Ajanta Maithreyi Krishnaraj Publications, 1987) 9. Madhu Shastri : Status of Hindu Women (Jaipur, RBSA Publishers, 1990) 10. Sushma Sood : Violence against women (Jaipur, Arihant Publishers, 1990) 11. Leelamma Devasai & : Girl Child in India (New Delhi, Ashish Devasia V.V. Publishing House, 1991) 12. Reddy P.R. and : Women in Development, Vol. I & II (New Delhi Sumangala P. B.R. Publishing Corporation) 13. Rehna Bhadially (ed) : Women in Indian Society (New Delhi : Sage Publications, 1988) 14. Arun Kumar : Empowering Women (Sarup & Sons, New Delhi, 2002) 15. Promilla Kapur : Empowering the Indian Women (Ministry of Information and Broadcasting) Govt. of India, 2001)

16. Sangeetha Purushothaman: The Empowerment of Women in India (Sage Publications, New Delhi, 1998) 17. Sakuntala Narasimhan : Empowering Women (Sage Publications, New Delhi, 1999) 18. Suzanne Williams : The Oxfam Gender Training Manual Oxfam, U.K., 1994. ***

MAWSD1.03: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

OBJECTIVES:

1. To enable students to have an understanding of the tools of research 2. To enable students to view the problems of women with women’s perspective. 3. To help students to conceptualize research problems and the terms in their research work with gender perspective.

UNIT – I: Introduction to Women’s Studies Research a. Definition, meaning- objectives and uses of Social Science Research b. Definition, meaning, scope and significance of research in Women’s Studies c. Sexism in Research

UNIT – II: Research Design a. Definition, Meaning and functions of Research- Design - Steps in research design – problem formulation, Conceptualization, Hypothesis…… b. Types of Research Design - Exploratory, Diagnostic and Experimental

UNIT – III: Sampling a. Definition, merits and demerits and sampling b. Types of sampling i) Probability sampling – Random sampling, Multistage sampling, cluster sampling, stratified sampling, systematic sampling. ii) Non – Probability sampling -Purposive sampling, convenience sampling, quota sampling, snowball sampling

UNIT –IV: Quantitative and Qualitative Techniques a. Characteristics of quantitative and qualitative research b. Quantitative methods: I)Interview schedules 2)Questionnaires c. Qualitative methods:1)Observation 2)Participatory research 3)Case studies 4)Focus group 5)Oral History

UNIT –V: Data systems – Different types of data – primary, secondary

UNIT –VI: Graphical and Diagrammatic representation of data, Bar diagram, Histogram, Frequency polygon, Frequency curve, Ogive, Pie diagram

UNIT-VII: Report Writing

REFERENCES: 1. Kothari C.B : Research Methodology methods and Techniques, (New Delhi, Wiley Eastern Limited, 1985). 2. Coode W.J. and Hatt, P.K. : Methods in Social Research (London Mc.Grand Hill Book Company, 1952). 3. Babbie Earl : The Practice of Social Research (London, Wadsworth, Publishing Co., 1983) 4. Wilkinson T.S. Bandarkar : Methodology and Techniques of Social Research (Bombay: Himalaya Publishing House, 1979)

5. Sarma K.V.S. : Statistics made simple (New Delhi: Prentice, Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. 2001) 6. Young P.V. : Scientific Social surveys and Research (New York, Prentice Hall, 1966) 7. Neera Desai and : Women and Society in India (New Delhi: Ajantha Maithreyi Krishna Raj Publications, 1987) 8. S.N.D.T. Women’s : Contribution to Women’s Studies Series – 4, Universities, Publications 4, Oral History in Women’s Studies concept, Method and Use, (Bombay: SNDT Women’s University, Bombay. 9. Blalock M. Hubert : Conceptualization and Measurement in the Social Sciences (New Delhi: Sage Publication, 1982) 10.Desai Neera and Vibhuti : Critical Review of Researches in Women’s Patel Studies (Bombay: Research Centre for Women’s Studies, S.N.D.T. University, 1989). 11.James A. Black, Dean : Methods and Issues in Social Research, J. Champion: (London : John Wiley & Sons, INC, 1976) 12.Gupta B.N. : Statistics (Agra: Sahitya Bhavan, 1994) 13.Raymond A. Morrow : Critical theory and Methodology Vol. 3 (London: Sage Publications, 1998) 14.Martin. D. Schwartz (ed) : Researching sexual violence against Women: (Bombay: Sage Publications, 1998) 15.Oskamp Stuart and Mark : Gender Issues in Contemporary Society Costanzo (Ed) (London, Sage, 1993) 16.David W. Stewart and Prem : Focus Groups, Theory and Practice (New Delhi, Sage, 1990) N. Shamdasani : 17.Valerie Raleigh Yow : Recording Oral History (New Delhi, Sage, 1994) 18.Britha Mikkelsen : Methods for Development work and Research (New Delhi Sage 1995) ***

MAWSD1.04: WOMEN AND LEGAL RIGHTS

OBJECTIVES:

1. To create awareness among women about their constitutional and legal rights. 2. To sensitise women about their legal rights and encourage them to practice them in their daily life. 3. To critically evaluate the various judgment delivered in respect to women and its impact on their status

UNIT-I: Constitutional provisions with special reference to women

UNIT-II: Women and family laws with special reference to Hindus, Muslims and Christians. a. Marriage b. Child marriage Restraint act 1929 c. Divorce d. Maintenance e. Dowry Prohibition f. Adoption and guardianship g. Family court Act 1986.

UNIT-III: Women and Labour Laws a. Equal remuneration act 1976 b. Maternity benefit act 1961 c. Factories act 1948 d. Juvenile justice act 1986

UNIT-IV: Women and Criminal Laws a. I PC & Cr.P.C b. Prevention of Immoral traffic in women and girls (Amendment) Act 1986 c. The indecent representation of women (prevention) Act 1986 d. Medical termination of pregnancy Act 1971 e. Prenatal diagnostic techniques (prevention and misuse) Act 1994

UNIT-V: a. National commission for women b. State Commission for women

UNIT-VI: Human Rights as Women’s Rights – Definition and enforcement of Human Rights for women, CEDAW

UNIT VII: Law as an instrument of social change

REFERENCES:

1. Quil Alunad : Mohammedan Law (Allahabad:Central Law Agency, 1992) 2. Goroodass Benerjee : The Hindu Law of Marriage and Stridhana, (Delhi : Mittal Publications, 1984)

3. Vepa P. Sarathi : Law of Evidence (Lucknow : Eastern Book Company, 1989) 4. K. Sharma : Divorce Law in India (New Delhi : Deep & Deep Publications, 1984) 5. Dwarakanath Mitter : The Position of women in Hindu Law (New Delhi : Inter India Publications, 1984) 6. R.N. Saxena : The Code of Criminal Procedure (Allahabad: Central Law Agency, 1990) 7. Rakesh & Singh : Law of Sexual Offences (Allahabad : The Law Book Company (P) Ltd., 1993) 8. M. Krishnan Nair : Family Law Vol. 1 (Riruvananthapuram: The academy of Legal Laws, 1993) 9. Archana Parashan : Women & Family Law reform in India (New Delhi: Sage Publishers, 1991) 10. Dilip Chand Mnoja : The Family Laws of Islam (New Delhi : International Islamic Publishers, 1993) 11. Mukhopadhayay : The employees provident fund acts Maheswari (New Delhi: Allied Schemes book Corporation, 1991) 12. Paras Diwan : Dowry and Pretection to married women (New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publications, 1987) 13. Multiple Action : Our Laws (Vol. 1 to 10) (New Delhi: Dept. Research Group of Women Status of Women in India) 14. Kiran Devendra : Changing Status of Women in India (New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House, 1994) 15. Niroj Sinha : Women and Violence (New Delhi: Vikas Pub. House, 1989) 16. Indua Prakash Singh : Women Law and Social Change in India (New Delhi : Radiant Publishers, 1989) 17. Sinha B.S. : Law and Social change in India (New Delhi : Deep & Deep Publications, 1983). 18. Sushma Sood : Violence Against Women (Jaipur : Arihant Publishers, 1990) 19. Vimala Veena Ragavan : Rape and Victims of Rape (New Delhi: Northern Book Centre, 1987) 20. Srivastava : Women and Law (New Delhi : Lectural Pub., 1954) 21. The Indecent Representation of Women (Prohibition) Act, 1986 22. M.T.P. Act, 1971. 23. Pre-natal Diagnostic Techniques (Prevention and Regulation of Misuse) Act, 1984. ***

MAWSD1.05: POLICIES AND PROGRAMMES FOR WOMEN’S DEVELOPMENT

OBJECTIVES:

Unit – I: Concept of development a. Definition, meaning and scope b. Socio-Economic determinants of Women’s Development c. Women and Development.

Unit-II: Development of Women through Five Year Plans. a. Welfare perspective (I to V plan) b. Development perspective (VI – VII) c. Empowerment perspective (VII plan onwards)

Unit-III: Policies of India for the development of Women a. Education policy b. Health policy c. Housing policy d. Employment policy

Unit-IV: Women and Politics a. Role of Women in politics b. Socio-Economic barriers to Women’s participation in politics.

Unit-V: Women and Mass Media a. Communication strategies for Women’s development. b. Types of media-Modern and Traditional methods of media. c. Portrayal of Women in media.

Unit-VI: Programmes for Women’s Development IRDP-DPAP, ICDS, RMK, MSY,TRYSEM, STEP,SJRY,IAY, Girl child Protection Scheme, NCW, Kishor Balika pathakam, SHGS.

Unit-VII Development of Women in Andhra Pradesh through State Plans

REFERENCES:

1. Ester Boserup : Women’s Role in Economic Development (London : George Allen and Unwin Limited, 1970) 2. Maithrayi Krishna Raj: Women and Development – The Indian Experience, SNDT Women’s University, Monographs – Sociology – (Pune : Shubharada Saraswath Prakasham 1988) 3. Committee on the Status of Women in India : Towards Equality (New Delhi : Government of India, Department of Social Welfare, Ministry of Education – 1975) 4. National Commission on Self employment of Women & Women in the formal sector – Shramasakthi (New Delhi : Government of India, Department of Labour, 1989) 5. Govt. of India: Sixth Five year plan (1980-85), Women and Development, Chap. 27 (New Delhi : Planning Commission). 6. National Policy on Education, 9186 (New Delhi : Ministry of Human Resource Development, Department of Education). 11

7. Seventh Five year plan (1985-90), Socio-Economic Programmes for Women, Chapter 17 (New Delhi : Planning Commission 8. Chowdary D. Paul: Women Welfare and Development, A Source Book (New Delhi : Common Wealth Publishers, 1991). 9. Harish: Economic Development and Role of Indian Women (New Delhi: Common Wealth Publishers, 1991) 10. Maithreyi Krishnaraj: Women and Science – Selected essays, (Delhi: Himalaya Publicity Home, 19910. 11. Ramala M. Boxmusa Gupta Sirija – Assistance for Women’s Development from National Agencies SNDT REWS (Bombay: Popular Prakasham Pvt., Ltd., 1992). 12. National Council of Applied Economic Research: South India Human Development report (New Delhi : Oxford University Press, 2001) 13. Mahabub Ul Haw Human Development Centre – Report on Human Development in South Asia the Gender Question (Karachi : Oxford University Press, 2000) 14. Department of Women and Child Development – Annual Report 2001-2002 ***

MAWSD2.01: NUTRITION AND HEALTH EDUCATION FOR WOMEN

OBJECTIVES:

1. To examine the factors that affect physical, mental and social well being of women. 2. To create awareness about the importance of nutrition and health to improve the quality of life in general and women in particular.

UNIT-I: Concept and definition of Nutrition and Health Interrelationship between Health and Nutrition.

UNIT-II: Socio- economic and Cultural factors affecting selection preparation and intake of foods.

UNIT-III:

a. Common Nutritional disorders in India among Women and Children b. Advantages of Breast feeding and colostrums c. Gender Bias in Nutrition intake

UNIT-IV: Health education, Information Education and Communication (IEC) Definition –objectives approaches to public health, Communication in health education.

UNIT-V: Health Education for Quality of life- Adolescent period (Menstural Hygiene) Delivery care, Child care etc.

UNIT-VI: National Nutritional Programmes

a. Nutrition education for girls b. Applied Nutrition Programmes Supplementary feeding programme, Anaemia Control Programme, Goitre control programme and Vitamin A c. ICDS Programme

UNIT-VII: National Health Programmes and Policies

a. National Health Policy- Health for all by 2000 A.D Immunization programme.

REFERENCES:

1. Swaminathan. M : Principles of Nutrition and Dietetics, (Bangalore : The Bangalore Printing and Publishing Co., Ltd., 1986). 2. NIN Publications - Nutritive value of Indian foods (Hyderabad : NIN, 1989). 3. Proceedings of the Nutrition Society of India Eleventh Gopalan Creation, (Hyderabad, NIN, 1988). 4. Shukla P.K : Nutritional problems of India (New Delhi : Prentice Hall of India, 1982). 13

5. Park. K. : Park’s Text book of Preventive and Social Medicine, (Jabalpur : Banarsidas Publishers, 1988). 6. ICSSR – Health for All – An alternative Strategy (Pune : Indian Institute of Education, 1981) 7. Reddy, P.R. and Sumangala P. (Eds.) – Women in Development, Vol. II, (New Delhi : B.R. Publishing Corporation, 1999). 8. Mahadevan (Ed.) – Health Education for better quality of life (New Delhi : B.R. Publications, 1990) 9. Giane Rechardson – Women and AIDS Crisis, New Edition (London : UNWIN, HYMAN, 1998) 10. Pallack Rosalind Patcheesky – Abortion and Women’s Choice Questions for feminism, verso, 1986) 11. WHO – HIV SERO positivity and AIDS Preventiion & Control, (New Delhi: B.R. Publishing Corporation, 1989) 12. Govt. of India – National Population Policy, Document (New Delhi: Ministry of Health and family welfare, India-2000) 13. United Nationals – ICPD Report – Cairo (New York : UN 1994) 14. Mahadevan et al(Eds.) – Reproductive Health of Human Kind (New Delhi: B. R. Publishing Corporation, 2000) 15. I.C.S.S.R. – Health for all – An alternative Strategy (PUNE, Indian Institute of Education, 1981) ***

MAWSD2.02 WOMEN AND ENVIRONEMENT

OBJECTIVES:

1. To create awareness and educate women on the environmental issues and depletion of natural resources. 2. To educate women on the need for protecting environment for sustainable development. 3. To enlighten women on the identification of nature as a feminine principle.

UNIT- I: Concepts and issues on Environment:

The Natural Environments - The Atmosphere, Hydrosphere, Biosphere, Ecosystem, Global cycle, Natural Resources.

UNIT-II: Environmental issues Global Warming, Ozone depletion and Green House effect, Deforestation , Pollution, Air, Water, Energy Crisis, Alternative energy sources- renewable and Non – renewable energy.

UNIT-III: Women and Environment a. Women as users of natural resources b. Collectors of fuel, food and fodder c. Women as producers of life d. Nature as the feminine principle e. Gender ideology Vs. the recovery feminine principle

UNIT-IV: Effects of the Environment and its Degradation on Women a. Green revolution b. Ecological problems and Health hazards c. Migration d. Poverty e. Population and Environment

UNIT-V: Care and Management of Environment a. Women and Water Management b. Women and Forest Management (Chipko) c. Women and Energy Management- Solar- Biogas- wind

UNIT-VI: Women as agents of Change a. Aforestration and Social forestry b. Role of Women in garbage and waste management: Bio-degradation (vermicompost)

UNIT-VII: Programmes and Policies for Sustainable Development. ***

MAWSD2.03: WOMEN TECHNOLOGY AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Unit-I: Technology – Meaning and scope, Gender and Technology, Appropriate Technology for women.

Unit-II: Technology Transfer for Women - Drudgery – Mechanisation – Prevention of Health hazards – Technological policy for women development.

Unit-III: Advantages and disadvantages of Technology case studies of Sivakasi – Match Factory and Fire Works, Mirzapur and Bangle Making Industry.

Unit-IV: Entrepreneurship – Concept – meaning and functions- Factors promoting the development of entrepreneurship among women.

Unit-V: Barriers, Problems, Strategies and perspectives of Women Entrepreneurship Development – Women Micro Entrepreneurs – Case studies of Women Entrepreneurs in Andhra Pradesh (Success & failure).

Unit-VI: Industrial and Organisational support for Entrepreneurial Development. a. Training Institutes b. Consultancy services c. Dissemination of knowledge d. development of Managerial skills e. Financial support f. Infrastructure support.

Unit-VII: Policies Governing small scale Industries with special reference to Women entrepreneurship - New Economic Policy and Women Entrepreneurs.

***

MAWSD2.04 : WOMEN AND EDUCATION

Unit-I: Women’s education – definition – Aims – Objectives need – Significance and scope of education for girls and women.

Unit-II: Historical perspective of Women’s Education in India.

a. Women’s education in Vedic period. b. Women’s education in Post Vedic period c. Women’s education in colonial period d. Women’s education in contemporary – Indian Society

Unit-III: Women’s Education in under Five Year Plans: First Five Year Plan (1951-56) to Ninth Five Year Plan (1997-2002).

Unit-IV: Evaluation of Committees and Commissions and recent trends in Women’s Education.

a. Mudaliar commission (or) Secondary Education Commission. b. Kotari Commission (or) Indian Education commission (1964-66). c. National Policy on Education 1986. - Empowerment of women – Expansion of Educational facilities for women and girls – A Statistical review. d. National perspective plan for Women’s Education.

Unit-V: Obstacles to Women’s education – Social- Economic – Cultural – Geographical and other factors – limitations of formal system of education.

Unit-VI: Need for alternative system of education – Non – formal education for women – meaning – definition – significance and scope of non- formal education – formal – non formal and informal education – National Literacy Mission – Total Literacy campaign – National Adult Education Programmes- functional literacy programmes for women.

Unit-VII Role of Women’s Education in community Development and as an Instrument of Social change.

REFERENCES: 1. Swaminathan. M : Principles of Nutrition and Dietetics, (Bangalore : The Bangalore Printing and Publishing Co., Ltd., 1986) 2. NIN Publications - Nutritive value of Indian foods (Hyderabad: NIN, 1989). 3. Proceedings of the Nutrition Society of India Eleventh Gopalan Creation, (Hyderabad, NIN, 1988) 4. Shukla P.K.: Nutritional problems of India (New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India, 1982) 5. Park. K.: Park’s Text book of Preventive and Social Medicine, (Jabalpur : Banarsidas Publishers, 1988) 6. ICSSR – Health for All – An alternative Strategy (Pune:Indian Institute of Education, 1981) 7. Reddy, P.R. and Sumangala P. (Eds.) – Women in Development, Vol. II, (New Delhi : B.R. Publishing Corporation, 1999). 17

8. Mahadevan (Ed.) – Health Education for better quality of life (New Delhi : B.R. Publications, 1990) 9. Giane Rechardson – Women and AIDS Crisis, New Edition (London : UNWIN, HYMAN, 1998) 10. Pallack Rosalind Patcheesky – Abortion and Women’s Choice Questions for feminism, verso, 1986. 11. WHO – HIV SERO positivity and AIDS Prevention & Control, (New Delhi: B.R. Publishing Corporation, 1989) 12. Govt. of India – National Population Policy, Document (New Delhi : Ministry of Health and family welfare, India-2000) 13. United Nationals – ICPD Report – Cairo (New York: UN 1994) 14. Mahadevan et al (Eds.) – Reproductive Health of Human Kind (New Delhi: B.R. Publishing Corporation, 2000) 15. I.C.S.S.R. – Health for all. An alternative Strategy (PUNE, Indian Institute of Education, 1981) 16. Das Gupta Monica & Krishnam T.N. – Women and Health (New Delhi : Oxford 1998) 17. Krishna Raj Maithrey (Ed.) – Gender, Population and Development (New Delhil Oxford 1999)

REFERENCES: 1. Irene Dankdman & Joan Davidson: Women and Environment in the Third world alliance for the future (London, Earth scan Publications Limited, 1989) 2. Park, K – Park’s Textbook of preventive and Social Medicine, (Jabalpur: Banarasidas publishers, 1988) 3. Nisha Rao: What is environment all About? (Secunderabad: Centre for Environment concerns, 1998) 4. Sally Sontheimen: Women and Environment, (London, Earth scan Publication Limited, 1995) 5. Bindu N. Lohani: Environmental quality Management, (south Asian Publishers Private Limited, 36, Nethaji Subhash Marg, Darya ganj, New Delhi) 6. Report: National colloquium on Role of women in water Resource Management (centre for Women’s Development Studies, National Drinking water Mission, Department of Rural Development, UNICEF, India International Centre, New Delhi, India, 1990) 7. Projects – Methods to involve women in Rural water supply, Sanitation and water Resource protection. (IRC water and Sanitation center, The Hague. The Netherlands, September 1992). 8. Burgers L. etal : Hygiene education in water supply and sanitation Programmes. (The Hague, The Netherlands, IRC, 1988). 9. Narayan D. Participatory evaluation: Tools for managing change in water and sanitation, (Washington DC, USA, World Bank, 1993). 10. Wakeman, W. Gender Issues source book for the water and sanitation sector. Washington, DC, USA, UNDP/World Bank and PROWWESS, 1993).

REFERENCES: 1. National Commission on Sharma Sakthi, (New Delhi: Self employment of Women Govt. of India, Dept. of Labhour, 1989) in the informal sector. 2. Arvindrai N Desai Women’s Work and Society, (New Delhi: Ajantha Publication, 1986) 18

3. Shanta Kohli Development of Women Entrepreneurship Chandan in India A Study of Public Policies and Programmes, (New Delhi: Mittal Pad, 1991) 4. Dhubhashi Medha Vinze Women entrepreneurs in India, (New Delhi: Mittal Pub. 1987) 5. Sinney S Ruth Towards a typology of women entrepreneurs their business venture and family, (Hawaii: Ease West Centre, 1977) 6. Vasant Desai Entrepreneurial Development, The Vol. 1 & II (New Delhi : Mittal Pub. House, 1991)

7. Sami Uddin Entrepreneurial Development in India, (New Delhi: Mittal Pub., 1989) 8. Ajit Kantikar In Search of Identify: The women Nalinee entrepreneurs of India, (Ahmedabad: Contractor Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India, 1992) 9. Khanka S.S. Entrepreneurship in small scale industries, (Bombay : Himalaya Publishing House, 1990) 10. Sahay Sushma Women and Empowerment – Approaches and Strategies (New Delhi: Discovery Publishing House, 1989) 11. Pillai Jaya Kothai Women and Empowerment, (New Delhi: Gyan Publishing House, 1995)

REFERENCES:

1. Mohanty Jagannath L.: 1991 Adult and Non-Formal Education Deep and Deep Publications, New Delhi. 2. Agarwal S.P. Agarwal J.C. 1992 Women’s Education in India Historical Review, Present Status perspective plan with statistical indicators. 3. Paul Chowdary .D. 1992 Women Welfare and Development, Inter India Publications New Delhi. 4. Siddiqui M.H. 1993 Women’s Education, A research approach Ashiah Publishing House, New Delhi. 5. Sharma B.N. 1994 Women and Education Global Education series: Common Wealth, Publishers, New Delhi. 6. Usha Sharma & 1995 Women’s Education in Ancient and Medieval India: Common Wealth Publishers Private Limited, New Delhi. 7. Sukla P.D. 1988 The New Education Policy in India Sterling Publishers Private Limited, New Delhi. 8. S.K. Pandit 1998 Women in Society Rajat Publications, Delhi. 9. P.R. Reddy & P. Sumangala 1988 Women in Development B.R. Publishing, Corporation, New Delhi. 10. Bhaskar Rao D. Pushpalatha Rao Women, Education and Empowerment 1999 Discovery Publishing House New Delhi. 11. Shakuntala Devi 1999 Women’s Studies and Social Change, Pointer publishers, Jaipur. 19

12. Vinita Kaul 2000 Women and the wind of change, Gyan Publishing House, New Delhi. 13. Bhaskar Rao. D. 2000 Status and advancement of women A.P.H. V. Vijayalakshmi Publishing Corporation, New Delhi. V. Vamsi Krishna V. Venkateswara Rao.

***

Contact Points for Counseling:

Programme Structure with Credit Points:

Year Course Cou Women’s Studies No. of No. of Total IA Year Total Code rse Teaching Credits Credits Marks end Marks No. Hrs. per paper exami natio ns I MAWSD1 01 Women’s Movements and 30 hrs 6 30 70 100 Feminist Theories MAWSD1 02 Women and Society 30 hrs 6 30 70 100

MAWSD1 03 Research Methodology 30 hrs 6 30 30 70 100 MAWSD1 04 Women and Legal Rights 30 hrs 6 30 70 100 MAWSD1 05 Policies and Programmes for 30 hrs 6 30 70 100 Women’s Development II MAWSD2 01 Nutrition and Health 30 hrs 6 30 70 100 Education For Women MAWSD2 02 Women and Environment 30 hrs 6 32 30 70 100 MAWSD2 03 Women Technology and 30 hrs 6 30 70 100 Entrepreneurship MAWSD2 04 Women and Education 30 hrs 6 30 70 100 MAWSD2 05 Dissertation 30 hrs 8 50 50 100 Total Credits 62 320 680 1000

Programme-wise Faculty details Dr.P.Neeraja, Assistant Professor Dr.M.Padmavathi, Assistant Professor Supporting Teaching Faculty of the Department Prof.R.Jayasree, Professor Prof. D.B.Krishna Kumari, Professor Prof G.Sandhya Rani, Professor Dr.P.Madhavi, Assistant Professor

DIRECTORATE OF DISTANCE EDUCATION SRI PADMAVATHI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM: TIRUPATI MASTER OF COMMERCE M.Com1.01 Management & Organizational Behaviour

Unit-I Management Management concept, sna systems approach to management. Management principles. Ethics of management, cross-cultural management and corporate governance. Unit-II Organisational Behaviour Fundamental concepts of organisational behaviour(OB) and interdisciplinary nature of organisational behaviour. Organisational behaviour system and models of organisational behaviour. Unit-III Individual Dimensions of Organisational Behaviour Personoligy: Jung’s psychological functions, Meddi’s and Erkinson’s Models of personality and determinants of personality. Perception. Values. Unit-IV Individual Dimensions of Personality Attitudes and Job Satisfaction. Motivation theories: Content, cognitive, equity and re-inforcement theories. Leadership theories: Traits, behavioural and cognitive theories. Groups and teams: Types of groups, informal organisation and formal groups. Group development stage and group cohesiveness. Team work and Team building. Unit-VI Group Behavioural Process Nature, levels of conflict, levels, sources, effects, models of conflict and conflict resolution techniques; Power and politics in an organisation and empowerment. Unit-VII Organisational Change and Stress Nature of change, resistance to change and implementing change. Stress and Counselling. Unit-VIII Organisational Development (OD) and Effectiveness Foundations, characteristics, process and intervention strategies for organisational development and benefits and limitations. Organisational effectiveness; approaches. ***

M.Com1.02 Business Environment & Strategy

Unit-I Concept of business environment: External environment : Micro and Macro environments – Process and limitations of environmental analysis – Techniques of environmental analysis. Unit-II External environment. Reasons for companies going international – Foreign market entry strategies – Foreign capital and technology policies in India – Foreign investments in India – MNCs : Benefits and problems. Code of conduct – W.T.O: Structure, functions and provisions of the Act of W.T.O. Unit-III External sector policy and regulation : India EXIM policies – Foreign Trade (Development and Regulation) Act-Export promotion : Incentives, marketing assistance – FEMA. Unit-IV Indian economic environment : Economic policy, 1991 – its evaluation privatization : rotes to privatization, disinvestments commission, arguments against privatization – Industrial sickness: Causes and remedies, SICA. Unit-V Strategic management process: Hierarchy of strategic intent vision, mission, goals and objectives – Environment appraisal Organizational appraisal. Unit-VI Strategy analysis and choice: Corporate level strategies – Stability, expansion, retrenchment, combination strategies – Business level strategies – Process of strategic analysis and choice – Corporate level strategic choice analysis – Business level strategic choice analysis. Unit-VII Strategy implementation: Actuating strategies: Project and procedural implementation, resource allocation – Structural implementation Behavioral implementation. Unit-VIII Strategic evaluation: Strategic control and operational control and techniques of strategic control. ***

M.Com1.03 Managerial Economics

Unit-I Introduction: Definition, nature, scope and significance of managerial economics – Decision making and economic analysis – Role and responsibility of a managerial economist – objectives of business firm – basic concepts.

Unit-II Demand analysis: Demand schedule, demand curve, demand function. Law of demand. Demand determinants – demand distinctions – price elasticity of demand – promotional elasticity of demand – cross elasticity of demand – methods of fore-casting demand.

Unit-III Cost analysis cost concepts and classification – cost-output relationship in the short – run and long – run – economics of scale – cost function and cost forecasting – cost control and cost reduction.

Unit-IV Production analysis: Production function – basic concepts – laws of production – cobb – douglas production function – CES production function – optimal input combinations.

Unit-V Profit management : Meaning and nature of profit – theories of profit – profit measurement – profit planning and forecasting – profit planning and break-even analysis.

Unit-VI Market structure : kinds of competitive situations – perfect competition, monopoly and monopolistic competition – oligopoly – price discrimination – concentration of economic power and Government regulation.

Unit-VII Pricing: Pricing objectives – Pricing policies – Pricing methods - Pricing products of lasting distinctiveness – pricing products of perishable distinct! Vencss – product line pricing – pricing forecasting, administered prices – dual pricing.

Unit-VIII Sales promotion : Economics of advertising – Methods of determine advertising.

Suggesting Readings:

1. Joel Dean, Managerial Economics. 2. Hague, D.C: Managerial Economics 3. Mehatha P.L.Managerial Economics 4. Varshney & Maheswari: Managerial Economics 5. Dwivedi D.N.: Managerial h’ojnornics 6. Guptha: Managerial Economics 7. Mote, Paul & Gupta: Managerial Economics 8. Habid-ur-Rahman: Managerial Economics 9. Haynes and Henry : Managerial Economics 10. Nair & Mariam: Business Economics

***

M.Com1.04 Corporate Accounting & Reporting

Unit-I An Overview of Account. Conceptual frame work, objectives, approaches, assumptions, principles and conventions. Generally accepted accounting principles(GAAPS). International accounting standards.

Unit-II Inflation Accounting. Current purchasing power(CPP) method. Current cost accounting(CCA) method.

Unit-III Double accounting system.

Unit-IV Accounting for leases

Unit-V Valued added statement. Economic value added statement.

Unit-VI Human resource accounting(HRA). Government accounting. Social responsibility accounting.

Unit-VII Corporate reporting. Specific issues in corporate reporting. Harmonisation of financial reporting.

Unit-VIII Emerging trends in accounting. Environmental accounting. Bench making in accounting. Brand accounting. Creative accounting.

*** M.Com1.05 Quantitative Techniques for Managerial Decisions

Unit-I Introduction: Statistics and Managerial Decision – Role of quantitative techniques in business and management – Advantages of quantitative approach to management(Theory).

Unit-II Theory of probability and probability distribution: Basic concepts of probability – theory of probability – additional theorem – multiplication theorem and Baye’s theorem – probability distributions – binomial distribution – poison distribution – “Normal distribution and applications(Theory and problems)

Unit-III Sampling and sampling distribution: Concept – sampling Vs. census methods – advantages – non sampling errors – sampling distributions – sample size – large vs. small sampling(Theory)

Unit-IV Collection of data: sources – tools – methods – classification – tabulation and presentation(theory)

Unit-V Correlation and regression analysis: Meaning – methods – graphical – coefficient correlation – rank correlation.

Regression analysis – concept – regression coefficient – simple linear regression – distinction between correlation and regression (Theory and Problems)

Unit-VI Test of significance: Basic concepts 10 the hypothesis testing – x2 test – the ‘t’ test – analysis of variance (F-Test, oneway classification)(Theory and problems)

Unit-VII Statisticsl Quality Control: Concept, process and product control X.R.P Charts – Construction and uses(Theory and Problems)

Unit-VIII Decision Theory: Introduction – steps in Decision theory – types of decision – making environments – decision making under uncertainty only – criterion of optimism(Maximax or minimin) criterion of pessi mism(Maximax or minimin) – Equally likely decision(Laplace) Critetion – criterion of realism(I lurvriz criterion) criterion of regret(Theory and Problems)

Suggested Readings:

1. Jawar Lai: Management Accounting, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai. 2. M.A.Sahaf: Management accounting, principles practice, vikas publishing house, New Delhi. 3. N.K.Prasad: Principles and practice of cost accounting, Books syndicate, Calcutta. 4. Jain & Narang: Advanced Cost Accounting, kalyani, New Delhi. 5. B.K.Bihar, Cost Accounting Methods and Problems, Academic, Calcutta. 6. S.N.Maheswari, advanced problems and solutions in cost accounting, sultan chand & sons, New Delhi. 7. Charles T Homgren, Introduction to Management Acccounting, Pearson, 2003. 8. Kaplan and Atkinson, advanced, management accounting, prentice hall, New Delhi, 2001. 9. Manmohan & Goyal, Principles and practice of Management Accounting, Sultan Chand & Sons, Agra. 10.V.K.Saxena and C.D.Vashist, Advanced Costing and Management Accounting, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi. 11.M.A. Sahaf, Management Accounting, Himalaya, New Delhi. 12.Jawahar Lai, Accounting and Management Himalaya, New Delhi.

***

First year Theory No. of Total Paper Code Title of the paper Internal Year end Credits Assignme examinat Marks nts ions Management and M.Com1.01 6 10X3=30 70 100 Organizational Behaviour Business Environment & 6 M.Com1.02 10X3=30 70 100 Strategy M.Com1.03 Managerial Economics 6 10X3=30 70 100 Corporate Accounting & 6 M.Com1.04 10X3=30 70 100 Reporting Quantitative Techniques for 6 M.Com1.05 10X3=30 70 100 Business Decisions

Second year Theory No. of Total Paper Code Title of the paper Internal Year end Credits Assignme examinat Marks nts ions M.Com2.01 Marketing Management 6 10X3=30 70 100 M.Com2.02 Financial Management 6 10X3=30 70 100 M.Com2.03 Human Resource Management 6 10X3=30 70 100 M.Com2.04 Financial Markets & Services 6 10X3=30 70 100 Cost & Management M.Com2.05 6 10X3=30 70 100 Accounting

Programme-wise Faculty details Dr.P.Roopa, Assistant Professor Supporting Teaching Faculty of the Department Ms.P.Nishitha, Assistant Professor Ms.P.Swapna, Academic Consultant

SRI PADMAVATI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM: TIRUPATI Master of Science(Mathematics) First Year MScMD1.01 ALGEBRA Unit – I Lesson – 1 Permutation groups, cycles of permutation, even and odd permutation, permutation as the product its cycles. Lesson – 2 Class equation Cauchy’s theorem, Sylow’s theorem (second proof only) Lesson – 3 Direct products, internal direct product, external direct product and isomorphism theorem between the external and internal direct products. Lesson – 4 Finite abelian groups, order of cyclic subgroups, finite abelian group as the direct product of cyclic groups. Unit – II Lesson – 5 Definition and examples of rings, ring of real quaternions, division ring Lesson – 6 Some special classes of rings – The Pigeonhole principle – Homomorphishms on rings. Lesson – 7 Ideals and Quotient Rings, homomorphism theorem on rings Lesson – 8 More ideals and quotient rings, condition for a homomorphic image of a ring to be a field Unit – III Lesson – 9 The field of quotients of an integral domain theorem for the integral domain to imbed in a field Lesson – 10 Euclidean rings, unique factorization theorem. Lesson – 11 A particular Euclidean ring, the ring of Gaussion integers, Format’s theorem Lesson – 12 Polynomial rings, the Division Algorithm Unit – IV Lesson – 13 Polynomial rings over the rational field, Gauss Lemma, the Eisenstein Criterion Lesson – 14 Elementary Basic concepts on vector spaces, internal direct product and external direct product, isomorphism theorem on vector spaces Lesson – 15 Linear Dependence, Linearly Independent theorem on Linear Dependence Lesson – 16 Bases, properties of Linear Independence Unit – V Lesson – 17 Extension fields, relation of one field to another Lesson – 18 Algebraic field extensions, various theorems Lesson – 19 The algebra of linear transformations, rank of a linear transformation, properties of rank of linear transformation Linear – 20 Characteristics roots, charactereization of a characteristic root in the behaviour of linear transformation Standard as in “Topics in Algebra” by I.N. Herstein Chapter – 2: Sections 2, 10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13, 2.14 Chapter – 3: (omit section 3, 11) Chapter – 4: Sections 4.1, 4.2 Chapter – 5: Section 5.1 only Chapter – 6: Sections 6.1, 6.2 ***

MScMD1.02 REAL ANALYSIS

Unit – I Lesson – 1 Metric spaces – examples – limit points – open sets – closed sets – closure sets – examples Lesson – 2 Compact sets – examples – open cover – K-cell – Weierstrass theorem – conditions for compactness Lesson – 3 Continuity – Limits of functions – continuous functions – examples – product of continuous functions – continuous functions on Rk Lesson – 4 Continuity and compactness – continuous mappings of compact metric spaces – uniform continuity – conditions for uniform continuity – continuity and connectedness Lesson – 5 Discontinuities – examples – monotonic functions Unit – II Lesson – 6 Differentiation – Derivative of real functions – examples – mean value theorems Lesson – 7 The continuity of derivatives – differentiation of vector values functions – examples Lesson – 8 Riemann integration – definitions – examples – partitions – Riemann stieltjes integral – conditions on function for Riemann integrablity Lesson – 9 Riemann integrablity of monotonic functions discontinuous functions and their Riemann integrability – composite function of Riemann integrable functions – properties of the integral Lesson – 10 Conditions for f α R, f R (α), α is monotonically increasing – change of variable – integration and differentiation – fundamental theorem of calculus Unit – III Lesson – 11 Sequences and series of functions – discussion – definitions – examples Lesson – 12 Uniform convergence of functions – Cauchy’s condition – uniform convergence and continuity – uniform convergence of function on compact sets Lesson – 13 Continuous bounded complex valued functions – definitions – examples – complete metric space – uniform convergence and integration Lesson – 14 Uniform convergence and differentiation – continuous functions nowhere differentiable Unit – IV Lesson – 15 Set functions – definitions – examples – construction of Lebesgue measure – examples Lesson – 16 & 17 Outer measure – subaddivity - – ring of finitely µ measurable sets – countable additivity of µ - measurable functions – conditions for open sets measurable - f measurable – composite functions measurable Unit – V Lesson – 18 Simple functions – definitions – examples – integration – conditions for measurable functions Lebesgue integrability Lesson – 19 f Lebesgue integrable – remarks Lebesgue monotone convergence theorem – Fatous theorem Lesson – 20 Lebesgue dominated convergence theorem – comparison with Riemann integral Standard as in Walter Rudin’s “Principles of Mathematical Analysis “ 3rd edition Chapter – 2: Sections 2.15 to 2.42 Chapter – 4: Sections 4.1 to 4.30 Chapter – 5: Sections 5.1. to 5.11 and 5.16 to 5.19 Chapter – 6: Sections 6.1. to 6.21 MScMD1.03 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

Ordinary Differential Equations: Units – I Lesson – 1 Power series solutions – convergence – convergence for trigonometric functions. Formula for the coefficients of power series – examples – Problems Lesson – 2 Series solutions of first order equations – examples – Problems Lesson – 3 Second order linear equations – ordinary points – Legendre equation and its solution – The nature of solutions at ordinary points – Examples – Problems Lesson – 4 Regular singular points – Bessel’s equation – Method of Frobenins – Legendre equation – examples – Problems Lesson – 5 Continuation of regular singular points – Individual equation – Conditions for power series solutions at regular singular points – examples – Problems Lesson – 6 Hypergeometric equation – Hypergeometric series – series expansion of some standard functions at regular singular points – Examples – Problems Lesson – 7 The point at infinity – Definition – Euler equation, hypergeometric equation points at infinity – confluent hypergeometric equation Unit – II Lesson – 8 Legendre polynomials – Solution of Legendre equation in terms of Legendre polynomials – Rodrigues formula – Problems Lesson – 9 Properties of Legendre polynomials – Orthogonality property – Legendre Series – Least squares approximation – Examples – Problems Lesson – 10 Bessel functions – Bessel function of first kind, second kind – Gamma function – General solution of Bessel function – Examples – Problems Lesson – 11 Properties of Bessel functions – Zeros and Bessel series – Bessel expansion theorem orthogonality property – Examples – Problems Unit – III Lesson – 12 The method of successive approximations – Examples – Problems – Picards theorem Standard as in George F. Simmon’s “Differential equations with Applications and Historical Notes”. TMH Edition Chapter – 5: Sections 25 to 31 Chapter – 6: Sections 32 to 35 Chapter – 11: Sections 55 & 56 Partial Differential Equations Unit – IV Lesson – 13 Partial differential equations, origins of first – order partial differential equations Lesson – 14 Cauchy’s problem for first – order equations, linear equations of the first order Lesson – 15 Integral surfaces passing through a given curve, surfaces orthogonal to a give system of surfaces. Lesson – 16 Cauchy’s method of characteristics, compatible systems of first – order equations Unit – V Lesson – 17 Charpit’s method, special types of first – order equations Lesson – 18 Partial differential equations of the second order Lesson – 19 Linear partial differential equations with constant coefficients Lesson – 20 Equations with variable coefficients Standard as in “Elements of Partial Differential Equations” by IAN Sneddon Chapter – 2: Sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 and 11 Chapter – 3: Sections 4 and 5 ***

MScMD1.04 LINEAR PROGRAMMING

Units – I Lesson – 1 Introduction of origin and Development of Operations Research Lesson – 2 Mathematical Formulation of Linear Programming Problem Lesson – 3 Graphical Solution Lesson – 4 Canonical and standard form of linear programming problem Unit – II Lesson – 5 Definition of basic solution – obtaining all basic solution to system of linear equation Lesson – 6 Fundamental Properties of Solutions Lesson – 7 The Computational Procedure Lesson – 8 Artificial Variable Techniques Lesson – 9 Two phase Simplex Method Lesson – 10 Problem of degeneracy Unit – III Lesson – 11 Concept of Duality – Formulation of Primal – Dual Pairs Lesson – 12 Duality Theorem – Complementary Slackness Theorem Lesson – 13 Duality and Simplex Method Unit – IV Lesson – 14 Dual Simplex Algorithm – Dual Simplex Method Lesson – 15 Computational Procedure of the Revised Simplex Method – Revised Simplex Method Unit – V : The Transportation Problem Lesson – 16 Mathematical Formulation of the Problem – Triangular Basis – Loops in a Transportation Table Lesson – 17 Finding Initial Basic Feasible solution by North – West corner rule – least cost method – Vogel’s approximation method Lesson – 18 Finding optimum solution for transportation problem Lesson – 19 Unbalanced transportation problem Lesson – 20 Formulation of assignment problem – algorithm – Routing Problem Standard as in “Operations Research by Kanti Swarup, P.K. Gupta, Man Mohan, 8th Revised Edition: Chapters: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (5.1-5.3), (6.1-6.9), 7 *** MScMD1.05 TOPOLOGY

Units – I Topological Spaces Lesson – 1 Topological Spaces – Definition – Examples Lesson – 2 Open, sets, Closed sets Closure of set, boundary points – Kuralowski closure axioms Lesson – 3 Open bases and open sub bases Lesson – 4 Weak topologies, Function Algebras Unit – II Compactness Lesson – 5 Compact spaces – Continuity and compactness – Heine Borel Theorem Lesson – 6 Product spaces – Tychonoff’s theorem Lesson – 7 Compactness for metric spaces – Lebesgue covering lemma – Sequential compactness Lesson – 8 Ascoli’s theorem Unit – III Separation Lesson – 9 T-Spaces, Hausdorff spaces Lesson – 10 Completely regular spaces and Normal spaces Lesson – 11 Urysohn’s lemma and the Tietze extension theorem Unit – IV Connectedness Lesson – 12 The Urysohn imbedding theorem – Stone – Cech compactification Lesson – 13 Connected spaces – Connectedness and continuity – Connectedness and product spaces Lesson – 14 Components of space Lesson – 15 Totally disconnected spaces Lesson – 16 Locally connected spaces Unit – V Approximation Lesson – 17 The Weierstrass Approximation Theorem

Lesson – 18 Stone Weierstrass Theorem Lesson – 19 Locally compact Hausdorff Spaces Lesson – 20 The extended Stone – Weierstrass Theorems Standard as in “Introduction to Topology and modern Analysis” by G.F. Simmons, Chapters 3, 4, 5, 6,7. ***

SRI PADMAVATI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM: TIRUPATI Master of Science(Mathematics) SecondYear M. ScMD2.01 – COMPLEX ANALYSIS

Unit – 1 Lesson 1 Derivatives – Rules for differentiating complex functions – The Cauchy – Riemann equations – Analytic functions. Lesson 2 Geometric interpretation of Arg f (z) and f (z) - conformal mapping – The mapping

az  d w = - conformal mapping of the entered plane – Mobius cz  d

Transformation. Lesson 3 The group property of Mobius Transformations - The circle preserving property of Mobius Transformations – Problems. Lesson 4 Fixed points of a Mobius Transformation - Invariance of the Cross ratio – Mapping of a circle onto a circle – problems.

Unit – 2 Lesson 5 Rectifiable Curves – Complex Integrals – The case of smooth curves - Cauchy’s integral theorem - The Key Lemma. Lesson 6 Proof of Cauchy’s Integral Theorem – Application to the evaluation of definite integrals – Cauchy’s Integral theorem for a system of contours. Lesson 7 Indefinite Integrals – Cauchy’s Integral Formula – Problems Lesson 8 Morera’s Theorem – Cauchy’s Inequalities.

Unit 3 Lesson 9 The Cauchy – Hadamard Theorem - Problems to find the radii of convergence and circle of convergence. Lesson 10 Taylor series – The Uniqueness Theorem for power series – Problems. Lesson 11 Expansion of an Analytic Function in a Power Series - Problems. Lesson 12 Liouville’s Theorem – The Uniqueness Theorem for Analytic Functions.

Unit 4 Lesson 13 Laurent Series – Laurent’s Theorem - Problems on Laurent Series. Lesson 14 Poles and Essential Singular Points – Problems.

Lesson 15 Behaviour at an essential singular point – Picard’s Theorem Lesson 16 Behaviour at Infinity – Problems

Unit 5 Lesson 17 The Residue Theorem – Residues at Infinity – Problems. Lesson 18 Jordan’s Lemma – Evaluation of Definite Integrals - Problems. Lesson 19 The Argument Principle - The theorems of Rouche and Hurwitz – Local behaviour of Analytic Mappings – The Maximum Modules Principle and Schwarz’s Lemma. Lesson 20 Laplace equation – Conjugate Harmonic Functions – Poisson Integral – Schwarz’s Formula – The Dirichlet Problem. Standard as in “Introductory Complex Analysis” by Richard A. Silvermann – Dover Publications – Inc New York. Chapters 3, 5 (articles 23 to 26) 7, 8, 10 (articles 46 to 49), 11, 12, 13. ***

M. ScMD2.02 Functional Analysis

UNIT 1 Lesson 1 Banach Spaces - Continuous linear transformation Lesson 2 The Hahn-Banach theorem Lesson 3 The open mapping theorem Lesson 4 Projections Lesson 5 The conjugate of an operator UNIT 2 Lesson 6 Hilbert Spaces - Simple properties Lesson 7 Orthonormal sets Lesson 8 The adjoint of an operator Lesson 9 Normal and unitary operators Lesson 10 Projections . UNIT 3 Finite Dimensional Spectral Theory Lesson 11 Eigen values and eigen vector of an Theory Lesson 12 The Spectral Theorem UNIT 4 Lesson 13 Regular and singular elements in Banach Algebra. Lesson 14 Spectrum of an operator Lesson 15 Spectral Radius Lesson 16 The Radical and Semi-Simplicity UNIT 5 Lesson 17 Gelfand Mapping Lesson 18 Involutions in Banach Algebras Lesson 19 Ideals in C(X) - The Stone-Cech -Compactification Lesson 20 Commutative C* -Algebras.

Standard as in "Introduction to Topology and modern Analysis" by G.F. Simmons, Chapters 9,10,11,12,13,14. *** M. ScMD2.03 MATHEMATICAL METHODS

UNIT 1 INTEGRAL EQUATIONS : Lesson 1 Relations between differential and integral equations Lesson 2 The Green's function Lesson 3 Fredholm equations with separable kernels Lesson 4 Iterative methods for solving integral equations Standard as in "Methods of Applied Mathematics" by Francis B.Hildebrand, Second Edition, Prentice Hall of India,1968, Chapter 3 (Sections 3.1 to 3.11 omit 3.8) UNIT 2 Lesson 5: The Laplace transform - Calculation of the Laplace Transforms of some elementary functions - Examples and problems Lesson 6 Rules of manipulation of the Laplace transform - Laplace transforms of derivatives - Relations involving integrals- Examples and Solution of some standard problems. Lessons 7 & 8 The Error function - Periodic functions - Examples - The convolution of two functions - The inversion formula for the Laplace transform - Examples and solutions to problems. UNIT 3 Lessons 9 & 10 Initial value problem for a linear equation with constant coefficients - Linear differential equations with variable coefficients - Examples and solvation of problems. Lessons 11 & 12 Simultaneous differential equations with constant coefficients - Applications to integral equations – Examples and problems solutions UNIT 4 Lessons 13 & 14 Fourier transforms - Fourier cosine transforms - Fourier-sine transforms - Examples and solutions of standard problems. Lessons 15 & 16 Fourier transforms of derivates - The convolution integral -Parseval's theorem for cosine and sine transforms - Examples. UNIT 5 Lessons 17 & 18 The finite Fourier transform - Definition of Finite Fourier Transform- Fourier Integral Theorem - Different forms of Fourier Integral – Examples Lessons 19 & 20 Formula Parseval's identity for Fourier Series - Problems related to Fourier integral - Problems related to Finite Fourier transform – Examples. Standard as in. Integral Transforms by Goyal and Gupta, Pragathi Prakashan Meerut,1987-88.

Chapters 1 and 2.

M. ScMD2.04 -Numerical Analysis

Unit 1 Lesson 1 Interpolation -Newton’s Formulae for Interpolation Lesson 2 Interpolation with unevenly spaced points – Lagrange’s Interpolation Formula – Error in Lagrange’s Interpolation Formula – Hermite’s Interpolation Formula Lesson 3 Interpolation with Cubic Splines – Derivation of Governing Equations – End conditions Lesson 4 Minimizing Property of Cubic Splines – Errors in the Cubic Spline Derivatives – Error Analysis of the Cubic Spline. Unit 2 Lesson 5 Numerical Differentiation and Integration-Numerical Differentiation – Errors in Numerical differentiation – The cubic Spline Method Lesson 6 Numerical integration – Trapezodial Rule – Simpson’s 1/3 –rule Lesson 7 Simpson’s 3/8 –rule– Romberg Integration Lesson 8 Gaussian Integration. Unit 3 Linear Systems of Equations : Lesson 9 Gaussian’s Elimination Method Lesson 10 Iterative Methods Lesson 11 Eigen Values Unit 4 Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations Lesson 12 Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations Lesson 13 Runge-Kutta Method Lesson 14 Predictor – Corrector Methods Lesson 15 The cubic Spline Method Lesson 16 Simultaneous and Higher Order Equations Unit 5 Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equations

Lesson 17 Finite difference approximation to derivatives Lesson 18 Explicit Scheme Lesson 19 Implicit Scheme Lesson 20 Method of Characteristics for Hyperbolic PDE Standard as in “Introductory methods of Numerical Analysis” by S.S.Sastry, Third Edition, Prentice Hall of India. Chapter 3: (Sections 3.6, 3.9, 3.10) Chapter 5 : (Section 5.2, 5.4 (5.4.1, 5.4.2, 5.4.3, 5.4.6 ), 5.7 ) Chapter 6: (Sections 6.3 ( 6.3.2 only), 6.4,6.5) Chapter 7: (Section 7.2, 7.3,7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8)

Standard as in “Numerical Algorithms” by E.V.Krishna Murthy and S.K.Sen,, Second Edition, East West Press Private Ltd. Chapter 13 ( 13.1, 13.2, 13.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2.1, 13.7 ). ***

M. ScMD2.05 Fluid Mechanics (Elective)

Unit 1 Lesson 1 Kinematics of Fluids in Motion -Real fluids and Ideal fluids – Velocity of a fluid at a point- stream lines and pathlines – The velocity potential – The vorticity vector - Local and particle rate of change Lesson 2 The equation of continuity – Acceleration of a fluid- Conditions at a Rigid Boundary – General Analysis of fluid motion Lesson 3 Equation of Motion of a Fluid - Pressure at point in a fluid at Rest – Pressure at point in a moving fluid – Conditions at a Boundary of Two Inviscid Immiscible Fluids -Euler’s Equation of motion Lesson 4 Bernoulli’s Equation of motion – Discussion of the Case of Steady motion under Conservative Body forces Unit 2 Lesson 5 Some flows involving Axial Symmetry Lesson 6 Impulsive Motion – Some other Aspects of Vortex Motion- Kelvin’s circulation Theorem Lesson 7 Some Three –Dimensional Flows-Sources, Sinks and Doublets Lesson 8 Axi – Symmetric Flows – Stoke’s Stream function- Some Special form of the stream function for Axi – Symmetric Irrotational Motion Unit 3 Lesson 9 Some Two-Dimensional Flows -Meaning of Two – Dimensional Flow – Use of Cylindrical Polar Coordinates – The Stream function Lesson 10 The complex Potential for Two-Dimensional, Irrotational- Incompressible Flow - Complex Velocity potentials for standard Two-Dimensional flows – Uniform Stream – Line source and Line sinks – Line Doublets- Line vortices Lesson 11 The Milne –Thomson Circle Theorem – Some Applications – Extension of the Milne- Thomson Circle Theorem – Magnus effect Lesson 12 The Theorem of Blasius Unit 4 Lesson 13 Viscous Flow:-Stress Components in a Real fluid – Relation between cartesian components of stress – Translational Motion of Fluid Element Lesson 14 The rate of strain Quadric and Principal Stresses – Some further properties of the Rate of strain Quadric Lesson 15 Stress Analysis in Fluid motion-Relation between Stress and Rate of Strain

Lesson 16 The coefficient of viscosity and Laminar Flow -The Navier – Stokes Equation of Motion of a Viscous Fluid Unit 5 Lesson 17 Steady motion between Parallel Planes -Steady flow through tube of uniform Circular cross section – Steady flow between concentric rotating cylinders Lesson 18 Steady flow in Tubes of Uniform Cross section – Uniqueness theorem –Tubes having uniform elliptic cross-section- Tubes having Equilateral triangular cross section – Steady flow through a channel of Uniform rectangular Cross section Lesson 19 Diffusion of Vorticity – Energy Dissipation due to viscosity-Steady flow past a fixed sphere Lesson 20 Dimensional Analysis – Reynold’s number – Prandtl’s Boundary Layer – Karman’s integral equation.

Standard as in “ Text book of Fluid Dynamics” by F.Chorlton, CBS Publication 1985, Chapters : 2,3,4 ( omit 3.8, 4.3, 4.4) , 5 ( 5.1, 5. 2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.8, 5.9 only), 8 (8.1 to 8.15)

***

M. ScMD2.05 GRAPH THEORY (Elective)

Unit 1 Lessons 1 & 2 Graphs and simple graphs - Examples- Graph isomorphism - The incidence and Adjacency matrices – Examples. Lesson 3 Subgraphs - Vertex Degrees - Paths and Connection Lessons 4 & 5 Cycles - Applications - The shortest path problem - Examples. Unit 2 Lesson 6 Trees - Examples- Cut edges and bonds - cut vertices. Lessons 7 & 8 Cayley's formula - Applications - The connector problem. Lesson 9 Connectivity - Examples- Blocks Unit 3 Lessons 10 Euler Tours and Hamilton Cycles - Euler Tours – Examples – Lessons 11 & 12 Hamilton Cycles -Examples - Main theorems on Hamiltonian graphs. Lesson 13 Applications - Chinese Postman problem Unit 4 Lesson 14 Matchings – Examples - Matchings and coverings in Bipartite graphs. Lesson 15 Perfect matchings - Related results. Lesson 16 Applications - The personnel Assignment problem -Examples Unit 5 Lesson 17 Edge colourings - Edge chromatic number – Examples - Vizings's theorem Lesson 18 Applications - The Timetabling problem – Examples. Lesson 19 & 20 Independent sets - Cliques - Ramsey's theorem - Examples - Turan's theorem Standard as in "GRAPH THEORY WITH APPLICATIONS" by J.A.Bondy and U.S.R.Murthy. Chapter 1 : Sec. 1.1 to 1.8 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 : Sec.3.1, 3.2 Chapter 4: (omit Sec.4.4) 4.1 to 4.3 Chapter 5: (omit Sec.5.5) Chapter 6 Chapter 7: (Omit Sec.7.4, 7.5) ***

Contact points for counselling.

Programme Structure with credit points

First Year

Theory No. of Internal Total Paper Code Title of the paper Year End Credits Assignment Marks Examinations s M.ScMD1.01 Algebra 6 10X3=30 70 100 M.ScMD1.02 Real Analysis 6 10X3=30 70 100 M.ScMD1.03 Differential Equations 6 10X3=30 70 100 M.ScMD1.04 Linear Programming 6 10X3=30 70 100 M.ScMD1.05 Topology 6 10X3=30 70 100

Second year Theory No. of Internal Year End Total Paper Code Title of the paper Credits Assignment Examination Marks s s M.ScMD2.01 Complex Analysis 6 10X3=30 70 100 M.ScMD2.02 Functional Analysis 6 10X3=30 70 100 M.ScMD2.03 Mathematical 6 10X3=30 70 100 Methods M.ScMD2.04 Numerical Analysis 6 10X3=30 70 100 M.ScMD2.05 Fluid Mechanics 6 (Elective)/Graph 10X3=30 70 100 Theory (Elective)

Programme-wise Faculty details

Dr.K.Manjula, Assistant Professor Dr.L.M.Vishnupriya, Assistant Professor Supporting Teaching Faculty of the Department Dr.C.Venkatalakshmi, Assistant Professor Dr.P.Siva Parvathi, Assistant Professor Master of Science(Zoology) – First year Syllabus M.ScZD1.01 INVERTEBRATA, BIOSYSTEMATICS, BIODIVERSITY

UNITS – I to III: FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY OF INVERTEBRATES

UNIT – I:

LOCOMOTION:

Flagellar and ciliary movement in Protozoa – hydrostatic movement in Coelenterata, Annelida and Echinodermata

NUTRITION AND DIGESTION:

Patterns of feeding and digestion in lower metazoa (Protozoa, Porifera, Coelenterata) – filter feeding mechanism in Polychaeta, Mollusca and Echinodermata.

RESPIRATION:

Organs of respiration – gills, lungs and trachea – respiratory pigments – mechanism of respiration.

UNIT – II:

EXCRETION:

Organs of excretion – coelome, coelomoducts, nephridia and malphigian tubules – mechanism of excretion – excretion and osmoregulation.

NERVOUS SYSTEM:

Primitive nervous system – Coelenterata and Echinodermata – advanced nervous system – Annelida, Arthropoda (Crutacea and Insecta) and Mollusca (Cephalopoda) – trends in neural evolution.

UNIT – III:

INVERTEBRATE LARVAE AND MINOR PHYLA

INVERTEBRATE LARVAE:

Larval forms of free living invertebrates – larval forms of parasites – strategies and evolutionary significance of larval forms.

MINOR PHYLA:

Concept and significance – organization and general characters of nemertinia, rotifera and chaetognatha.

UNIT – IV

BIOSYSTEMATICS

Taxonomy – species concept – typological, nominalistic, biological and evolutionary species concept.

Theories of biological classification and their history – basic principles and criteria for zoological classification and phylogeny – hierarchical classification – higher categories and higher taxa

The rules of zoological nomenclature – international code – evolution of the theory of nomenclature – interpretation and application of the code

UNIT – V:

BIODIVERSITY:

Concepts of biodiversity – Indian and global biodiversity – species, genetic and ecosystem diversity

General theories of species diversity Santa Rosalia and Hutchinson approach – species richness between and within habitats – diversity clines and latitudes – productivity hypothesis – time stability hypothesis – diversity in space and time.

Loss of biodiversity causes – threatened species

Biodiversity conservation – Threats and conservation methods – in situ and ex situ conservation – action plan

REFERENCE BOOKS

Simpson, G.G. PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL TAXONOMY, Oxford IBH

Mayr, E. PRINCIPLES OF TAXONOMY

Jager G. et al. EVOLUTION OF METAZON LIFE CYCLE. Academic Press

Barnes, R.D. INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. III edition. W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia. Barrington, E.J.W. INVERTEBRATE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION. Thomas Nelion and Sons Ltd., London

Hyman, L.H. THE INVERTEBRATES Vol. I to VIII McGraw Hill Book Co.,

Parker, T.J. and Haswell, W.A. Text Book of Zoology. Macmillan & Co, London

Alcock, J. ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR AN EVOLUTIONARY APPROACH.Sinauer Assoc., Sunderland, Mass. USA.

Bradbury, J.W and Vehrencamp, S.L. PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL COMMUNICATION Sinauer Assoc., Sunderland, Mass, USA.

Eibl – Eibesfeldt, I. ETHOLOGY – THE BIOLOGY OF BEHAVIOUR Holt, Rinehart and Winston, NY

Agarwal, 1998 BIODIVERSITY

Fieldler L.P and Kareiva, M.P. 1997 CONSERVATION BIOLOGY

Oliver S. Own, 2002, NATURAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION: AN ECOLOGICAL APPROACH McMillan Pub Co. NY

Kumar &Asija 2002 Biodiversity Principles & Conservation Agrobios (India), Jodhpur

Hosetti, B.B. &Venkateswarulu, M 2001 TRENDS IN WILD LIFE: BIODIVERSITY, CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT Vol. II Daya Pub House, ND

ShamimJairajpuri, M 1996 BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY & ENVIRONMENT CBS Pub & Distributors, ND

Tandon, R.K. &Prithipalsingh. 1999. BIODIVERSITY, TAXONOMY & ECOLOGY. Scientific Pub. Jodhpur.

Hosetti, B.B. & Kumar, A. 1998.ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT.Vol II, Daya Pub. House, ND

Pandey, A.K. 1995. TAXONOMY & BIODIVERSITY

***

M.ScZD1.02CHORDATA AND WILD LIFE

UNITS I TO IV FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY OF CHORDATES

UNIT – I

Origin of Chordates – concept of Protochordata

The nature of vertebrate morphology – Importance of the study of vertebrate morphology Origin and classification of vertebrates

UNIT – II

Vertebrate integuement and its derivatives – Development general structure and functions of the skin and its derivatives – glands – scales – horns – claws – nails – hoofs – feather and hair.

General plan of circulation in various groups – Evolution of heart – evolution of aortic arches and portal systems

Respiratory system – Characters of respiratory tissue – internal and external respiration – comparative account of respiratory organs

UNIT – III

Skeletal system – comparative account of jaw suspensorium and vertebral column – limbs and girdles

Evolution of urinogenital system in vertebrate groups

UNIT – IV

Sense organs – Olfaction and taste – lateral line system

Nervous system: Comparative anatomy of the brain in relation to its functions – comparative anatomy of the spinal cord – nerves – cranial, peripheral – autonomous nervous system

UNIT – V

WILDLIFE IN INDIA

Wildlife extinction in India and scheduled animals under wildlife act

Endangered species and species on verge of extinction of India

Legislative, administrative and ecological approaches for wildlife management in India Wildlife sponsored projects in India – wild life sanctuaries, national parks, bio- reserves in India and Andhra Pradesh.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Andrews, S.M. PROBLEMS IN VERTEBRATE EVOLUTION Academic press. New York

Colbert, E.H. EVOLUTION OF THE VERTEBRATES John Wiley and Sons Inc. New York.

Hosetti, B.B. &Venkateswarulu, M 2001 TRENDS IN WILD LIFE: BIODIVERSITY, CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT Vol. II Daya Pub House,

Kent. C.G. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES

Kingsley, J.S. OUTLINES OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES Central Book Dept., Allahabad

Mahesh Rangarajan, 1999. THE OXFORD ANTHOLOGY OF INDIAN WILD LIFE. Oxford Univ. Press, ND

Milton Hildebrand. ANALYSIS OF THE VERTEBRATE STRUCTURE. John Wiley and Sons., Inc., New York and London

Montagna, W. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY. John Wiley and Sons inc., NY

***

M.ScZD1.03ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY AND ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR

UNIT – I:BIOLOGY OF DIFFERENT ENVIRONMENTS

A general account on biomes and their environment

Fresh water – Classification and characteristics of fresh water bodies eutrophication seasonal changes

Marine:- Classification and characteristics

Shores and Estuaries

Terrestrial:- Forests, grasslands, tundra, mountains and caves.

UNIT – II:ECOLOGY OF COMMUNITIES:

Definition of community – stratification communities in forest, aquatic and grass lands.

Community succession and development – succession and climax in pond – succession and climax from marsh to forest.

ENERGETICS OF ECOSYSTEM:

Tropic dynamic view of ecosystem and energy flow

Estimation of energy budget and methods for different ecosystems

Impact of environmental factors on energy flow

UNIT – IIIPOPULATION ECOLOGY

Demography: Life tables – generation time – net reproductive rate – reproductive value. Population growth:- Growth of organisms with non- overlapping generations – exponential growth – Verhulst – Pearl logistic growth model – stable age distribution – competition and niche theory – intra specific and inter specific competition – theory of limiting similarity

Population regulation – extrinsic and intrinsic mechanisms

UNIT – IV

ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND HEALTH HAZARDS:

Kinds of pollution – monitoring pollution – ecological effects of pollution Air pollution: Criteria and standards in India – health hazards and toxicology – green house effect – acid rains – international conventions on ozone – climate etc. under UN character.

Water pollution – Criteria and standards waste water treatment ecology of activated sludge – modern methods of waste water treatment

Solid waste treatment

Noise Pollution – Radiation Pollution

UNIT –V:

ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR

Ethology as a branch of biology – innate behaviour

Ecological aspects of behaviour – Perception of the environment and communication – habitat selection, food selection, optimal foraging theory, anti- predator defenses, Aggression, homing, territoriality, dispersal – host-parasite relations.

Biological rhythms – Circadian and circannual rhythms – migration of fish and birds

Learning and Memory – conditioning, habituation, insight learning, association learning, reasoning, cognitive skills.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Begon, M. J.L. Harper and C.R. Townsend – ECOLOGY

Cherrett, J.M. ECOLOGICAL CONCEPTS

Kormondy, E.J. CONCEPTS OF ECOLOGY. Prentice and Hall, New Delhi

Clarke, G.L. ELEMENTS OF ECOLOGY

Sharma P.D. ECOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Martein Alexander, 1999. BIODEGRADATION AND BIOREMEDIATION 2nd edition, Academic Press, USA.

Ryan, W.J., 2002. WATER TREATMENT AND PURIFICATION TECHNOLOGY Allen et al., 1949. PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL ECOLOGY, W.B. Saunders Co., London

Odum., E.P. 1975. ECOLOGY. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co., New Delhi

De, A.K. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY.Wiley Eastern Ltd.

Clesceri, L.S. Greeberg, A.G. and RhodeoTrussell, R. APHA (American Public Health Association), 1989. STANDARD METHOD FOR THE EXAMINATION OF WATER AND WASTE WATER (Eds)., Washington Dc.

Alcock, J. ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR AN EVOLUTIONARY APPROACH

Sinauer Assoc., Sunderland, Mass, USA

Bradbury, J.W. and Vehrencamp, S.L. PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL COMMUNICATION Sinauer Assoc., Sunderland, Mass, USA

***

M.ScZD1.04ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOMOLECULES

UNITS I to III: ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY

UNIT – I:

Aim and scope of comparative animal physiology – general physiological functions and principles – Validity of comparative approach

Feeding mechanisms and regulations – comparative physiology of digestion

Patterns of nitrogen excretion among different animal groups

Osmoregulation in different animal groups

UNIT – II:

Circulation of body fluids and their regulation

Thermoregulation:-Homeothermic and poikilotherms animals – hibernation

Respiratory organs – mechanism of respiration – respiratory pigments among different phylogenetic groups

UNIT – III:

Contractile elements, cells and tissues among different phylogenetic groups – muscle structure and function – physiology of muscle contraction

Neurophysiology: Structure of the neuron – maintenance of the resting potential – generation of action potential – conduction of nerve impulse – structure of synapse – synaptic transmission

Communication among animals Bioluminescence – pheromones – audio signals

UNITS IV AND V BIOMOLECULES

UNIT IV

CHEMICAL FOUNDATIONS OF BIOLOGY

Chemical bonds – covalent, non covalent, hydrogen and ionic bonds – hydrophilic, hydrophobic and Vander walls interactions – their importance in the stabilization of biological molecules Water, electrolytes, acids, bases, pH, buffers, pK – their physiological importance

BIOENERGETICS AND BIOLOGICAL OXIDATION

Thermodynamic principals in biology – the concept of free energy – free energy changes in biological systems.

Redox potentials – free radicals – mitochondrial electron transport chain – oxidative phosphorylation

UNIT – V:

PROTEINS AMINOACIDS AND ENZYMES

Proteins – chemical nature – classification – structural organization – denaturation – biological functions - 3 hrs

Aminoacids – chemistry – classification – essential aminoacids – peptide bond – peptones – peptides – biological functions – oxidative deamination – transamination –decarboxylation – transmethylation – Kreb’s urea cycle- 4 hrs

Enzymes – nomenclature – classification – mechanism of action – coenzymes – isoenzymes – enzyme specificity – factors influencing enzyme activity – enzyme inhibitors

CARBOHYDRATES AND LIPIDS

Carbohydrates – classification – isomerism – ketosugars – glycosidic bonds – their biological importance – glycolysis –citric acid cycle – glycogenesis – glycogenolysis – glyconeogenesis – HMP shunt - 6hrs

Lipids – chemicals nature – classification – their biological functions – free fatty acids – essential fatty acids – prostaglandins – metabolism of neutral fats -  - oxidation – ketogenesis- ketosis &ketolysis

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Eckert. R. ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY: MECHANISMS AND ADAPTATION

W.H. Freeman and Company, San Francisco

Hoar, W.S. GENERAL AND COMPARATIVE ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY

Prosser, C.L. COMPARATIVE ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY: W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia Prosser, C.L. ENVIRONMENT AND METABOLIC PHYSIOLOGY Wiley-Liss, Schmidst – Nielson, ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY: ADAPTATION AND ENVIRONMENT. Cambridge University Press

Murray et al., HARPER’S BIOCHEMISTRY. Lange Medical Pub, ND

Voet, D. and Voet., J.G. BIOCHEMISTRY. John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York

Garrett, R.H. and Grisham, C.M. BIOCHEMISTRY. Saunder’s College Publishers, Philadelphia

Creighton, T.E. PROTEINS – STRUCTURE AND MOLECULAR PROPERTIES

W.H. Freeman and Company, San Francisco

Darnell, J. Lodish, H and Baltimore MOLECULAR CELL BIOLOGY. Scientific American Book Inc., USA

Alberts, B. Bray, D. Lewis, J.M. Roberts. K and Watson. D. MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF CELL. Garland Publishing Inc., New York

DIRECTORATE OF DISTANCE EDUCATION: SRI PADMAVATI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM: TIRUPATI Master of Science(Zoology) – First year Practical syllabus

M.ScZd1.05: Invertebrata&Chordata

Invertebrates

1. Oziotelphusasenexsenex- External and internal features

2. Crab- External and internal features

3. Scorpion- External and internal features

4. Pila- External and internal features

Larval forms

5. Ephyra larva

6. Miracidium

7. Trochophore larva

8. Naplius larva 9. Protozoea

10. Zoea larva of crab

11. Zoea larva of penaeus

12. Cypris larva

13. Mysis larva

14. Megalopa larva

15. Phyllosoma larva

16. Alina larva of squilla

17. Glochidium larva

18. Auricularia larva

19. Bipinnaria larva

20. Echinopluteus larva

21. Ophiopluteus larva

Museum Specimen

22. Millipora

23. Horgonia

24. Red coral

25. Funjia

26. Madrepora

27. Faria

28. Planaria

29. Teaniasolium

30. Ascaris

31. Lepas

32. Squilla

33. Charybdis Cruceata

34. Portunuspelagicus 35. Aplysia

36. Octopus

37. Laligo

38. Sepia

39. Clypeaster

40. Echinocardium

Chordates

1. Fish- External and internal features

2. Frog- External and internal features

3. Calotis- External and internal features

4. Fowl- External and internal features

5. Rabbit- External and internal features

Osteology

6. Skull of Frog

7. Skull of Varanus

8. Skull of Fowl

9. Skull of Rabbit

10. Fore limb bones of Frog

11. Fore limb bones of Varanus

12. Fore limb bones of Fowl

13. Fore limb bones of Rabbit

14. Hind limb bones of Frog

15. Hind limb bones of Varanus

16. Hind limb bones of Fowl

17. Hind limb bones of Rabbit

18. Pectoral girdle of Frog

19. Pectoral girdle of Varanus 20. Pectoral girdle of Fowl

21. Pectoral girdle of Rabbit

22. Furcula

23. Pelvic girdle of Frog

24. Pelvic girdle of Varanus

25. Pelvic girdle of Fowl

26. Pelvic girdle of Rabbit

27. Placoid Scale

28. Cycloid Scale

29. Ctenoid Scale

30. Rhomboid Scale

Museum Specimens

31. Myrine

32. Torpedo

33. Wotopterus

34. Echeneis

35. Exocetus

36. AcanthurusMetoides

37. CarangoidesMalabaricus

38. Tetradon

39. Icthyophis

40. Rhacophorus

41. King fisher

42. Bat

M.ScZd1.06: Environmental Biology and Animal Physiology

Environmental Biology

1. Determination of Dissolved Oxygen Content in Lentic, Lotic & Eutrophic water Samples.

2. Organic matter estimation in fresh water samples by an Industrial effluent.

3. Photo-piriodism-Co2 levels in a fresh water ecosystem.

4. Qualitative detection of Organochloride (or) Organophosphate residue from the agricultural product.

Animal Physiology

5. Determination of oxygen consumption in aquatic animals.

6. Lipase activity levels in selected tissues of chick.

7. Estimation of Ammonia excretion in Crab.

8. Succinate dehydrenase Activity levels in selected tissues of Fish.

***

DIRECTORATE OF DISTANCE EDUCATION: SRI PADMAVATI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM: TIRUPATI Master of Science(Zoology) – Second year Syllabus M.ScZD2.01GENETICS AND EVOLUTION

GENETICS UNIT – I

1. Interaction of genes: Epistasis, complementary genes, duplicate genes and lethal genes.

2. Sex - linked inheritance: Inheritance of X and Y - Linked genes, Sex - Limited genes - Sex influenced genes in man, cattle and sheep - Lyon’s hypothesis.

3. Mutations: Spontaneous, induced mutations, Mutations at molecular level (transition, transversion and frame shift in mutations). Application of mutations.

UNIT -II

1. Chromosomal Aberrations:

(a) Numerical: Variations in chromosomal number or ploidy, euploidy - monoploidy - diploidy - poly ploidy; origin of polyploidy - Effects of polyploidy on the organisms, Aneuploidy - monosomy - nullisony - Trisomy - tetrasomy.

(b) Structural:intrachromosomal aberrations - deficiencies (deletions) and genetic significance of deletions – duplication (additions) and inversions; shifts - Isochromosomes - Inter chromosomal aberrations translocations and hiterozygotlic translocation - induction of chromosomal aberrations.

2. a) Human Karyotypes : chromosomal anomaly – autosomal and sex Chromosomal disorders – poly genic disorders and multi factorial inheritance – Certain In born errors of metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins. b) Basis of Eugenics – negative and positive eugenics – amniocentesis - genetic counselling. EVOLUTION

UNIT – III

1. Concepts of Speciation: Isolating mechanisms – models of speciation (Sympatric, allopatric, parapatric and quantum). 2. Micro and Macro evolution: future of evolution, cultural and ecological. 3. Human Evolution: Paleontological evidence & Future Evolution. UNIT IV 1. Population Genetics: Hardy – Weinberg equilibrium – destabilizing forces (Selection, mutations, genetic drift, migration and meiotic drive).

2. Molecular Basis of evolution: Gene Evolution – Evolution of gene families – molecular Drive – assessment of molecular Evolution.

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1) Zubey, G. GENETICS. Benzmin Publications. 2) Avers, C.J. GENETICS. Van Nestand Publications. 3) Gardner, E.J., Simmons, M.J. and Snustad, D.P. PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS. 4) Strickberger. GENETICS. 5) Mange, E.J. BASIC HUMAN GENETICS. Indian print. 6) Goodman. M.R. BASIC HUMAN GENETICS. 7) Dobzhansky, Th., Ayala, F.J., Stebbins, G.L. and Valentine, J.M. EVOLUTION. Surjeet Pub., ND. 8) Moody, P.A. INTRODUCTION TO EVOLUTION. Kalyani Pub., ND. 9) Volpe, P.E. UNDERSTANDING EVOLUTION. Univ. Book Stall, ND. *** M.ScZD2.02DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY AND ENDOCRINOLOGY DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY

UNIT - I

Primate and non – primate oestrous cycles – hormonal control during ovulation. Spermatogenesis and oogenesis – gamete – specific gene expression and genomics. Fertilization – chemistry of Fertilization events Implantation: placenta formation - functional Physiology Cleavage types – creating multicellularity – comparative account of early gastrulation - Extra embryonic membranes.Establishment of body axes in mammals - Nucleocytoplasmic interactions, Tetrapod limb development

UNIT – II

Biology of sex – determination and sex –differentiation Multiple ovulation and embryo transfer technology (MOFT) – in vitro oocyte maturation – Super ovulation – in vitro fertilization.

Embryonic induction – organizer concept – mechanism of induction – neural induction and competence. Cytodifferentiation – chemical basis of the differentiation – genetic control of differentiation.

ENDOCRINOLOGY

UNIT – III

Introduction to endocrinology, Anatomy, secretions and functions of pituitary, thyroid, adrenal and pancreas.Classification and chemical nature of hormones – biosynthesis and secretion of hormones – corticosteroid hormones – peptide hormones – catecholamines.

UNIT - IV

Nature of hormone action – hormone receptors – receptor structure and signaltransduction mechanisms – G -Protein family – structure and function of nuclear receptors – orphan receptors – termination of hormone action.

Hormones and Homeostasis ( Ca2+, glucose, PO4, water, temperature ) Hormonal regulation of carbohydrate, nitrogen and lipid metabolism. Hormones and Behaviour. Reference Books:- 1. Mac. E. Hadley, Endocrinology, V Edition. 2. Muray et al., Harper’s Biochemistry. Lange Medical Pub., New Delhi. 3. Barrington, E.J.W. General and comparative endocrinology, Cambridge press, Oxford. 4. Bentley, P.J. comparative vestebrate endocrinology Cambridge press, oxford. 5. Willioms, R.H. Text book of endocrinology, W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia. 6. Martin, C.R. Endocrine physiology, Oxford University press, Oxford.

7. Berill and Marr. Developmental biology. 8. Balinsky, Embryology. 9. Gildberg, S.F. Developmental biology. 10.Longo, F.T. Fertilization 11.Shatten and Shatten. Molecular Biology of Fertilization. 12. Austen, C.r. and short, R.V. Reproduction in Ammals. 13. VeeraBalaRastogi, Developmental biology. 14.Dubay, A. Textbook of biotechnology 15.KlansKalthoff, Analysis of Biological Development.

***

M.ScZD2.03CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND BIOTECHNOLOGY CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY UNIT-1

Cytoskeleton: Microfilaments and microtubules – Structure & dynamics - Microtubules and Mitosis. Intracellular transport – role of kinesin and dynein.

“Biomembranes”- Molecular composition and arrangement – functional consequences- Transport across Cell membranes – Uniports, symportsand antiports- Co-transport by symporters or antiporters.

Cell – Cell signaling”.Second messenger system – MAP KINASE PATHWAYS Signaling from Plasma membrane to Nucleus.

“Cell Cycle” Cyclin and cyclin dependent Kinases – regulation of CDK Cyclin activity.

UNIT – II

Molecular Structure, Chemistry and Types of DNA and RNA. DNA Replication in Prokaryotes and eukaryotes DNA Damage & repair mechanisms. Genetic Regulation: Operon concept – lac operon, tryptophan operon. Britten and Davidson model for eukaryotic regulation. Positive and negative control. Transposable elements in prokaryotes and eukaryotes.

BIOTECHNOLOGY UNIT - III

Cell Culture: Equipment and material for animal Cell culture, Culture media preparation Primary & established Cell line culture, Organ culture and tissue engineering, embryonic Stem Cells and their applications.

Recombinant DNA Technology: (a) tools of genetic engineering, Molecular Vectors: cloning plasmids – shuttle and binary vectors. Virusus, PBR 322 – SU40. (b)Enzymes: Restriction enzymes – modified enzymes – polynucleotidekinase, 31 nuclease, Bal 31.

UNIT - IV

Molecular cloning strategies.: a). Screening techniques :- Western, Northern and Southern blotting – dot hybridization. b). Seperation and sequencing:- Agarose and PAGE for sequencing gel. Maxam and Gilbert DNA sequencing. Nucleic acid Amplification: PCR and its applications. RFLP and RAPD - DNA finger printing. Transgenic Technology: Trangenesis and transgenic methods – production of transgenic animals (Mice, Fish and Cattle).

References:

1. Darnell, J.H. Lodish and D.Baltimore. MOLECULAR CELL BIOLOGY. Scientific American Book Inc., USA. 2. B. Alberts, D. Bray et. al., MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF CELL Garland Publishing Inc., New York. 3. Prescott, D.M. REPRODUCTION EUKARYOTIC CELLS. Academic Press. 4. Freedman, L.P., Birkhuser, MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF STEROID AND NUCLEAR HORMONE RECEPTORS. 5. Watson, J.D., Hopkins, N.H., Roberts, J.W., Steilz, J.A. and Weiner, A.M. MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF THE GENE. The Benjamin / Cummings Pub. Co. Inc., California. 6. Meyers, R.A. MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND BIOTECHNOLOGY : A COMPREHENSIVE DESK REFERENCE. VCH Pub. Inc., NY. 7. Gupta, P.K. ELEMENTS OF BIOTECHNOLOGY. 8. Balasubramanyan, CONCEPTS OF BIOTECHNOLOGY 9. Glick, MOLECULAR BIOTECHNOLOGY. 10. Ian Freshney, R. Culture of Animal Cells. 3rd edition, Wiley-Liss. 11. Dubey, R.C., A TEXT BOOK OF BIOTECHNOLOGY, S. Chand and Co. Ltd., New Delhi. 12. Primrose, S.B., 1994. MOLECULAR BIOTECHNOLOGY, Blackwell Scientific Publishers, Oxford., 13. Ranga, M.M., 2000. ANIMAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, Agrobios (India). *** M.ScZD2.04PATHOBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY PATHOBIOLOGY

UNIT – I

History and scope of diseases Viruses: Pathogenicity and Epidemiology of Dengue, Rabies, Influenza and hepatitis.

Bacterial Infections: Pathogenicity, and Epidemiology of Cholerae, Meningitis, Diarrhoea, Tuburculosis and Leprosy.

UNIT - II

Protozoan Infections: Protozoa as parasites of fish, poultry and live stock – Myxosoma, Eimeria and Babesia; intestinal parasite - Entamoeba.

Helminth Parasites: Life cycle, pathogenesity and epidemiology of important parasites - Echinococcus, Hymenolepis, Dracunulus and Wuchereria.

IMMUNOLOGY

UNIT - III

Introduction: History, Types of immunity: Primary & secondary lymphoid organs lymphoid Cells of immunity.

Antigens – epitopes and haptenes; Structure and functions of antibodies, Classes and subclasses; Ab mediated effector functions. Monoclonal Ab production.

Antigen-Ab interactions: Ab affinity: Cross reactivity: Pecipitation reactions:- Agglutination reactions-haemagglutination, bacterial agglutination; passive agglutination; Agglutination inhibition : Immuniprecipitation.

UNIT – IV

Major Histocompatibility complex (MHC) – class I and class II molecules: cellular distribution of MHC; MHC and disease susceptibility and HLA typing.

Complement system; Complement cascade pathways, Complement fixation – Consequences.

Cellular immunity: B-Cell receptors, Plasma cells, B – Cell activation and proliferation.

Cell mediated immunity: T-cell maturation,T-cell differentiation, cell death, Cellular trafficking.

Humoral immunity: Cytokines, lymphokines& inter leukins& their immune response. Immunization and vaccination - Protocols

Reference Books: 1. Mansons “Tropical Diseases”. 2. Cheng, T.C. Symbiosis 3. Snyth, J.D. Introduction to parasitology. 4. Cheng, T.C. General Parasitology. 5. Pleezer, Generaj 6. Power, C.B. Microbiology 7. Atlas. Microbiology 8. Ochei, J. and Kolhatkar, A. Medical Laboratory science. 9. Harsha Mohan, Histopathology. 10.T. Poddar, S. Mukhopadhyay and S.K. Das Anadvanced Laboratory Manual of Zoology 2003. 11.Goldsby, R.A., Kindt, T.J., Barbara, Osbarne, A. Kuby Immunology. W.H. Freeman Pub., USA. 12. Roitt, I.M., Essential immunology ELBS edition. 13. C.V. Rao, An introduction to immunology 14. R.C. Rastogi Elements of immunology, Rastogi Publications. ***

DIRECTORATE OF DISTANCE EDUCATION: SRI PADMAVATI MAHILA VISVAVIDYALAYAM: TIRUPATI Master of Science(Zoology) – Second year Practical syllabus

M.ScZD2.05Genetics, Developmental biology & Endocrinology.

GENETICS

1. Estimation of DNA & RNA

2. Karyotypic- Slides & Charts

3. Sickling Phenomenon

4. Polytene chromosomes, giant chromosomes

5. Problems of Mendelian inheritance

DEVELOPMENT BIOLOGY & ENDOCRINOLOGY

1. Estimation of protein turnover indifferent stages of developing chick embryos.

2. Estimation of shell and embryo calcium indifferent stages of developing chick.

3. Slides: Frog-Morula, Tadpole, chick embryos- 24, 48, 72 and 96 hrs.

4. Estimation of blood glucose levels

***

M.ScZD2.06: Cell Biology, Pathobiology and Immunology:

CELL BIOLOGY

1. Microscopy : Light, Brightfield.

2. Sub cellular fractionation: Mitochondria

3. Cell division - Mitosis & meiosis

PATHOBIOLOGY

1. Helminth& protozoan parasites

2. Gram staining

3. Staining for Mycobacterium

IMMUNOLOGY

1. Blood grouping

2. Rh Typing.

3. Lymphoid organs: Localization, isolation and observing immune cells.

4. Pregnancy test

5. Widal test- Agglutination test.

6. VDRL test

***

First Year Theory

Paper Code Year No. of No. of Total Title Interna end Assign credits Marks lAssign exami ments ments nation s M.ScZDl.Ol Invertebrata, 6 30 70 3 100 Biosystematics, Biodiversity M.ScZD1.02 Chordata and Wild 6 30 70 3 100 Life M.ScZDl.03 Environmental 6 30 70 3 100 Biology and Animal Behaviour M,ScZD1.04 Animal Physiology 6 30 70 3 100 and Biomolecules M.ScZDl.05 Invertebrata&Chordat 4 - 100 - 100 (Practicals) a M.ScZDl.06 Environmental 4 - 100 - 100 (Practicals) Biology and Animal Physiology Total 32 120 480 12 600

Second Year

Theory Paper Code No. of No. of Total Title Interna Year end Assign credits Marks lAssign examinat ments ments ions M.ScZD2.Ol Genetics and Evolution 6 30 70 3 100

M.ScZD2.02 Developmental Biology 6 30 70 3 100 and Endocrinology M.ScZD2.03 Cell and Molecular 6 30 70 3 100 Biology and Biotechnology M,ScZD2.04 Pathobiology and 6 30 70 3 100 Immunology M.ScZD2.05 Genetics, 4 - 100 - 100 (Practicals) Developmental biology, Endocrinology M.ScZD2.06 Cell Biology, 4 - 100 - 100 (Practicals) Pathobiology and Immunology Total 32 120 480 12 600 Programme-wise Faculty details Dr.A.Shobha Rani, Assistant Professor Dr.B.Hemavathi, Assistant Professor Supporting Teaching Faculty of the Department Prof. D.Bharathi, Professor Prof.G.Savithri, Professor Master of Arts(Telugu)

Contact Points for Counseling:

Programme structure with credit points: First year

University Evaluation No. of Exams Total Paper Code Title Year end credits duration Internal examinati Marks (hours) ons Introduction to Linguistic MATLD1.01 6 3 30 70 100 Structures Telugu MATLD1.02 6 3 30 70 100 VyakaranamAlankaralu Padyabhagam – MATLD1.03 6 3 30 70 100 Gadyabhagam - Natakam MATLD1.04 Telugu SahithyaCharithra 6 3 30 70 100 AnuvadaSiddantham, MATLD1.05 6 3 30 70 100 Paddatulu

Second Year

University Evaluation No. of Exams Total Paper Code Title Year end credits duration Internal examinati Marks (hours) ons MATLD 2.01 Telugu BhashaCharithra 6 3 30 70 100 MATLD 2.02 Telugu Journalism 6 3 30 70 100 MATLD 2.03 Telugu SahithyaVirmarsa 6 3 30 70 100 MATLD 2.04 SamskruthaNirdhista 6 3 30 70 100 Patyamsalu – SamskruthaSahityhaChar ithra- Vyakaranam MATLD 2.05 Telugu Bhashabhivruddi- 6 3 30 70 100 Adhunikikarana

Programme-wise Faculty details Dr.D.Yuvasri, Assistant Professor Dr.B.Lakshmi Priya, Assistant Professor Supporting Teaching Faculty of the Department Prof.K.Madhu Jyothi, Professor Dr.Y.Subhashini, Assistant Professor

PART-2: ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMMES

5 Information regarding any new programmes launched and NIL those proposed for the next two years 6 Certificate to the effect that the degree programmes proposed to be offered through ODL mode are being offered through regular mode at HEI (a) A Private University established under a State Not Applicable Act will be eligible to run ODL programmes, which have been conducted in conventional mode for a minimum period of five years 7 Approval of the proposed programme from the Academic Not Applicable Council of the H EI (attach duly attested photocopy)

PART-2: ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMMES

8. Details of the teaching faculty available exclusively for ODL programmes, including therein the educational qualifications and teaching experience of every member of its teaching faculty and also indicating therein whether such member is employed on regular or part time or visiting or contractual basis. B.Ed. (D.M) Staff Details Regular/ S. Name of the Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty Educational Qualifications No. Programme Experience Visiting/ Contractual 1 Dr.M.Nirmala Jyothi M.A.Political Science, M.Sc.Psychology, B.Ed., 35 years Contractual B.Ed.(H.I), M.Ed., Ph.D Education 2 Dr.G.Suneetha Bai M.Sc.Sericulture, M.A.English, PGDELT, B.Ed., M.Ed., SLET- 17 years Regular Education, Ph.D.- Education

3 Dr.V.Madhavi M.Sc.Botany, B.Ed., M.Ed., Ph.D.-Education 12 years Regular B.Ed. 4 Dr.K.Viswanath M.Sc.Psychology, M.A.English, B.Ed., M.Ed., 3 years Contractual Ph.D. -Psychology 5 Dr.N.Reddemma M.Sc.Statistics, M.Sc.Mathematics, B.Ed., 15 years Contractual M.Ed., M.Ed.Spl.(H.I), Ph.D Education 6 Dr.K.Leelavathi M.A.Telugu, M.A.Sociology, B.Ed., M.Ed., Ph.D.- 2 years Contractual Education 7 Ms.V.Bhargavi M.A.Applied Economics, 5 years Contractual B.Ed., M.Ed.

1. Vamsadhara College of Education

Regular/ Sl. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Names of the Faculty No. Programmes Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual CHINTADA Part-time 1. B.Ed M.A., M.Ed 5 ANURUDRUDU N VENKATESWARA Part-time 2 B.Ed M.Sc., M.Ed 3 RAO 3 B.Ed G NARAYANA DASU M.A. M.Ed 3 Part-time PRAVEEN KUMAR Part-time 4 B.Ed M.Sc. M.Ed 3 REDDY Part-time KALA VENKATARAO 5 B.Ed M.P.Ed. 3 KADAGALA Part-time 6 B.Ed LAXMANARAO PULI M.A. M.Ed 2

Part-time 7 B.Ed KOTA SIMHACHALAM M.Sc., M.Ed 3 Part-time LOPINTI RAJITENDRA 8 B.Ed M.A., M.Ed 2 REDDY Part-time 9 B.Ed K VENKATARAMANA M.A., M.Ed. 4 M.A., M.Ed. Part-time 10 B.Ed KALYANI SANAPALA 1 M.A Education, Part-time 11 B.Ed T. ADILAKSHMI 9 B.Ed Part-time 12 B.Ed B. NEELAVENI MFA 2 MA Performing Part-time 13 B.Ed B. SRINIVAS 2 Arts KALLAPALLI Part-time 14 B.Ed M.A., M.Ed. 2 CHALAPATHI RAO VENKATARAMANA Part-time 15 B.Ed M.A., M.Ed. 2 MURTY CH Part-time 16 B.Ed SRINIVASARAO ANEM M.Sc., M.Ed 1

2. Dr. B.R.Ambedkar University Srikakulam, Etcherla – 532 410. Srikakulam District.

Regular/ Sl. Name of the Educational Part-time/ Names of the Faculty Experience No. Programmes Qualifications Visiting/ Contractual M.A.,M.A.(Edu.)., Regular Dr. H.Subhramanyam B.Ed (SE-MR)., 16 years 1. B.Ed M.Phil (Edn) Ph.D.(Edn) M.Sc., M.Ed., Regular Dr. N.Srinivas M.Phil(Edn)., 16 years 2 B.Ed Ph.D.(Edn).,

M.A.,M.A.(Edu.)., Regular B.Ed (SE-MR)., Dr. N.V.Swami Naidu 12 years 3 B.Ed M.Phil (Edn)

Ph.D.(Edn)

M.Sc., M.Ed., Regular Dr. J.L.Sandhya Rani 14 years 4 B.Ed Ph.D.(Edn).,

M.A., M.Ed., Regular Dr. M.Prabhakara Rao M.Phil(Edn)., 5 B.Ed 30 years Ph.D.(Edn).,

Smt. A. Suryakala M.A., M.Ed., 10 years Regular 6 B.Ed

Dr. B.V.Ramana Murty M.A..,M.Ed.,Ph.D., Regular 7 B.Ed 10 years

M.Sc., M.Ed., Regular 8 years 8 B.Ed Dr. Taraka Ramarao Ph.D.(Edn).,

3. Prabhas College of Education, Kedareswara Pet, Vijayawada

S.No Name of the Names of the Faculty Educational Experience Regular/ Programmes Qualifications Part-time/ Visiting/ Contractual 1 B.Ed Dr. D.Rama Rao Phd(Education),M.Ed(Ed 12 Years Regular ucation),M.Sc(Psycholog y) 2 B.Ed J.Amarnath M.Ed(Education),M.A.(E 12 Years Regular nglish) 3 B.Ed A.Niraja Rani M.Sc.(Zoology),M.Ed.(E 11 Yeards Regular ducation) 4 B.Ed D.Prabhakara Rao M.Ed.(Education),M.Sc.( 11 Yeards Regular Mathematics) 5 B.Ed Shaik. Basha M.Sc.(Mathematics),M.E 3 Years Part-time d.(Education) 6 B.Ed M.Sampath Kumari M.A.(Political 10 Years Part-time Sciences).,M.Ed 7 B.Ed T.Prabhakara Rao M.Ed.(Education),M.Sc.( 4Years Regular Physics) 8 B.Ed P.Sailaja M.Ed.(Education),M.SC.( 3 Years Part-time Psychology) 9 B.Ed P.JoySoloman Raju M.Ed.(Education),M.A.(P 3 Years Regular hilosophy) 10 B.Ed P.Chidambaram M.A.(Music) 2 Years Part-time 11 B.Ed Kalidas Yaram M.Ed.(Education),M.A.(S 2 Years Part-time ociology) 12 B.Ed Kare Baby M.P.Ed.(Physical 3 Years Part-time Education) 13 B.Ed E.Malleswari M.Ed.(Education),M.A.(S 2 Years Part-time ociology) 14 B.Ed Anil Kumar.P M.Ed.(Education).,M.A. 2 Years Part-time 15 B.Ed Dr.Md.Abdul Hussain Phd.(Telugu),M.Ed.(Educ 12 Years Regular ation),M.A.(Telugu)

4.BSNM College of Education, Kothavalasa

S.No Name of the Names of the Faculty Educational Experience Regular/ Programmes Qualifications Part-time/ Visiting/ Contractual 1 Dr.B.Rajababu M.A.,M.A.(Education), 12 years Regular Ph.D.(Education) 2 Smt.P.Varalakshmi M.A., M.Ed. 7 years Regular

3 Smt.K.Anantha Lakshmi M.A.,M.A.,M.A. 14 years Regular (Education) 4 Smt.G.Seetaratnam M.Sc., M.Ed. 2 years Regular

5 Smt.M.Ramadevi M.Sc., M.A.,M.Ed. 3 months Regular

6 Sri.Y.V.Srinivasa Rao M.Sc., M.Ed. 2 years Regular

7 Sri.L.Avataram M.Sc., M.Ed. 3 months Regular

8 Smt.K.Dhanalakshmi M.Sc., M.Ed. 2 years Regular B.Ed. 9 Sri.G.Venkateswarlu M.Sc., M.Ed. 7 years Regular

10 Sri.V.Venkata Rao M.A., M.Ed. 3 years Regular

11 Smt.M.Rama Prabha M.A., M.Ed. 8 years Regular

12 Smt.A.Prameela M.A., M.Ed. 2 years Regular

13 Sri.D.Manibabu M.A., M.Ed. 2 years Regular

14 Sri.M.Narasinga Rao M.A.Music 3 years Regular

15 Sri Y.Ganesh M.A.Music 3 years Regular

16 P.Venkata Lakshmi M.P.Ed. 3 months Regular

5.SAMD College of Education for Women, Rajahmundry

S.No Name of the Names of the Faculty Educational Experience Regular/ Programmes Qualifications Part-time/ Visiting/ Contractual 1 Dr.G.Anjaiah M.A.,M.A.,Edu.Ph.D 18 years Regular B.Ed. 2 Smt.P.Sharon Rebecca M.A.,M.A.,M.Ed. 17 years Regular

3 Sri.A.Syambabu M.A.,M.A.,M.Ed. 17 years Regular

4 Sri.P.Rambabu M.Sc.,M.Ed. 12 years Regular

5 Smt.T.V.V.Padmavati M.Sc.,M.Ed. 10 years Regular

6 Sri.N.Vijaya Krishna M.Sc.,M.Ed. 5 years Regular

7 Sri.L.Madan Mohan M.A.,M.Ed. 8 years Regular

8 Smt.Y.Swapna Priya M.A.,M.Ed. 1 year Regular

9 Smt.K.R.Ashalatha M.A.,M.P.Ed. 4 years Regular

10 Smt.P.Sai Asha Jyoti M.A., Music 2 years Regular

6.A.V.M.College of Education, Nakrekal, Nalgonda (Dt)

Sl.No. Name of the Names of the Faculty Educational Experience Regular/ Programmes Qualifications Part-time/ Visiting/ Contractual 1 B.Ed Smt N. SUBHASHINI M.Sc. Maths, M.A. 15 Regular Psychology, M.A. English, M.A. Telugu, M.Ed, SET ( PhD) 2 Smt S. APARNA MA English, M.Ed 12 Regular

3 Sri B. BHASKAR M.A. Social Sciences , 9 Regular M.Ed. 4 Smt A. BARATHI M.A. Social Sciences , 9 Regular M.Ed. 5 Sri.K.VENKATARAMANA M.A., M.P.Ed. 3 Regular

6 Sri . N.KISTAIAH M.A. Fine Arts / 3 Regular Performing Arts 7 Sri.TARASING M.A. Fine Arts / 3 Regular Performing Arts 8 Sri Y SrinivasReddy M.A. Philosophy, 2 Regular M.A.Education 9 SRI CH Nagamani M.Sc. Biological 2 Regular Sciences, M.Ed. 10 Sri K Srinivasa Chary M.Sc. Organic 2 Regular chemistry, M.Ed. 11 Sri T Bichanna M.A.Telugu, M.Ed. 2 Regular

12 Sri K Ramesh Reddy M.A., M.Li.Sc. 10 Regular

7.Tagore College of Education, Ieeja, Jogulamba Gadwal (Dt)

Sl.No. Name of the Names of the Faculty Educational Experience Regular/ Programmes Qualifications Part-time/ Visiting/ Contractual 1 B.Ed MALREDY . MOHAN M.A, M.Ed., Ph.D. 10 Years Regular REDDY 2 B.Ed M SUMAN KUMAR B.Com. M.A (Telugu). 8 Years Regular

3 B.Ed KISHOR KUMAR M.Sc. M.Ed. 5 Years Regular MATTAM 4 B.Ed A JAYA LAXMI M.Sc. M.Ed. 5 Years Regular

5 B.Ed EDIGA MANIKYA M.SC. M.Ed. 6 Years Regular GOUD 6 B.Ed K SEKHAR M.A. M.Ed. 3 Years Regular

7 B.Ed NARASIMIAH M.A., M.Ed. 3 Years Regular ACHARI P

8 B.Ed GADDALE M.A. M.Ed. 2 Years Regular GEETHAVANI

9 B.Ed E RAJU M.P.Ed. 2 Years Regular

8.Srinivasa College of Education, Puttur, Chittoor (Dt)

Sl.No. Name of the Names of the Faculty Educational Teaching Regular/ Programmes Qualifications Experience Part-time/ Visiting/ Contractual 1 B.Ed Dr K RAGHU M.A., M.Sc., M.Ed., Ph.D 15 Years Regular

2 Smt D SUMATHI M.A., M.Ed 10 Years Regular

3 SRI T SEKAR M.Sc., M.A., M.Ed 5 Years Regular

4 SRI C UMAPATHI M.Sc.., M.Ed 5Years Regular

5 SRI C M.Sc.., M.Ed 4 Years Regular PURUSHOTHAM 6 SRI M HITHESH M.A., M.Ed 2 Years Regular KUMAR 7 Smt N P M.Sc.., M.Ed 2 Years Regular NAGAJYOTHI 8 SRI M.A., M.Ed 3 Years Regular DURGASAMUDRA M MADHU 9 SMT B PARIMALA M.Sc., M.Ed 3 Years Regular

10 SRI K VELPULA M.A., M.Ed 3 Years Regular

11 SRI G M.Sc., M.Ed 3 Years Regular DAMODARAN 12 SRI R M.A., M.Ed 3 Years Regular SOUNDARRAJAN 13 SMT M PARVATHI M.A., M.Ed., 3 Years Regular

14 SRI G SRINIVASAN M.A., M.P.Ed. 12 Years Regular

15 SMT B THEJASWI M.A (MUSIC) 3 Years Regular

16 SRI K M.A (FINE ARTS) 3 Years Regular JAYAKUMAR

9.VPR College of Education, Kamalapuram, Kadapa (Dt)

Sl.No. Name of the Names of the Faculty Educational Qualifications Experience Regular/ Programmes Part-time/ Visiting/ Contractual 1 B.Ed K.Lakshmikantha Reddy M.Sc., M.Ed. 7 Years Regular

2 D.Ravi Chandra M.Sc., M.Ed. 4 Years Regular

3 K.Nagamani M.A., M.Ed. 4 Years Regular

4 M.V.V.Sekhar Reddy M.A., M.Ed. 8 Years Regular

5 K.Madhava Reddy M.Sc., M.Ed. 7 Years Regular

6 I.D.Prabhudas M.A., M.Ed. 13 Years Regular

7 A.Ravi Sekhar M.A., M.Ed., M.Phil. 5 Years Regular

8 S.Mallikarjuna M.A., M.Ed. 2 Years Regular

9 V.Debora M.A., M.Ed. 6 Years Regular

10 K.Anitha M.Sc. 4 Years Regular

11 G.Lakshmi Narayana M.Sc., M.Ed. 8 Years Regular

12 B.C.Venkatesh M.A., B.Ed. 2 Years Regular

10.Sri Swamy Vivekananda College of Education, Visakhapatnam

S.No Name of the Names of the Faculty Educational Teaching Regular/ Programmes Qualification Experience Part-time/ Visiting/ Contractual 1. B.Ed DR. D. ESWARA Phd.(EDUCATION), 11 years Regular RAO M.Sc, M.Ed 2 B. GOVINDA RAO M.A, M.Ed (SET 13 years Regular QUALIFIED) 3 G. APPA RAO M.Sc, M.A 5 years Regular (EDUCATION), 4 CH. SRINIVASA M.A, M.Ed 8 years Regular RAO 5 C. V. RAINU M.A, M.Ed 4 years Regular 6 M. TIRUPATHI RAO M.Sc, M.Ed 2 year Regular 7 M. V. RAJANI M.P.Ed 2 year Regular KANTH 8 N. VENKATA UMA M.A (MUSIC) 2 year Regular DEVI

P.G.Programmes (D.M) Staff Details Directorate of Distance Education, Sri Padmavati Mahila Visvavidyalayam, Tirupathi – 517 502

Regular/ S. Name of the Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty Educational Qualifications No. Programme Experience Visiting/ Contractual 1 Master of Science Dr.K.Manjula M.Sc., Ph.D 2 Years Contractual (Mathematics) Dr.L.M.Vishnupriya M.Sc., Ph.D 2 Years Contractual 2 Master of Science Dr.A.Shobha Rani M.Sc., Ph.D 2 Years Contractual (Zoology) Dr.B.Hemavathi M.Sc., Ph.D 2 Years Contractual 3 Master of Dr.P.Roopa MFM., M.Phil., Ph.D 2 Years Contractual Commerce Ms.P.Nishitha M.Com.,SLET 2 Years Contractual 4 Master of Arts Prof. G. Sandhya Rani M.A., M.Phil., B.Ed., Ph.D 27 Years Regular (Economics) Dr.P.Madhavi M.A., Ph.D 5 Years Regular 5 Master of Arts Dr.J.Reddy Pavani M.A., Ph.D 3 Years Contractual (English) Ms.K.Revathi M.A 3 Years Contractual 6 Master of Arts Dr.R.N.S. Saileswari M.A., Ph.D 3 Years Regular (Music) Dr.U.Hima Bindu M.A., Ph.D 3 Years Regular 7 Master of Arts Dr.D.Yuvasri M.A., Ph.D 2 Years Regular (Telugu) Dr.B.Lakshmi Priya M.A., Ph.D 2 Years Contractual 8 Master of Arts Dr.P.Neeraja M.A., Ph.D 5 Years Regular (Women’s Studies) Dr.M.Padmavathi M.A., Ph.D 5 Years Regular

AMS college of Fine Arts & Media Education, Hyderabad Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual 1 Dr.Y.Ramaprabha Ph.D in Music 22 Contractual Master of Arts Smt.Gnambal Ramanathan M.A Music 20 Contractual (Music) Smt. T.Tulaja M.A Music 5 Contractual

Christian Women’s Degree College, Guntur Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of 1. Science - - - - (Mathematics) Master of 2. Science - - - - (Zoology) G.Karuna M.Com 5 Contractual Master of 3. K.Indira M.Com 4 Contractual Commerce. B.Mounika M.Com 3 Contractual Master of Arts K.Deenamma M.A., B.Ed 16 Regular 4. (Economics) M.Pavithra M.A 4 Regular Master of Arts M.Nageswar Rao M.A English 15 Part-time 5. (English) R.Babu Rao M.A English 15 Part-time Master of Arts 6. - - - - (Music) Master of Arts 7. P.Sugunadeena M.A., M.Phil 16 Part-time (Telugu) Master of Arts (M.S.Sexuality) 8. (Women’s A.Suneetha Sexual Counselling 5 Part-time Studies) Lecturer Sri Krishna Veni Degree College, Tanuku, West Godavari (Dt) Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of P. Suseela M.Sc Maths 5 Regular 1. Science I. Padmavati M.Sc Maths 5 Regular (Mathematics) Master of 2. Science K. Ramesh M.Sc Zoology 4 Regular (Zoology) Master of P.Prasad 8 Regular 3. M.Com Commerce. K.Rani 8 Regular Master of Arts 4. S.Kumari M.A Economics 5 Regular (Economics) Master of Arts I.Parvati 5. M.A English 4 Regular (English) A. Suma Master of Arts 6. C.Prasanna M.A Music 3 Regular (Music) Master of Arts 7. P.Prasada Reddy M.A Telugu 5 Regular (Telugu) Master of Arts 8. (Women’s D.A.Lakshmi M.A Women’s Studies 4 Regular Studies)

Prabhas College, Vijayawada Regular/ Teaching S. Name of the Part-time/ Name of the Faculty Educational Qualifications Experien No. Programme Visiting/ ce Contractual Master of D.Prabhakar Rao M.Sc., M.Ed., M.Phil 9 Regular 1. Science G.S.N.Aditya M.Sc., B.Ed 11 Part-time (Mathematics) N.Srinivas M.Sc., B.Ed., M.Phil 14 Regular Master of Dr.P.B.Thataji M.Sc., M.Phil., Ph.D., 18 Part-time 2. Science D.Srinivasa Rao M.Sc., M.Phil. 5 Part-time (Zoology) Master of G.Sailaja M.Com., M.Phil 10 Regular 3. Commerce K.Trinadh M.Com 2 Regular Master of Arts K.Srinivas Rao M.A 8 Regular 4. (Economics) Dr.V.Kotaiah M.A., Ph.D. 5 Regular Master of Arts B.V.P.Hemalatha M.A., B.Ed 15 Regular 5. (English) A.Swapna M.A 5 Regular Master of Arts Chidambaram M.A(Music) 3 Part-time 6. (Music) K.Sai Krishna Priya M.A(Music) 2 Part-time S.Naga Raju M.A 8 Part-time Master of Arts 7. Dr.K.Sekhar M.A., Ph.d 10 Part-time (Telugu) Dr.Md.Abdul Hussain M.A., M.Ed., M.Phil., Ph.D 20 Regular Master of Arts 8. (Women’s - - - - Studies) Prathibha Degree College, Draksharama, East Godavari Regular/ S. Name of the Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty Educational Qualifications No. Programme Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of K.Lakshmi M.Sc Maths 4 1. Science Narayana Part-time (Mathematics) Master of P.Satyanarayana M.Sc Maths 5 Part-time 2. Science (Zoology) Master of P.Balakrishna M.Com 5 Part-time 3. Commerce. Master of Arts P.Subrahmanyam M.A 5 Part-time 4. (Economics) Master of Arts P.Sambasivarao M.A 8 Part-time 5. (English) Master of Arts V.Vijaya Kumar M.A 3 Part-time 6. (Music) Master of Arts P.Satyavathi M.A 4 Part-time 7. (Telugu) Master of Arts R.Kumari M.A 3 Part-time 8. (Women’s Studies)

Vagdevi Degree College for Women, Jaggayyapet, Krishna (Dt) Regular/ Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ S. No. Name of the Faculty Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of Y. Veera Babu M.Sc Maths 10 Regular 1. Science (Mathematics) Master of NVL Narasimha Rao M.Sc Zoo. 20 Regular 2. Science (Zoology) Master of T.S.Rambabu M.Com 15 Regular 3. Commerce. Master of Arts V.Srinivasa Rao M.A(Eco) 15 Regular 4. (Economics) Master of Arts P.Suresh M.A(Eng.) 12 Regular 5. (English) Master of Arts - - - - 6. (Music) Master of Arts P.Suresh M.A(Tel) 8 Regular 7. (Telugu) Master of Arts B.Saritha M.A(W.S) 2 Regular 8. (Women’s Studies) Sri Vidya Educational Society, Puttur Regular/ S. Name of the Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty Educational Qualifications No. Programme Experience Visiting/ Contractual P.Bala M.Sc., M.Ed 5 Regular Mahesh M.Sc., M.Ed 3 Regular Master of M.E. Rajani M.Sc., M.Ed 3 Part-time 1. Science G.Swetha M.Sc., M.Ed 4 Part-time (Mathematics) P.Indumathi M.Sc., M.Ed 4 Part-time V.Bhanu A.M.Durai M.Sc., M.Ed 6 Part-time Master of L.Sunandana M.Sc., M.Ed 4 Part-time 2. Science B.Bhanumathi M.Sc., M.Ed 8 Regular (Zoology) K.Chandrakala M.Sc., M.Ed 3 Part-time D.Sadasivam M.Com., M.Ed 8 Part-time Master of B.Hariharan M.Com 7 Part-time 3. Commerce. Dr.K.Manohar M.Com., Ph.D 15 Part-time M.Reddemma M.Com 5 Part-time M.Lakshmi Devi M.A M.Ed 5 Part-time B.Vishwanatha M.A M.Ed 7 Regular Master of Arts Reddy M.A M.Ed 8 Regular 4. (Economics) D.Sumathi M.A M.Ed 10 Part-time B.Ramana Kumari M.A M.Ed 5 Regular K.Velpula Dr.K.Raghu M.A., M.Sc., M.Ed., Ph.D 15 Regular T.Silpa M.A M.Ed 5 Part-time Master of Arts G.Suneetha M.A M.Ed 6 Part-time 5. (English) C.Lavanya M.A M.Ed 5 Part-time K.Subramanyam M.A M.Ed 7 Regular Naidu Master of Arts - - - 6. - (Music)

T. Sekar M.A M.Ed 7 Regular B.Madhu M.A M.Ed 3 Regular Master of Arts M.Ellamma M.A M.Ed 4 Part-time 7. (Telugu) D.Rajani M.A M.Ed 4 Part-time K.Vijayalakshmi M.A M.Ed 4 Part-time

Master of Arts - - - 8. (Women’s - Studies) Gokul Degree College, Hyderabad Regular/ Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ S. No. Name of the Faculty Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of Anuradha M.Sc Maths 1 Part-time 1. Science

(Mathematics) Master of Baswaraj Lakay M.Sc., M.Ed 10 Part-time 2. Science

(Zoology) Master of Sudha M.Com 3 3. Regular Commerce. Master of Arts Geetha M.A Eco 2 Part-time 4. (Economics) Master of Arts B.Hyma Radhika M.A(Eng) B.Ed 10 5. Regular (English) Master of Arts Aparna M.A Music 1 Part-time 6. (Music) Master of Arts Jyotsna M.A(Tel) B.Ed 7 Part-time 7. (Telugu) Master of Arts Sindhuja M.A Women Studies 1 Part-time 8. (Women’s Studies) C.S.S.R & S.R.R.M. Degree College, Kamalapuram, Kadapa Dt Regular/ S. Name of the Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty Educational Qualifications No. Programme Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of K. Madhava Reddy M.Sc., M.Ed 13 Regular 1. Science N. Mohan Reddy M.Sc 9 Regular (Mathematics) Master of - - - 2. Science (Zoology) Master of G.Vignaneswari M.Com 5 Regular 3. Commerce. J. Pravallika M.Com 4 Regular Master of Arts K. Nagamani M.A., M.Ed 8 4. Regular (Economics) Master of Arts D.Prabhudas M.A., M.Ed 13 Regular 5. (English) A.Vinay Kumar M.A., M.Ed 4 Regular Master of Arts - - - 6. - (Music) Master of Arts V.Debora M.A., M.Ed 10 Regular 7. (Telugu) S.Mallikarjuna M.A., M.Ed 3 Regular Master of Arts - - - 8. (Women’s - Studies)

Vijaya Sai Degree College, Siddipet, Medak Dt. Regular/ S. Name of the Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty Educational Qualifications No. Programme Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of D.Janardhan M.Sc Maths 10 Regular 1. Science Rajkumar M.Sc Maths 6 Regular (Mathematics) Master of D.Swathi M.Sc Zoology 5 Regular 2. Science Sameera M.Sc Zoology 2 Regular (Zoology) Jyothsna M.Com 3 Regular Master of 3. D.Rajesh M.Com 7 Regular Commerce. Jampanna M.Com 7 Regular Master of Arts E.Parsharamulu M.A 12 Regular 4. (Economics) Krishna M.A 5 Regular Master of Arts S.Sudheer Reddy M.A English 1 Regular 5. (English) Santhosh M.A English 3 Regular Master of Arts - - - 6. - (Music) Master of Arts T.Raju M.A Telugu 5 Regular 7. (Telugu) R.Vijaya M.A Telugu 5 Regular Master of Arts - - - 8. (Women’s - Studies) AVM Degree & PG College, Nakrekal, Nalgonda Dt Regular/ Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ S. No. Name of the Faculty Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of K. Shekar, M.Sc B.Ed 12 Regular 1. Science Dr. Srinivas Reddy, M.Sc B.Ed 10 Regular (Mathematics) A. Janaiah M.Sc B.Ed 9 Part -time Master of D. Ravindra Chary, M.Sc B.Ed 12 Regular 2. Science R. Sravan Kumar M.Sc B.Ed 10 Regular (Zoology) R. Surya Chary M.Sc B.Ed 7 Part -time T. Rambabu M.Com 8 Regular Master of M. Mallaiah M.Com 12 Regular 3. Commerce.

P. Sunil M.A 5 Regular Master of Arts 4. N. Nagaraju M.A 5 Regular (Economics)

K.Venkatachary M.A 10 Regular Master of Arts 5. V.Jogaiah M.A 7 Regular (English) D.Ramulu M.A Part-time S. Raghunandhan M.A Music/Fine Arts 6 Regular Master of Arts 6. M.A Music/Fine Arts 2 (Music) S. Rajeshwari Part-time Ch. Beeshma Chary M.A Telugu 15 Regular Master of Arts P. Krishnaveni M.A., M.Ed 10 Part-time 7. (Telugu) S. Somanarsaiah M.A., M.Ed 18 Regular

Master of Arts A.Barathi M.A 4 Part-time 8. (Women’s P. Upendra M.A 3 Part-time Studies)

Padmavathi Degree College, Narasannapeta, Srikakulam (Dt). Regular/ S. Name of the Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty Educational Qualifications No. Programme Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of Ratnala Babu M.Sc M.Ed 10 Part-time 1. Science Srinivas M.Sc 5 Regular (Mathematics) Ravada Pavani Master of Mahendrada Bala M.Sc Zoology 12 Regular 2. Science Murali Krishna M.Sc Zoology 15 Regular (Zoology) Susarapu Sateesh Sadhu M.Com., B.Ed 15 Master of Regular 3. Sriramamurthy M.Com 10 Commerce. Regular Karra Kavitha Master of Arts Somineni Sumathi M.A Economics 6 4. Regular (Economics) Dabbiru Venkata M.A English 6 Regular Master of Arts Ramanamurthy M.A English 10 Part-time 5. (English) Patnana Ramesh Babu Master of Arts 6. - (Music) Master of Arts Lokkoju Gowri M.A Telugu 8 Regular 7. (Telugu) Sankara Rao Master of Arts - - - - 8. (Women’s Studies)

Sri Vimalanandagiriswamy Residential Degree college for women, Sri Vyasasramam, Yerpedu,Chittoor District Regular/ S. Name of the Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty Educational Qualifications No. Programme Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of Ch.Sai Prabha M.Sc (Maths) 1 Regular 1. Science M. Dhana Lakshmi M.Sc (Maths) 1 Regular (Mathematics) K. Krishna Kumari M.Sc (Maths) 3 Regular Master of 2. Science - - - - (Zoology) M. Amaranth Reddy M.Com., L.L.M 3 Regular Master of 3. Y. Padmamma M.Com., 3 Regular Commerce. R.Kalpana M.Com., 2 Regular Master of Arts 4. - - - - (Economics) C.Premaja M.A(English) 1 Regular Master of Arts 5. A.Divya M.A(English) 1 Regular (English) P. Mahabunnesha M.A(English) 1 Regular Master of Arts 6. - - - - (Music) D.Uma Maheswari M.A(Telugu) 3 Regular Master of Arts R.Jayalalitha M.A(Telugu) 1 7. Regular (Telugu) G. Venkata M.A(Telugu) 1 Regular Subbamma Master of Arts 8. (Women’s - - - - Studies)

Sri Vinayaka Degree College, Suryapet, Nalgonda (Dt) Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of Vasu Repala M.Sc(Maths) 6 Regular 1. Science P. Kalingaiah Regular (Mathematics) Master of I.Gopinadh M.Sc(Zoology) 3 Regular 2. Science (Zoology) Nellutls Suresh M.Com 3 Regular Master of 3. Resu Sunitha Regular Commerce. B.Somaiah Regular Master of Arts K. Venkateswarlu M.A(Economics) 16 4. Regular (Economics) Master of Arts V. Laxmi Narsaiah M.A(English) 12 Regular 5. (English) Alugubally Satish Regular Master of Arts 6. - (Music) Master of Arts B.Sunil M.A(Telugu) 5 7. Regular (Telugu) Master of Arts - - - 8. (Women’s - Studies) Sri Sai Degree College, Repalle, Guntur Dt. Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of A.V.S.B.Mahalakshmi M.Sc 10 Part-time 1. Science L.Changala rao M.Sc 09 Part-time (Mathematics) Master of 2. Science - - - - (Zoology) P.S.CHAKRAVARTHY M.Com, M.Com 10 Part-time Master of 3. A.SRINIVAS M.Com 9 Part-time Commerce. V. V.VARDHANARAO 14 Part-time Master of Arts M.D.JAMEER M.A. ECONOMICS 09 Part-time 4. (Economics) K. RAMBABU 07 Part-time Master of Arts G. JHANSI M.A. B.Ed 12 Part-time 5. (English) LUCA M.A. (ENG) 07 Part-time Master of Arts 6. - - - - (Music) Master of Arts P.S. SHARMA M.A. TELUGU 08 7. Part-time (Telugu) Master of Arts 8. (Women’s - - - - Studies)

Sri Vidhyanikethan Degree College, Jagtial, Karimnagar Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of Ch.Mahesh M.Sc B.Ed 10 Part-time 1. Science G.Rajendar M.Sc B.Ed 10 Regular (Mathematics) Master of N.Ramesh M.Sc B.Ed 10 Regular 2. Science G.Bhoomeshwar M.Sc 8 Regular (Zoology) Master of Md Mubeen M.Com 8 Part-time 3. Commerce. Y.Ramesh M.Com 8 Regular Master of Arts P.Vamshi M.A Economics 7 4. Regular (Economics) Master of Arts K.Venkateshan 8 Regular 5. (English) S. Vamshi Krishna 2 Regular Master of Arts - - - 6. - (Music) Master of Arts A Srihari M.A Telugu 10 Regular 7. (Telugu) Ch.Raju M.A Telugu 7 Part-time Master of Arts - - - 8. (Women’s - Studies) Sri Shirdi Sai Women’s Degree College, Rayachoty, Kadapa (Dt) Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Ramana Reddy M.Sc Mathematics 5 Regular Master of Siva Sankar Regular 1. Science M.V.Ramana Regular (Mathematics) Yarrapa Reddy Regular Master of Sahadeva M.Sc Zoology 8 Regular 2. Science Rajeswari 6 Regular (Zoology) Master of Reddaiah M.Com 6 Regular 3. Commerce. Chalapathi 7 Regular Master of Arts M.Ravi M.A Economics 10 4. Regular (Economics) Master of Arts Reddy Kumari M.A English 5 Regular 5. (English) Uma Maheswari 8 Regular Master of Arts - - - 6. - (Music) Master of Arts V.Ramanjulu M.A Telugu 10 7. Regular (Telugu) Master of Arts - - - 8. (Women’s - Studies)

Manjeera Degree & PG College, Kamareddy, Nizamabad (Dt) Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of Sathish Kumar M.Sc Mathematics 16 Regular 1. Science Chandrakanth 4 Regular (Mathematics) Nikitha 4 Regular Master of Md.Mazharullah M.Sc Zoology 12 Regular 2. Science Bhargavi 4 Regular (Zoology) M.S Ramesh M.Com 21 Regular S.R.Srinivas 18 Regular Master of Afreen Safiya 4 Regular 3. Commerce. Shankar 9 Regular Arshiya Sulthana 9 Regular Rakesh 4 Regular Master of Arts Dr.S.Suresh Goud M.A Economics 25 Regular 4. (Economics) P. Sailu 10 Regular Master of Arts - - - 5. (English) Master of Arts - - - 6. (Music) Master of Arts A.Ravikanth Sharma M.A Telugu 10 7. (Telugu) L.Gangabai 5 Master of Arts - - - 8. (Women’s Studies) Meghana Degree college, Dilshuknagar, Hyderabad Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of J.LAXMI M.SC 6 Part-time 1. Science (Mathematics) Master of K.SINDHU M.SC 3 Part-time 2. Science (Zoology) BHAVANA M.COM 10 Part-time Master of 3. J.PRASHNTHI M.COM 5 Part-time Commerce.

Master of Arts KEERTHI M.COM 6 Part-time 4. (Economics) AFREEN SULTANA M.COM 10 Regular Master of Arts R PADMA LATHA MA (ENGLISH) 5 Part-time 5. (English) Master of Arts MAHESWARI MA 2 Part-time 6. (Music) Master of Arts Y.RAMADEVI MA(TELUGU) 5 Part-time 7. (Telugu) Master of Arts M.SHILPA MA 3 Part-time 8. (Women’s

Studies)

HPN Degree College, Srikakulam Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of B.Sekhara Rao M.Sc(Mathematics) 6 Part-time 1. Science P.K.Chakravarthy M.Sc(Mathematics) 14 Regular (Mathematics) Master of M.Eswara Rao M.Sc(Zoology) 6 Regular 2. Science S.Nagaraju M.Sc(Zoology) 10 Part-time (Zoology) Y.Someswara Rao M.Com 5 Regular Master of B.Koteswara Rao M.Com 3 Regular 3. Commerce. L.Durgra Prasada Rao M.Com 6 Regular

G.Chalapathirao M.A(Economics) 8 Regular Master of Arts 4. T.Balakrishna M.A(Economics) 6 Regular (Economics)

K.Raveendra M.A(English) 7 Regular Master of Arts 5. B.Rajarao M.A(English) 10 Regular (English)

Master of Arts - - - 6. - (Music) T.Appalanaidu M.A(Telugu) 14 Regular Master of Arts 7. Ch.Paparao M.A(Telugu) 8 Regular (Telugu)

Master of Arts - - - 8. (Women’s - Studies) Bharathi Degree College, Kurnool (Dt) Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of S. Abdul Amzeel M.Sc(Computer 5 Regular 1. Science Science)

(Mathematics) Master of M. Vimal Vani M.Sc Zoology 5 Regular 2. Science K.T.Veeramma Regular (Zoology) Master of B.Ramama Dulety M.Com(Commerce) 5 Regular 3. Commerce. Master of Arts N.Basha M.A(Economics) 5 Regular 4. (Economics) Master of Arts K.Bhaskar M.A(English) 5 Regular 5. (English) Master of Arts M.Anitha M.A Fine Arts 5 Regular 6. (Music) Master of Arts Topi Syamala M.A(Telugu) 5 Regular 7. (Telugu) Master of Arts - - - 8. (Women’s - Studies)

S.L.N.Degree College, Karimnagar Dt. Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of G. Aruna M.Sc(Maths) 2 Regular 1. Science G.Shailaja M.Sc(Maths) 2 Regular (Mathematics) Master of - - - - 2. Science (Zoology) P.Srinivas M.Com/B.Ed 4 Regular Master of 3. N.Sushma M.Com 2 Regular Commerce.

N.Sampath M.A/B.Ed 3 Regular Master of Arts 4. K. Vamshi Kiran M.A(Eco.) 2 Regular (Economics)

P.Sathish M.A/B.Ed 6 Regular Master of Arts 5. V.Srinivas M.A(Eng.) 2 Regular (English)

Master of Arts - - - - 6. (Music) M.Kamalakar M.A(Tel) 5 Regular Master of Arts 7. P.Deepa M.A(Tel) 2 Regular (Telugu)

Master of Arts - - - - 8. (Women’s Studies) Pranavi College of Arts & Science, Srikakulam (Dt). Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of Anuradha M.Sc Maths 5 1. Science (Mathematics) Master of V. Bhoga Swamy M.Sc Zoology, B.Ed 15 2. Science (Zoology) Master of S. Rajesh M.Com 8 3. Commerce. K. Venkata Rao 8 Master of Arts T. Babu Rao M.A Economics 18 4. (Economics) B.Ed Master of Arts Ch.Vasanth Rao M.A English 6 5. (English) M.Ed Master of Arts M. Sangeetha M.A Music 6 6. (Music) Master of Arts R. Rama Rao M.A Telugu, B.Ed 6 7. (Telugu) Master of Arts Lova Komali M.Ed 12 8. (Women’s Studies)

Padmavathi Degree College, Sabbavaram(Md) Visakhapatnam Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of P.Siva M.Sc Maths 2 Regular 1. Science Rafia Sulthana M.Sc Maths 2 Regular (Mathematics) P.Soma Sekhar Babu M.Sc Maths 4 Regular Master of 2. Science - - - - (Zoology) Master of V.Bharathi M.Com 1 Regular 3. Commerce. A.Lalitha M.Com 1 Regular Master of Arts P.Satyanarayana M.A Economics 2 Regular 4. (Economics) S.Satyanarayana M.A Economics 2 Regular Master of Arts K.Ramalakshmi M.A English 2 Regular 5. (English) L.V.Ramana M.A English 3 Regular Master of Arts 6. - - - - (Music) V.Sujatha M.A Telugu 2 Regular Master of Arts 7. K.Srinivasa Rao M.A Telugu 6 Regular (Telugu) S.Nagendra Babu M.A Telugu 11 Regular Master of Arts 8. (Women’s - - - - Studies) Keerthi Degree College, Nandyal Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of S. Abdul Amzeel M.Sc(Computer 5 Regular 1. Science Science) (Mathematics) Master of M. Vimal Vani M.Sc Zoology 5 Regular 2. Science K.T.Veeramma Regular (Zoology) Master of B.Ramama dulety M.Com(Commerce) 5 Regular 3. Commerce. Master of Arts N.Basha M.A(Economics) 5 Regular 4. (Economics) Master of Arts K.Bhaskar M.A(English) 5 Regular 5. (English) Master of Arts M.Anitha M.A Fine Arts 5 Regular 6. (Music) Master of Arts Topi Syamala M.A(Telugu) 5 Regular 7. (Telugu) Master of Arts - - - 8. (Women’s - Studies)

Sri Sai Chaitanya Degree College, Giddalur Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Shaik Mahammad Raphi M.Sc(Mathematics) 10 Regular Master of Science Kadiam Sreenivasulu M.Sc(Mathematics) 9 Regular 1. (Mathematics) Udayagiri Venkateswarlu M.Sc(Mathematics) 10 Regular

Master of Science Venkata Subbaiah Gajjala M.Sc(Zoology) 14 Regular 2. (Zoology) Bodanam Venkateswarlu M.Sc(Zoology) 9 Regular Master of Sreenu Epanagandla M.Com(Commerce) 5 Regular 3. Commerce. Eppala Srinivasulu M.Com(Commerce) 10 Regular Master of Arts 4. (Economics) Master of Arts Shaik Iliaz Basha M.A(English) 5 Regular 5. (English) Pandeeti Victor Paul M.A(English) 7 Regular Master of Arts 6. (Music) Master of Arts G.Krishnamachari M.A(Telugu) 10 Regular 7. (Telugu) Master of Arts - - 8. (Women’s Studies) Sri Gayatri Vidhya Parishad Degree College, Kandukuru, Prakasam District Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Tanneru Sreenivasa Rao M.Sc Master of Bojja Mallikarjuna Rao 1. Science Narisetti Sreenivasa Rao (Mathematics) Kandula Venkata Rao Pelleti Raghu Master of 2. Science (Zoology) Master of Vasanthapu Anjaneyulu M.Com 3. Commerce. Chintala Cheruvu Sujatha Udayabhaskara M.Com Master of Arts Dhanvanthari.M 4. (Economics) M.Prasad Gorrepati Rama Rao Thirupathi Mallikharjuna Rao M.A Neelam Master of Arts Shaik Alexender 5. (English) Shaik Yasmin Begum Chintalacheruvu Hanumantha Rao Master of Arts 6. (Music) Surapuraju M.A Master of Arts Venkata Usha Chandrika 7. (Telugu) Chadalavada Kondaiah Chandaluri Kalyani Master of Arts - - 8. (Women’s Studies)

Sri Nagarjuna Degree College, Ongole, , Prakasam District Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual M.Gangadhar Rao M.Sc(Mathematics) 16 Master of R. Durgamma 9 1. Science EVSL Prasanna Lakshmi 10 (Mathematics) M.Mahesh 7 Master of 2. Science (Zoology) K.Kiran Kumar M.Com 7 Master of K.Srikanth 8 3. Commerce. P.Nagalakshmi 4 V.Swathi 7 Master of Arts M.Raghuram M.A(Economics) 5 4. (Economics) K.Srikanth Reddy 9 BVSRKS Prasad M.A(English) 24 Master of Arts 5. V.Nageswara Rao 16 (English) J.Nageswara Rao 9 Master of Arts 6. (Music) Master of Arts B.Sriram Sarma M.A(Telugu) 19 7. (Telugu) N.Ankamma Rao 13 Master of Arts 8. (Women’s Studies) AGKM College, Sattenapalli, Guntur(Dt.) Regular/ S. Name of the Educational Teaching Part-time/ Name of the Faculty No. Programme Qualifications Experience Visiting/ Contractual Master of K.Dhanalakshmi M.Sc B.Ed 13 1. Science B.Thirapathamma (Mathematics) Master of 2. Science (Zoology) Annam Krishna Prasad M.Com., M.Phil 7 Master of S.Ganesh Sharma 3. Commerce. M.Jojaiah S.Sheaker Master of Arts R.Koteswar Rao M.A., M.B.A 8 4. (Economics) Siada Master of Arts V.Srinivas Rao M.A, M.Phil 13 5. (English) B.Bashakar Master of Arts 6. (Music) Master of Arts Dr.Ch.Symal Kumar Ph.D 26 7. (Telugu) R.Prasad Master of Arts 8. (Women’s Studies)

PART-2: ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMMES

9. Pay and other emoluments payable for each category of teachers and other employees

9.Pay and other emoluments payable for each category of teachers and other employees

Sl. Name of the Administrative Scale of Pay/Wages Designatio No. Staff Rs. 1. Dr. Geetha Vani Deputy Registrar 46,060-98440 2. Ms.A.Leelavathi Senior Assistant 22,460-66,330 3. Ms.G. Lavanya Technical 14,461 4. Ms.V.Sunanda Computer 11,783 Operator 5. Ms.K.Suguna Examination 11,783 Assistant 6. Ms.V.Malathi Office Assistant 11,783 7. Ms.G.Sarada Devi Examination 11,783 Assistant 8. Ms.K.Hemalatha Office Assistant 11,783 9. Mr.M.Kiran Kumar Multi-tasking staff 9,980 10. Mr.K.Muni Venkatesh Yadav Multi-tasking staff 9,980

PART-2: ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMMES 10.Information in regard to physical and academic infrastructure and other facilities, including that of each of the learner Support Centres and in particular the facilities accessible by learners on being admitted to the HEI; Directorate of Distance Education, Sri Padmavati Mahila Visvavidyalayam, Tirupathi – 517 502 B.Ed Study Centres Physical and Academic infrastructure Other facilities

Girls No. of Other amenities Sl. Name of the Study No. of Boys Wi-Fi/ No. of PC’s & waiting No. of labs Seminar Computer Reading available in the No. Centre Classrooms waiting Library area No. of Books, internet/photo PC’s with room Area in Halls/Multip Lab area in room in college with area in room in Sq.ft. Journals etc. copying Internet No. & Sq.ft urpose Halls Sq.ft. Sq.ft. Sq.ft. No. & Area facilities etc. facilities Area & Area

Play grounds, Vamsadhara College 8/ 600.00 Books 5000, Wi-Fi – 100 of Education 360 Sq.ft. 360 Sq.ft. 300 Sq.ft. 1/ 1920.00 700.00 2000 Sq.ft. 600 Sq.ft. 10 co-curriculum 1 Sq.ft. Journals - 8 Mbps activities etc.

Dr. B.R.Ambedkar Play ground University 1 Srikakulam, Etcherla 3 1 5 2 1 1 1 3500 books Open Area 2 1000 sq. Yes 20 – 532 410. 4500 sq.ft 1000 sq. ft 2500 sq. ft. 4000 sq. ft. 500 sq.ft. 2500 sq. ft. 500 sq. ft 20 journals Zym & etc., ft Srikakulam District.

Play Prabhas College of Ground,Health 4 Class Books: Education, 1 Room, 1 Room, 7 Labs, 2 Rooms, & Physical 3 Kedareswara Pet, rooms, 3390 900 Sq.ft 800 Sq.ft 800 Sq.ft. 5000, Yes 20 700 Sq.ft. 800 Sq.ft 5058 Sq.ft 1600 Sq.ft Education Vijayawada Sq.ft Journals:20 Resource Centre 01=1420 BSNM College of 09 06 Yes Education, 01 01 Sq.ft/ 01 01=1347 01=613 4 09*600= 06*600= 4782 Available 50 Computers Available Kothavalasa 395 Sq.ft. 395 Sq.ft. 01=2310 600 Sq.ft. Sq.ft Sq.ft 5400 Sq.ft 3600 Sq.ft Available Sq.ft SAMD College of OHP, LCD, 24 Computers Education for 9 Nos 1 Nos 1 Nos 5 Nos 2 Nos 1 Nos 800 800 11912 Books, Generator, 5 Women, Yes Available with Internet 10502 Sq.ft. 552 Sq.ft. 552 Sq.ft. 4134 Sq.ft. 5310 Sq.ft. 550 Sq.ft. Sq.ft Sq.ft 24 Journals Radio, T.V Rajahmundry facilities Digital Camera Jio Power A.V.M.College of 1 7 Education, Nakrekal, 5 1 1 WIFI,internet,X generator, 6 (100 1400 Sq 200 Sq.Ft 1000 Sq.Ft - 2,892 10 Nalgonda (Dt) (1000 Sq.Ft) (150Sq.Ft) (1000 Sq.Ft) erox coping purified Sq.Ft) Ft Avaialable Drinking plant

Other amenities Physical and Academic infrastructure Other facilities available in the

college Sl. Name of the Study No. of Boys Girls No. of Seminar Wi-Fi/ No. of PC’s & No. Centre Computer Reading Classrooms waiting waiting No. of labs Halls/Multipur Library area in No. of Books, internet/photo PC’s with Lab area in room in with area in room room Area in Sq.ft pose Halls & Sq.ft. Journals etc. copying Internet Sq.ft. Sq.ft. Sq.ft. No. & Area No. & Area Area facilities etc. facilities Tagore College of Number of Number of Library & Number of Number of Number of Computer No.of Books No.of PC's-10 Power generator, Education, Ieeja, Rooms-3, Labs-7, Reading 7 Jogulamba Gadwal Rooms-1, Rooms-1, Hall-1, (2000 Lab-1, 5,207/5 Available with Internet purified Drinking Each Room (Each room Room-1, (Dt) (600 sq.ft) (800 sq.ft) sq. ft ) (600sq.ft) Journals connection -5 plant 800 sq.ft 600sq.ft) (1000 sq.ft) HEALTH AND Srinivasa College of 8554 BOOKS 15 WITH PHYSICAL Education, Puttur, 10 ROOMS, 1ROOM, 1 ROOM, 5 ROOMS, 2 ROOMS, 1 ROOM, 1 ROOM, 1 ROOM, YES, 8 AND 15 INTERNET EDUCATION ROOM, Chittoor (Dt) 7047.8 380.90 380.90 4036.84 3199.16 1433.33 2219.14 700.48 AVAILABLE JOURNALS CONNECTION WORK EXPERIENCE ROOM ETC. VPR College of 15 Rooms, 6 Labs Each Sports Kit, Art and Education, 1 Room 1500 2 Rooms 1 Room 2200 1 Room 7500 Books, 30 with 9 Kamalapuram, Each Room 201 202 Room 600 YES Craft facilities sq.ft. 2000 sq.ft. sq.ft. 400 sq.ft. Journals 18 Internet Kadapa (Dt) 600 sq.ft. sq.ft. available

1) CC Cameras, 2) 3 Water Coolers 3) Fire-Safety, 4) Bus Facility, 5) Purified Water, 6) 24x7 Wifi, 8 class rooms Sri Swamy 1 room 7) Separate Toilets with area 2 rooms 2 rooms 6 rooms 5000 books, 7 PC’s with Vivekananda College 2 rooms with with 1 room with 1 room with for Boys, Girls and 11 of Education, 6,196 Sq. ft with 1162 with 1162 with 3486 8 Journals, Yes, Available Internet & 17 1569 Sq. ft 581.25 780 Sq. ft 780 Sq. ft Staff, Visakhapatnam each class sq.ft sq.ft Sq. ft 8 Magazines general PC’S Sq.ft 8) 5 L.C.D Projectors room with Screens, 9) Lift, 10) Inverter, 11) 2 Xerox Machines 12) 4 Printers

PG Study Centres

Physical and Academic infrastructure Other facilities

No. of Seminar Wi-Fi/ No. of Sl. No. of Girls Halls/Multipur internet/ Other amenities available in Boys waiting Reading PC’s & No. Name of the Study Classrooms waiting No. of labs pose Halls & Computer Lab Library area in No. of Books, photo the college room room in PC’s with Centre with area in room Area in Sq.ft Area area in Sq.ft. Sq.ft. Journals etc. copying No. & Area Sq.ft. Internet Sq.ft. No. & Area facilities facilities etc. 1. Gym 2. Games & Sports facilities Books-89,386 3. RO Drinking Water etc., 15 Class 9 labs B.ED & PG 3 1 6,359 Journals-151 4. Health Centre 1 Rooms - 900 Sq.ft 8219 Sq.ft 23,823 Sq.ft Yes 60 PC’s DDE, SPMVV 4260 Sq.ft 1399 Sq.ft Sq.ft Encyclopedia- 5. Yoga Centre 13500 Sq.ft 256 6. Indoor Stadium 7. Canteen 8. Sanitary Facilities

AMS college of Fine - - Arts & Media 3 with 300 2 ------Education, Sq.ft Hyderabad Christian Women’s 10 1 1 1 3 Degree College, NA 1 221 Sq.ft 160 Sq.ft 896 Sq.ft 160 Sq.ft 450 5 10 - Guntur 4000 Sq.ft 160 Sq.ft 10 Rooms 2 Rooms 1 Room 4 Rooms 1 Room 1 Room Sri Krishna Veni 1 Room 1 Room Degree College, Each Room Each Room Each Room Each Room 19 x 15 Each 25 x 12 = 300 Books – 320 4 15 x 12 = 180 20 x 10 = Yes 06 Tanuku, West 16 x 12 = 192 32 x 12 = 32 x 12 = 24 x 24 = Room 285 Sq.ft. Journals - 15 Sq.ft. 200 Sq.ft Godavari (Dt) Sq.ft 384 Sq.ft 384 Sq.ft. 576 Sq.ft. Sq.ft. 17 Labs 12 Labs Water Plant 1 Prabhas College, 30 Rooms 1 2 1 1 750 5 Vijayawada 300 Sq.ft 300 Sq.ft 600 Sq.ft Yes 49 Water coolers 1 600 Sq.ft 1200 Sq.ft 600 Sq.ft 1200 Sq.ft 600 Sq.ft 12 Journals 5 Labs LCD Projectors 2 1200 Sq.ft Prathibha Degree 4 No’s x 1 No 1 No. College, 8 No.s x 400 = 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 15 No.s 6 200 = 800 400 Sq.ft 350 Sq.ft 200 Yes - Draksharama, East 4000 Sq.ft 350 Sq.ft 350 Sq.ft 300 Sq.ft 450 Sq.ft Yes Godavari Sq.ft Vagdevi Degree 1 x 100 Sft 1 x 600 Sft College for Women, 1 1 x 600 7 8 x 600 SFT 1200 Sft 6 x 600 Sft. 1 x 600 Sft 800 Yes 20 - Jaggayyapet, Krishna 200 Sft Sft (Dt)

Other Physical and Academic infrastructure amenities Other facilities available in Sl. Name of the Study the college No. Centre No. of Girls No. of Seminar Wi-Fi/ No. of PC’s & Boys waiting Classrooms waiting No. of labs Halls/Multipur Computer Lab Library area in Reading room in No. of Books, internet/photo PC’s with room with area in room Area in Sq.ft pose Halls & area in Sq.ft. Sq.ft. Sq.ft. Journals etc. copying Internet No. & Area Sq.ft. No. & Area Area facilities etc. facilities WPRK Sri Vidya Experience Educational Society, 8 Rooms 1 Room 1 Room 5 Rooms 1 Room 1 Room 1 Room 1 Room 3758 Books & room and 8 Yes available 50 Computers Puttur 2363.42 800.63 800.63 343.67 1705.55 1274.23 1117.40 807.29 10 Journals physical education room Gokul Degree 9 College, Hyderabad 4 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1500 Yes 15 Water Cateen

C.S.S.R & S.R.R.M. Sports Kit, 27 Rooms 4 Labs Each Degree College, 2 rooms 2 rooms 1 room 1 room 5700 Books, 200 with Art and Craft 10 Kamalapuram, Each room 203 206 Room 700 Yes 1500 Sft. 2000 Sft. 2200 Sft. 400 Sft. Journals 18 Internet Facilities Kadapa Dt 600 Sq.ft. Sft available Vijaya Sai Degree College, Siddipet, 18x600 sq ft Books-1450 Wi fi available Play ground 11 1x300 sq ft 1x300 sq ft 4x600 sqft 2x 600 sq ft 1x900 sq ft 1x900 sq ft 1x300 sq ft 30 Medak Dt. Journals-8 Occupancy-30 Purified water

Power AVM Degree & PG Jio WIFI, College, Nakrekal, 21 (10,800 1 (200 generator, 12 1 (200 Sq.ft) 8 2 500 500 500 3268 internet Xerox 10 Nalgonda Dt Sq.ft) Sq.ft) purified coping available drinking plant

1 Class room (394 Sq.ft) 2 Class room (386 Sq.ft) 3 Class room (434.28 Sq.ft) 4 Class room (300.3 Sq.ft) 1 lab(376.64 Sq.ft.) 5 Class room (323.14 Sq.ft) 2 lab(208.89 Sq.ft.) Sri Vinayaka Degree 6 Class room (323.14 Sq.ft) 1 3 lab(241.82 Sq.ft.) College, Suryapet, 1 (192.96 377.88 377.88 15 7 Class room (313.56 Sq.ft) (192.96 4 lab(376.14 Sq.ft.) 434.28 199 Sq.ft 200 Yes - Nalgonda (Dt) Sq.ft) Sq.ft Sq.ft 8 Class room (313.56 Sq.ft) Sq.ft) 5 lab(211.66 Sq.ft.) Sq.ft 9 Class room (434.28 Sq.ft) 6 lab(241.82 Sq.ft.) 10 Class room (300.3 Sq.ft) 11 Class room (323.14 Sq.ft) 12 Class room (323.14 Sq.ft)

Other Physical and Academic infrastructure amenities Other facilities available in the college Sl. Name of the Study No. of Boys Girls No. Centre Seminar No. of Wi-Fi/ No. of PC’s & waiting waiting Computer Library Reading No. of Classrooms with area in No. of labs Halls/Multi Books, internet/pho PC’s with room room Lab area in area in room in Sq.ft. Area in Sq.ft purpose Journals to copying Internet No. & No. & Sq.ft. Sq.ft. Sq.ft. Halls & etc. facilities etc. facilities Area Area Area Sri Sai Degree 01 College, Repalle, 12 ROOMS 01ROOM Room 03 LABS 01 01 16 600Sq.ft 400 Sq.ft 1500 YES 10 PCs YES Guntur Dt. 4800 Sq.ft 200Sq.ft 200Sq.f 1800 Sq.ft 600Sq.ft 600Sq.ft t 400 40 Sri Vidhyanikethan 2 Degree College, 10 Rooms 1 4 1 1 1 1 Books All 17 300 Sft Yes - Jagtial, Karimnagar 600 Sft. 300 Sft. 600 Sft 1800 Sft 900 Sft 500 Sft 400 Sft 43 Connected 150 Sft Journals to internet Speednet, Jio Private Sri Shirdi Sai 25 Class Rooms 5 Labs net, ssswdc Solar, Women’s Degree 30 x 30 = 600 Sq.ft 30 x 30 = 600 Sq.ft 2 1 1 500 18 College, Rayachoty, 1 1 1 broad band, 100 No’s Projectors, CC 600 x 25 = 15000 Sq.ft 600 x 5 = 300 1200 Sq.ft 600 Sq.ft 600 Sq.ft Journals Kadapa (Dt) 3 printers, 1 Cams-16 Total Sq.ft = 15000 Sq.ft Total Sq.ft 3000 Sq.ft copying machine 4 each 1 1 4 1 2 42 Titles Manjeera Degree & 14’2” x 15’10” x 13’0” x 14’8” x 6 20’1 x 31’10” x 150 PG College, 18 Class Rooms 20’2” 25’6” 24’8” Yes 56 Yes 19 Kamareddy, 40’6” 31’10” x 17’10” Total 36’6” 17’10” Volumes - 12615.57 Sq.ft Total Total Total available available Nizamabad (Dt) Total area 1880.46 Total area Total area 12 area area area area 733 567 Journals 570.6 403.33 320.6 Computer Meghana Degree Lab-1000sft, Computer college, 1& 2& Micribiology 1/2 xerox 20 Dilshuknagar, 18 1& 600sft Lab- 500sft 400sft 1000,200 50 OHP 400sft 300sft Lab_500sft,Chemistry mechines Hyderabad 1000sft Lab 500sft,Appled- Nutrition Lab 500sft

Books- S.L.N.Degree College, 437 23 Karimnagar Dt. 10 (600 Sq.ft) 1 (200) 1 (200) 2 (1800 Sq.ft) 1 (800) 600 400 400 Available 10, Yes - Journal 5 – 25 No. of Tltles – 320 No. of Volumes Total No. of 2 – 6400 Wi- 2 Rooms PC’s – 32 Pranavi College of Rooms 1 Room = National Fi/Internet/ Drinking Arts & Science, x 600 = 3 Rooms x 600 = 1800 2 Rooms = 1 Room = 1400 with 24 15 Rooms x 600 = 9000 Sq.ft x 600 = 1400 – 5 Photocopyin Water first aid Srikakulam (Dt). 1200 Sq,ft 1800 Sq.ft. 600 Sq.ft Sq.ft internet 1200 Sq.ft Internati g facilities kit Sq,ft facility PC’s Sq,ft onal -1 available – 6 Journals – 12 E- Journals -10 Padmavathi Degree College, 8 Rooms 5 1 1 1 (224 25 Sabbavaram(Md) 2 2 0 2000 0 10 - Visakhapatnam (1140120 Sq.ft) (1120 Sq.ft) (448 Sq.ft) (224 Sq.ft) Sq.ft)

Other Physical and Academic infrastructure amenities Other facilities available in the college Sl. Name of the Study No. of Boys Girls No. Centre Seminar No. of Wi-Fi/ waiting waiting Computer Library Reading No. of PC’s & PC’s No. of Classrooms with No. of labs Halls/Multi Books, internet/pho room room Lab area in area in room in with Internet area in Sq.ft. Area in Sq.ft purpose Journals to copying No. & No. & Sq.ft. Sq.ft. Sq.ft. facilities Halls & etc. facilities etc. Area Area Area Keerthi Degree 26 College, Nandyal 6 x 600 = 3600 300 300 600 600 600 300 600 1000 Yes Yes Yes

Sri Sai Chaitanya Ground & AP Degree College, 26 2 2 4 1 Skill 27 Giddalur, 800 1200 800 2000 Yes 45 Prakasam(Dt.) 15,600 1200 1200 2400 1000 Development Centre Total No. of 1 No. 1 No. Sri Gayatri Vidya 3 x 700 Sq.fts=2100 2 x 700 Computers = 70 22 Class rooms 1 x 700 1 x 700 1 x Available Parishad Degree Sq.fts Sq.ft 1 x 900 = 1 x 900= 1042 Total No. of 28 College, Kandukur, 22 x 600Sq.fts = 13200 Sq.fts = Sq.fts = 900=900 Internet/Wif 1 x 900 =900 Sq.fts =1400 900 Sq.ft 900 Sq.ft Books Laptops=30 Prakasam(Dt.) Sq.fts 700 700 Sq.ft i AC facility (Chemistry Lab) Sq.ft Internet facilities are Sq.fts Sq.fts there Sri Nagarjuna Wifi Books- Educational and available, 56(Desktop) Service Society, 3 x 200 6 x 200 2 x 600 1 x 600 940 29 24 x 600 Sq.ft 7 x 600 Sq.ft - - internet(50 30(Laptop) Ongole, Sq.ft Sq.ft Sq.ft Sq.ft Journals Mbps), 1 30(Tab) Prakasam(Dt.) -40 xerox AGKM College, 1 1 1 1 Sattenapalli,Guntur( 9 Classrooms 3+2=5 1 2 10,000 30 1200 1200 1980 1980 Yes 35 Computers NSS, Sports Dt.) 10 21924 Sq.ft 4000 Sq.ft 2400 Sq.ft 2880 Sq.ft Valums Sq.ft Sq.ft Sq.ft Sq.ft

PART-2: ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMMES

11.Details of Administrative staff available exclusively for ODL programmes at HQs (attach duly attested photocopy)

Working at Name of the (Headquarter/Re Sl. Appointment letter Administrative Designation gional No. reference number and date Staff Centre/Study Centre) 1. Dr. Geetha Vani Deputy Proceedings of the Registrar E.C.892/Estt./NT/C/2015, dt:08-09-2015 2. Ms.A.Leelavathi Senior Proceedings of the Assistant V.C.1002/Estt./D/92, dt:16-12-1994 3. Ms.G. Lavanya Technical 20-08-2018 4. Ms.V.Sunanda Computer 02-05-2013 Operator 5. Ms.K.Suguna Examination 01-05-2015 Working at Nodal Assistant Centre, SPMVV, 6. Ms.V.Malathi Office 07-01-2016 Tirupati Assistant 7. Ms.G.Sarada Examination 10-09-2015 Devi Assistant 8. Ms.K.Hemalatha Office 02-07-2018 Assistant 9. Mr.M.Kiran Multi- 25-11-2018 Kumar tasking staff 10. Mr.K.Muni Multi- 17-06-2019 Venkatesh tasking staff Yadav

PART-2: ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMMES 12.Details of Academic(qualified counselors) and other staff available exclusively for ODL programmes at LSCs (Give programme- wise details Vamsadhara College of Education Name of Sl. the No. of Experi Names of the Faculty Members Designation Qualifications No. Programme Faculty ence s 1. CHINTADA ANURUDRUDU Principal M.A., M.Ed 5 2 N VENKATESWARA RAO Lecturer in Biological Science M.Sc., M.Ed 3 3 G NARAYANA DASU Lecturer in English M.A. M.Ed 3 4 PRAVEEN KUMAR REDDY Lecturer in Mathematics M.Sc. M.Ed 3 KALA VENKATARAO Lecturer in Physical 5 M.P.Ed. 3 KADAGALA Education 6 LAXMANARAO PULI Lecturer in Psychology M.A. M.Ed 2 7 KOTA SIMHACHALAM Lecturer in Physical Science M.Sc., M.Ed 3 8 LOPINTI RAJITENDRA REDDY Lecturer Telugu M.A., M.Ed 2 B.Ed 16 9 K VENKATARAMANA Lecturer in Social Studies M.A., M.Ed. 4

10 KALYANI SANAPALA Lecturer Philosophy M.A., M.Ed. 1 11 T. ADILAKSHMI Lect. In Education M.A Education, B.Ed 9 12 B. NEELAVENI Lect. In Fine Arts MFA 2

13 B. SRINIVAS Lect. In Performing Arts MA Performing Arts 2

14 KALLAPALLI CHALAPATHI RAO Lect. In Social Studies M.A., M.Ed. 2 15 VENKATARAMANA MURTY CH Lect. In Education M.A., M.Ed. 2 16 SRINIVASARAO ANEM Lect. In Mathematics M.Sc., M.Ed 1

Dr. B.R.Ambedkar University Srikakulam, Etcherla – 532 410. Srikakulam District. Name of Sl. the Names of the Faculty No. of Faculty Designation Qualifications Experience No. Programm Members es Dr. H.Subhramanyam Coordinator M.A.,M.A.(Edu.)., B.Ed (SE-MR)., 16 years 1. M.Phil (Edn) Ph.D.(Edn) M.Sc., M.Ed., M.Phil(Edn)., Dr. N.Srinivas Asst. Professor 16 years 2 Ph.D.(Edn).,

M.A.,M.A.(Edu.)., B.Ed (SE-MR)., Dr. N.V.Swami Naidu Asst. Professor 12 years 3 M.Phil (Edn) Ph.D.(Edn)

B.Ed Dr. J.L.Sandhya Rani Asst. Professor M.Sc., M.Ed., Ph.D.(Edn)., 14 years 4 8 Dr. M.Prabhakara Rao Asst. Professor M.A., M.Ed., M.Phil(Edn)., Ph.D.(Edn)., 5 30 years

Smt. A. Suryakala M.A., M.Ed., 10 years 6 Asst. Professor

Dr. B.V.Ramana Murty Asst. Professor M.A..,M.Ed.,Ph.D., 7 10 years

M.Sc., M.Ed., Ph.D.(Edn)., 8 years 8 Dr. Taraka Ramarao Asst. Professor

Prabhas College of Education, Kedareswara Pet, Vijayawada Name of the No. of Names of the Faculty S.No Designation Qualifications Experience Programmes Faculty Members 1 Dr. D.Rama Rao Principal Phd(Education),M.Ed(Education),M.Sc(Psychology) 12 Years 2 J.Amarnath Lecturer M.Ed(Education),M.A.(English) 12 Years 3 A.Niraja Rani Lecturer M.Sc.(Zoology),M.Ed.(Education) 11 Yeards 4 D.Prabhakara Rao Lecturer M.Ed.(Education),M.Sc.(Mathematics) 11 Yeards 5 Shaik. Basha Lecturer M.Sc.(Mathematics),M.Ed.(Education) 3 Years 6 M.Sampath Kumari Lecturer M.A.(Political Sciences).,M.Ed 10 Years 7 T.Prabhakara Rao Lecturer M.Ed.(Education),M.Sc.(Physics) 4Years 8 B.Ed 15 P.Sailaja Lecturer M.Ed.(Education),M.SC.(Psychology) 3 Years 9 P.JoySoloman Raju Lecturer M.Ed.(Education),M.A.(Philosophy) 3 Years 10 P.Chidambaram Lecturer M.A.(Music) 2 Years 11 Kalidas Yaram Lecturer M.Ed.(Education),M.A.(Sociology) 2 Years 12 Kare Baby Lecturer M.P.Ed.(Physical Education) 3 Years 13 E.Malleswari Lecturer M.Ed.(Education),M.A.(Sociology) 2 Years 14 Anil Kumar.P Lecturer M.Ed.(Education).,M.A. 2 Years 15 Dr.Md.Abdul Hussain Lecturer Phd.(Telugu),M.Ed.(Education),M.A.(Telugu) 12 Years

BSNM College of Education, Kothavalasa S.No Name of the No. of Names of the Faculty Designation Qualifications Experience Programmes Faculty Members 1 Dr.B.Rajababu Principal M.A.,M.A.(Education), Ph.D.(Education) 12 years 2 Smt.P.Varalakshmi Lr. in Perspective M.A., M.Ed. 7 years Education 3 Smt.K.Anantha Lakshmi Lr. in Perspective M.A.,M.A.,M.A.(Education) 14 years Education 4 Smt.G.Seetaratnam Lr. in Perspective M.Sc., M.Ed. 2 years Education 5 Smt.M.Ramadevi Lr.in Perspective M.Sc., M.A.,M.Ed. 3 months Education 6 Sri.Y.V.Srinivasa Rao Lr.in Mathematics M.Sc., M.Ed. 2 years 7 Sri.L.Avataram Lr.in Biological M.Sc., M.Ed. 3 months Sciences 8 B.Ed. 16 Smt.K.Dhanalakshmi Lr.in Physical M.Sc., M.Ed. 2 years Sciences 9 Sri.G.Venkateswarlu Lr.in Biological M.Sc., M.Ed. 7 years Sciences 10 Sri.V.Venkata Rao Lr.in Social Sciences M.A., M.Ed. 3 years 11 Smt.M.Rama Prabha Lr.in English M.A., M.Ed. 8 years 12 Smt.A.Prameela Lr.in English M.A., M.Ed. 2 years 13 Sri.D.Manibabu Lr.in Telugu M.A., M.Ed. 2 years 14 Sri.M.Narasinga Rao Lr.in Fine Arts M.A.Music 3 years 15 Sri Y.Ganesh Lr.in Fine Arts M.A.Music 3 years 16 P.Venkata Lakshmi Lr.in Health & M.P.Ed. 3 months Physical Education

SAMD College of Education for Women, Rajahmundry S.No Name of the No. of Names of the Faculty Designation Qualifications Experience Programmes Faculty Members 1 Dr.G.Anjaiah Principal M.A.,M.A.,Edu.Ph.D 18 years B.Ed. 10 2 Smt.P.Sharon Rebecca Lecturer M.A.,M.A.,M.Ed. 17 years 3 Sri.A.Syambabu Lecturer M.A.,M.A.,M.Ed. 17 years 4 Sri.P.Rambabu Lecturer M.Sc.,M.Ed. 12 years 5 Smt.T.V.V.Padmavati Lecturer M.Sc.,M.Ed. 10 years 6 Sri.N.Vijaya Krishna Lecturer M.Sc.,M.Ed. 5 years 7 Sri.L.Madan Mohan Lecturer M.A.,M.Ed. 8 years 8 Smt.Y.Swapna Priya Lecturer M.A.,M.Ed. 1 year 9 Smt.K.R.Ashalatha Physical Director M.A.,M.P.Ed. 4 years 10 Smt.P.Sai Asha Jyoti Performing Arts M.A., Music 2 years

A.V.M.College of Education, Nakrekal, Nalgonda (Dt) Sl.No. Name of the No. of Faculty Names of the Faculty Designation Qualifications Experience Programmes available for each members programme

1 B.Ed 12 Smt N. SUBHASHINI PRINCIPAL M.Sc. Maths, M.A. Psychology, 15 M.A. English, M.A. Telugu, M.Ed, SET ( PhD) 2 Smt S. APARNA LECTURER MA English, M.Ed 12 3 Sri B. BHASKAR LECTURER M.A. Social Sciences , M.Ed. 9 4 Smt A. BARATHI LECTURER M.A. Social Sciences , M.Ed. 9 5 Sri.K.VENKATARAMANA LECTURER M.A., M.P.Ed. 3 6 Sri . N.KISTAIAH LECTURER M.A. Fine Arts / Performing Arts 3 7 Sri.TARASING LECTURER M.A. Fine Arts / Performing Arts 3 8 Sri Y SrinivasReddy LECTURER M.A. Philosophy, M.A.Education 2 9 SRI CH Nagamani LECTURER M.Sc. Biological Sciences, M.Ed. 2 10 Sri K Srinivasa Chary LECTURER M.Sc. Organic chemistry, M.Ed. 2 11 Sri T Bichanna LECTURER M.A.Telugu, M.Ed. 2 12 Sri K Ramesh Reddy LIBRARIAN M.A., M.Li.Sc. 10

Tagore College of Education, Ieeja, Jogulamba Gadwal (Dt) Sl.N Name of the No. of Names of the Faculty Designation Qualifications Experience o. Programmes Faculty Members 1 B.Ed 1 MALREDY . MOHAN PRINCIPAL M.A, M.Ed., Ph.D. 10 Years REDDY

2 B.Ed 1 M SUMAN KUMAR LECTURER IN PEDAGOGY OF B.Com. M.A (Telugu). 8 Years PHYSICAL SCIENCE

3 B.Ed 1 KISHOR KUMAR LECTURER IN PEDAGOGY OF M.Sc. M.Ed. 5 Years MATTAM MATHEMATICS

4 B.Ed 1 A JAYA LAXMI LECTURER IN PEDAGOGY OF M.Sc. M.Ed. 5 Years BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE

5 B.Ed 1 EDIGA MANIKYA GOUD LECTURER IN PERSPECTIVES M.SC. M.Ed. 6 Years OF EDUCATION 6 B.Ed 1 K SEKHAR LECTURER IN PEDAGOGY OF M.A. M.Ed. 3 Years TELUGU 7 B.Ed 1 NARASIMIAH ACHARI P LECTURER IN PEDAGOGY OF M.A., M.Ed. 3 Years SOCIAL SCIENCE

8 B.Ed 1 GADDALE LECTURER IN PEDAGOGY OF M.A. M.Ed. 2 Years GEETHAVANI INGLISH

9 B.Ed 1 E RAJU LECTURER IN PHYSICAL M.P.Ed. 2 Years EDUCATION

Srinivasa College of Education, Puttur, Chittoor (Dt) Sl.No. Name of the No. of Names of the Faculty Members Designation Qualifications Experience Programmes Faculty 1 Dr K RAGHU PRINCIPAL M.A., M.Sc., M.Ed., Ph.D 15 Years

2 Smt D SUMATHI Lecturer in Social Studies M.A., M.Ed 10 Years

3 SRI T SEKAR Lecturer in Perspective Education M.Sc., M.A., M.Ed 5 Years

4 SRI C UMAPATHI Lecturer in Physical Science M.Sc.., M.Ed 5Years

5 SRI C PURUSHOTHAM Lecturer in Mathematics M.Sc.., M.Ed 4 Years

6 SRI M HITHESH KUMAR Lecturer in English M.A., M.Ed 2 Years

7 Smt N P NAGAJYOTHI Lecturer in Biology M.Sc.., M.Ed 2 Years

8 SRI DURGASAMUDRAM MADHU Lecturer in Telugu M.A., M.Ed 3 Years B.Ed 16 9 SMT B PARIMALA Lecturer in Perspective Education M.Sc., M.Ed 3 Years

10 SRI K VELPULA Lecturer in Perspective Education M.A., M.Ed 3 Years

11 SRI G DAMODARAN Lecturer in Mathematics M.Sc., M.Ed 3 Years

12 SRI R SOUNDARRAJAN Lecturer in Perspective Education M.A., M.Ed 3 Years

13 SMT M PARVATHI Lecturer in Social Studies M.A., M.Ed., 3 Years

14 SRI G SRINIVASAN Lecturer in Physical Education M.A., M.P.Ed. 12 Years

15 SMT B THEJASWI Lecturer in Performing Arts M.A (MUSIC) 3 Years

16 SRI K JAYAKUMAR Lecturer in Fine Arts M.A (FINE ARTS) 3 Years

VPR College of Education, Kamalapuram, Kadapa (Dt) Sl.No. Name of the No. of Names of the Faculty Members Designation Qualifications Experience Programmes Faculty 1 K.Lakshmikantha Reddy Lecturer in Physics M.Sc., M.Ed. 7 Years

2 D.Ravi Chandra Lecturer in Biology M.Sc., M.Ed. 4 Years

3 K.Nagamani Lecturer in Social M.A., M.Ed. 4 Years

4 M.V.V.Sekhar Reddy Lecturer in Social M.A., M.Ed. 8 Years

5 K.Madhava Reddy Lecturer in Maths M.Sc., M.Ed. 7 Years B.Ed 6 I.D.Prabhudas Lecturer in English M.A., M.Ed. 13 Years 9 7 A.Ravi Sekhar Lecturer in English M.A., M.Ed., M.Phil. 5 Years

8 S.Mallikarjuna Lecturer in Telugu M.A., M.Ed. 2 Years

9 V.Debora Lecturer in Telugu M.A., M.Ed. 6 Years

10 K.Anitha Lecturer in Comp.Edn. M.Sc. 4 Years

11 G.Lakshmi Narayana Lecturer in Psychology M.Sc., M.Ed. 8 Years

12 B.C.Venkatesh Lecturer in Sociology M.A., B.Ed. 2 Years

Sri Swamy Vivekananda College of Education, Visakhapatnam S.No Name of the No. of Names of the Faculty Designation Qualification Experience Programmes Faculty Members 1. B.Ed 8 DR. D. ESWARA RAO Principal Phd.(EDUCATION), 11 years M.Sc, M.Ed 2 B. GOVINDA RAO Lecturer in Perspectives in M.A, M.Ed (SET 13 years Education QUALIFIED) 3 G. APPA RAO Lecturer in Science M.Sc, M.A 5 years (EDUCATION), 4 CH. SRINIVASA RAO Lecturer in Social Sciences M.A, M.Ed 8 years 5 C. V. RAINU Lecturer in English M.A, M.Ed 4 years 6 M. TIRUPATHI RAO Lecturer in Mathematics M.Sc, M.Ed 2 year 7 M. V. RAJANI KANTH Lecturer in Physical Education M.P.Ed 2 year 8 N. VENKATA UMA DEVI Lecturer in Art Education M.A (MUSIC) 2 year

PG Courses Directorate of Distance Education, Sri Padmavati Mahila Visvavidyalayam, Tirupathi – 517 502 No. of Faculty Sl. available Names of the Faculty Experien Name of the Programmes Designation Qualifications No. for each members ce programm e 2 Dr.K.Manjula Asst. Professor M.Sc., Ph.D 2 Years 1. Master of Science (Mathema.tics) Dr.L.M.Vishnupriya Asst. Professor M.Sc., Ph.D 2 Years 2 Dr.A.Shobha Rani Asst. Professor M.Sc., Ph.D 2 Years 2. Master of Science (Zoology) Dr.B.Hemavathi Asst. Professor M.Sc., Ph.D 2 Years 2 Dr.P.Roopa Asst. Professor MFM., M.Phil., Ph.D 2 Years 3. Master of Commerce. Ms.P.Nishitha Asst. Professor M.Com., SLET 2 Years 2 Prof. G. Sandhya Rani Professor M.A., M.Phil., B.Ed., Ph.D 27 Years 4. Master of Arts (Economics) Dr.P.Madhavi Asst. Professor M.A., Ph.D 5 Years 2 Dr.J.Reddy Pavani Asst. Professor M.A., Ph.D 3 Years 5. Master of Arts (English) Ms.K.Revathi Academic Consultant M.A 3 Years 2 Dr.R.N.S. Saileswari Asst. Professor M.A., Ph.D 3 Years 6. Master of Arts (Music) Dr.U.Hima Bindu Asst. Professor M.A., Ph.D 3 Years 2 Dr.D.Yuvasri Asst. Professor M.A., Ph.D 2 Years 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) Dr.B.Lakshmi Priya Asst. Professor M.A., Ph.D 2 Years 2 Dr.P.Neeraja Asst. Professor M.A., Ph.D 5 Years 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) Dr.M.Padmavathi Asst. Professor M.A., Ph.D 5 Years

AMS college of Fine Arts & Media Education, Hyderabad

No. of Faculty Sl. available Names of the Faculty Experie Name of the Programmes Designation Qualifications No. for each members nce programm e Dr.Y.Ramaprabha Secretary Ph.D in Music 22 1. Master of Arts (Music) 3 Smt.Gnambal Ramanathan Lecturer M.A Music 20 Smt. T.Tulaja Lecturer M.A Music 5 Christian Women’s Degree College, Guntur No. of Faculty Sl.N Names of the Experienc Name of the Programmes available for Designation Qualifications o. Faculty members e each programme 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) 2. Master of Science (Zoology) 3 G.Karuna Lecturer M.Com 5 3. Master of Commerce. K.Indira Lecturer M.Com 4 B.Mounika Lecturer M.Com 3 2 K.Deenamma Sr.Lecturer M.A., B.Ed 16 4. Master of Arts (Economics) M.Pavithra Lecturer M.A 4 2 M.Nageswar Rao Sr.Lecturer M.A English 15 5. Master of Arts (English) R.Babu Rao Sr.Lecturer M.A English 15 6. Master of Arts (Music) 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) 1 P.Sugunadeena Sr.Lecturer M.A., M.Phil 16 1 A.Suneetha Lecturer (M.S.Sexuality) 5 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) Sexual Counselling Lecturer Sri Krishna Veni Degree College, Tanuku, West Godavari (Dt)

No. of Faculty Sl.N Names of the Experien Name of the Programmes available for Designation Qualifications o. Faculty members ce each programme 2 P. Suseela Lecturer M.Sc Maths 5 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) I. Padmavati Lecturer M.Sc Maths 5 2. Master of Science (Zoology) 1 K. Ramesh Lecturer M.Sc Zoology 4 2 P.Prasad Lecturer M.Com 8 3. Master of Commerce. K.Rani Lecturer 8 4. Master of Arts (Economics) 1 S.Kumari Lecturer M.A Economics 5 2 I.Parvati Lecturer M.A English 4 5. Master of Arts (English) A. Suma Lecturer 6. Master of Arts (Music) 1 C.Prasanna Lecturer M.A Music 3 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) 1 P.Prasada Reddy Lecturer M.A Telugu 5 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) 1 D.A.Lakshmi Lecturer M.A Women’s Studies 4 Prabhas College, Vijayawada No. of Faculty Sl.N available for Names of the Faculty Experie Name of the Programmes Designation Qualifications o. each members nce programme 3 D.Prabhakar Rao Lecturer M.Sc., M.Ed., M.Phil 9 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) G.S.N.Aditya Lecturer M.Sc., B.Ed 11 N.Srinivas Lecturer M.Sc., B.Ed., M.Phil 14 2 Dr.P.B.Thataji Lecturer M.Sc., M.Phil., Ph.D., 18 2. Master of Science (Zoology) D.Srinivasa Rao Lecturer M.Sc., M.Phil. 5 2 G.Sailaja Lecturer M.Com., M.Phil 10 3. Master of Commerce. K.Trinadh Lecturer M.Com 2 2 K.Srinivas Rao Lecturer M.A 8 4. Master of Arts (Economics) Dr.V.Kotaiah Lecturer M.A., Ph.D. 5 2 B.V.P.Hemalatha Lecturer M.A., B.Ed 15 5. Master of Arts (English) A.Swapna Lecturer M.A 5 2 Chidambaram Lecturer M.A(Music) 3 6. Master of Arts (Music) K.Sai Krishna Priya Lecturer M.A(Music) 2 3 S.Naga Raju Lecturer M.A 8 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) Dr.K.Sekhar Lecturer M.A., Ph.d 10 Dr.Md.Abdul Hussain Lecturer M.A., M.Ed., M.Phil., Ph.D 20 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - - Prathibha Degree College, Draksharama, East Godavari

No. of Faculty Sl.N Name of the Programmes available for Names of the Faculty members Designation Qualifications Experience o. each programme 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) 1 K.Lakshmi Narayana Lecturer M.Sc Maths 4 2. Master of Science (Zoology) 1 P.Satyanarayana M.Sc Zoology M.Sc Maths 5 3. Master of Commerce. 1 P.Balakrishna Lecturer M.Com 5 4. Master of Arts (Economics) 1 P.Subrahmanyam Lecturer M.A 5 5. Master of Arts (English) 1 P.Sambasivarao Principal M.A 8 6. Master of Arts (Music) 1 V.Vijaya Kumar Lecturer M.A 3 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) 1 P.Satyavathi Lecturer M.A 4 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) 1 R.Kumari Lecturer M.A 3 Vagdevi Degree College for Women, Jaggayyapet, Krishna (Dt) No. of Faculty Sl.N available Names of the Name of the Programmes Designation Qualifications Experience o. for each Faculty members program me 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) 1 Y. Veera Babu HOD M.Sc Maths 10 2. Master of Science (Zoology) 1 NVL Narasimha Rao HOD M.Sc Zoo. 20 3. Master of Commerce. 2 T.S.Rambabu HOD M.Com 15 4. Master of Arts (Economics) 1 V.Srinivasa Rao HOD M.A(Eco) 15 5. Master of Arts (English) 2 P.Suresh HOD M.A(Eng.) 12 6. Master of Arts (Music) - - - - - 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) 1 P.Suresh HOD M.A(Tel) 8 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) 1 B.Saritha HOD M.A(W.S) 2

Sri Vidya Educational Society, Puttur No. of Faculty Sl. available Names of the Faculty Experienc Name of the Programmes Designation Qualifications No. for each members e program me 5 P.Bala Mahesh Asst. Professor M.Sc., M.Ed 5 M.E. Rajani Asst. Professor M.Sc., M.Ed 3 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) G.Swetha Asst. Professor M.Sc., M.Ed 3 P.Indumathi Asst. Professor M.Sc., M.Ed 4 V.Bhanu Asst. Professor M.Sc., M.Ed 4 4 A.M.Durai Asst. Professor M.Sc., M.Ed 6 L.Sunandana Asst. Professor M.Sc., M.Ed 4 2. Master of Science (Zoology) B.Bhanumathi Asst. Professor M.Sc., M.Ed 8 K.Chandrakala Asst. Professor M.Sc., M.Ed 3 5 D.Sadasivam Asst. Professor M.Com., M.Ed 8 B.Hariharan Lecturer M.Com 7 3. Master of Commerce. Dr.K.Manohar Asst. Professor M.Com., Ph.D 15 M.Reddemma Lecturer M.Com 5 5 M.Lakshmi Devi Lecturer M.A M.Ed 5 B.Vishwanatha Reddy Asst. Professor M.A M.Ed 7 4. Master of Arts (Economics) D.Sumathi Asst. Professor M.A M.Ed 8 B.Ramana Kumari Lecturer M.A M.Ed 10 K.Velpula Asst. Professor M.A M.Ed 5 5 Dr.K.Raghu Principal M.A., M.Sc., M.Ed., Ph.D 15 T.Silpa Lecturer M.A M.Ed 5 5. Master of Arts (English) G.Suneetha Lecturer M.A M.Ed 6 C.Lavanya Lecturer M.A M.Ed 5 K.Subramanyam Naidu Asst.Professor M.A M.Ed 7 6. Master of Arts (Music) - - - - - 5 T. Sekar Asst.Professor M.A M.Ed 7 B.Madhu Asst.Professor M.A M.Ed 3 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) M.Ellamma Lecturer M.A M.Ed 4 D.Rajani Lecturer M.A M.Ed 4 K.Vijayalakshmi Lecturer M.A M.Ed 4 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - -

Gokul Degree College, Hyderabad No. of Faculty Sl.N Names of the Faculty Designati Name of the Programmes available for each Qualifications Experience o. members on programme 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) 1 Anuradha Lecturer M.Sc Maths 1 2. Master of Science (Zoology) 1 Baswaraj Lakay Lecturer M.Sc., M.Ed 10 3. Master of Commerce. 1 Sudha Lecturer M.Com 3 4. Master of Arts (Economics) 1 Geetha Lecturer M.A Eco 2 5. Master of Arts (English) 1 B.Hyma Radhika Lecturer M.A(Eng) B.Ed 10 6. Master of Arts (Music) 1 Aparna Lecturer M.A Music 1 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) 1 Jyotsna Lecturer M.A(Tel) B.Ed 7 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) 1 Sindhuja Lecturer M.A Women Studies 1 C.S.S.R & S.R.R.M. Degree College, Kamalapuram, Kadapa Dt No. of Faculty Sl.N Names of the Name of the Programmes available for Designation Qualifications Experience o. Faculty members each programme 2 K. Madhava Reddy Lecturer in Maths M.Sc., M.Ed 13 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) N. Mohan Reddy Lecturer in Maths M.Sc 9 2. Master of Science (Zoology) - - - - - 2 G.Vignaneswari Lecturer in Commerce M.Com 5 3. Master of Commerce. J. Pravallika Lecturer in Commerce M.Com 4 4. Master of Arts (Economics) 1 K. Nagamani Lecturer in Economics M.A., M.Ed 8 2 D.Prabhudas Lecturer in English M.A., M.Ed 13 5. Master of Arts (English) A.Vinay Kumar Lecturer in English M.A., M.Ed 4 6. Master of Arts (Music) - - - - - 2 V.Debora Lecturer in Telugu M.A., M.Ed 10 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) S.Mallikarjuna Lecturer in Telugu M.A., M.Ed 3 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - -

Vijaya Sai Degree College, Siddipet, Medak Dt. No. of Faculty Sl.N Names of the Faculty Name of the Programmes available for Designation Qualifications Experience o. members each programme 2 D.Janardhan DL in Maths M.Sc Maths 10 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) Rajkumar DL in Maths M.Sc Maths 6 2 D.Swathi DL in Zoology M.Sc Zoology 5 2. Master of Science (Zoology) Sameera DL in Zoology M.Sc Zoology 2 3 Jyothsna DL in Commerce M.Com 3 3. Master of Commerce. D.Rajesh DL in Commerce M.Com 7 Jampanna DL in Commerce M.Com 7 2 E.Parsharamulu DL in Economics M.A 12 4. Master of Arts (Economics) Krishna DL in Economics M.A 5 2 S.Sudheer Reddy DL in English M.A English 1 5. Master of Arts (English) Santhosh DL in English M.A English 3 6. Master of Arts (Music) - - - - - 2 T.Raju DL in Telugu M.A Telugu 5 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) R.Vijaya DL in Telugu M.A Telugu 5 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - -

AVM Degree & PG College, Nakrekal, Nalgonda Dt No. of Faculty Sl.N available Names of the Faculty Name of the Programmes Designation Qualifications Experience o. for each members programm e 3 K. Shekar, Lecturer M.Sc B.Ed 12 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) Dr. Srinivas Reddy, Lecturer M.Sc B.Ed 10 A. Janaiah Lecturer M.Sc B.Ed 9 3 D. Ravindra Chary, Lecturer M.Sc B.Ed 12 R. Sravan Kumar Lecturer M.Sc B.Ed 10 2. Master of Science (Zoology) R. Surya Chary Lecturer M.Sc B.Ed 7

2 T. Rambabu Lecturer M.Com 8 3. Master of Commerce. M. Mallaiah Lecturer M.Com 12 2 P. Sunil Lecturer M.A 5 4. Master of Arts (Economics) N. Nagaraju Lecturer M.A 5 2 P. Sunil Lecturer M.A 10 5. Master of Arts (English) N. Nagaraju Lecturer M.A 7 2 S. Raghunandhan Lecturer M.A Music/Fine 6 Lecturer Arts 2 6. Master of Arts (Music) S. Rajeshwari M.A Music/Fine Arts 3 Ch. Beeshma Chary Lecturer M.A Telugu 15 P. Krishnaveni Lecturer M.A., M.Ed 10 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) S. Somanarsaiah Lecturer M.A., M.Ed 18

2 A.Barathi Lecturer M.A 4 P. Upendra Lecturer M.A 3 S. Rajeshwari Lecturer M.A Music/Fine 2 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) Arts

Padmavathi Degree College, Narasannapeta, Srikakulam (Dt).

No. of Faculty Sl.N available Name of the Programmes Names of the Faculty members Designation Qualifications Experience o. for each programm e 2 Ratnala Babu Srinivas Lecturer M.Sc M.Ed 10 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) Ravada Pavani Lecturer M.Sc 5 2 Mahendrada Bala Murali Krishna Lecturer M.Sc Zoology 12 2. Master of Science (Zoology) Susarapu Sateesh Lecturer M.Sc Zoology 15 2 Sadhu Sriramamurthy Lecturer M.Com., B.Ed 15 3. Master of Commerce. Karra Kavitha Lecturer M.Com 10 4. Master of Arts (Economics) 1 Somineni Sumathi Lecturer M.A Economics 6 2 Dabbiru Venkata Ramanamurthy Lecturer M.A English 6 5. Master of Arts (English) Patnana Ramesh Babu Lecturer M.A English 10 6. Master of Arts (Music) 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) 1 Lokkoju Gowri Sankara Rao Lecturer M.A Telugu 8 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - -

Sri Vimalanandagiriswamy Residential Degree college for women, Sri Vyasasramam, Yerpedu,Chittoor District No. of Faculty Sl.N Experie Name of the Programmes available for Names of the Faculty members Designation Qualifications o. nce each programme 3 Ch.Sai Prabha Lecturer M.Sc (Maths) 1 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) M. Dhana Lakshmi Lecturer M.Sc (Maths) 1 K. Krishna Kumari Lecturer M.Sc (Maths) 3 2. Master of Science (Zoology) 3 M. Amaranth Reddy Lecturer M.Com., L.L.M 3 3. Master of Commerce. Y. Padmamma Lecturer M.Com., 3 R.Kalpana Lecturer M.Com., 2 4. Master of Arts (Economics) - - - - - 3 C.Premaja Lecturer M.A(English) 1 5. Master of Arts (English) A.Divya Lecturer M.A(English) 1 P. Mahabunnesha Lecturer M.A(English) 1 6. Master of Arts (Music) 3 D.Uma Maheswari Lecturer M.A(Telugu) 3 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) R.Jayalalitha Lecturer M.A(Telugu) 1 G. Venkata Subbamma Lecturer M.A(Telugu) 1 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - -

Sri Vinayaka Degree College, Suryapet, Nalgonda (Dt) No. of Faculty Sl.N Names of the Faculty Name of the Programmes available for Designation Qualifications Experience o. members each programme 2 Vasu Repala Lecturer M.Sc(Maths) 6 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) P. Kalingaiah 2. Master of Science (Zoology) 1 I.Gopinadh Lecturer M.Sc(Zoology) 3 3 Nellutls Suresh Lecturer M.Com 3 3. Master of Commerce. Resu Sunitha B.Somaiah 4. Master of Arts (Economics) 1 K. Venkateswarlu Lecturer M.A(Economics) 16 2 V. Laxmi Narsaiah Lecturer M.A(English) 12 5. Master of Arts (English) Alugubally Satish 6. Master of Arts (Music) 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) 1 B.Sunil Lecturer M.A(Telugu) 5 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - - Sri Sai Degree College, Repalle, Guntur Dt. No. of Faculty Sl.N Name of the Programmes available for Names of the Faculty members Designation Qualifications Experience o. each programme 02 A. v.s.b.Mahalakshmi LECTURER M.Sc 10 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) L.Changala rao M.Sc 09 2. Master of Science (Zoology) 03 P.S.CHAKRAVARTHY LECTURER M.Com, M.Com 10 3. Master of Commerce. A.SRINIVAS M.Com 9 V. V.VARDHANARAO 14 02 M.D.JAMEER LECTURER M.A. 09 4. Master of Arts (Economics) K. RAMBABU ECONOMICS 07 02 G. JHANSI LECTURER M.A. B.Ed 12 5. Master of Arts (English) LUCA M.A. (ENG) 07 6. Master of Arts (Music) 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) 01 P.S. SHARMA LECTURER M.A. TELUGU 08 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) Sri Vidhyanikethan Degree College, Jagtial, Karimnagar No. of Faculty Sl.N Names of the Faculty Experien Name of the Programmes available for Designation Qualifications o. members ce each programme 2 Ch.Mahesh Lecturer M.Sc B.Ed 10 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) G.Rajendar Lecturer M.Sc B.Ed 10 2 N.Ramesh Lecturer M.Sc B.Ed 10 2. Master of Science (Zoology) G.Bhoomeshwar Lecturer M.Sc 8 2 Md Mubeen Lecturer M.Com 8 3. Master of Commerce. Y.Ramesh Lecturer M.Com 8 4. Master of Arts (Economics) 1 P.Vamshi Lecturer M.A Economics 7 2 K.Venkateshan Lecturer 8 5. Master of Arts (English) S. Vamshi Krishna Lecturer 2 6. Master of Arts (Music) - - - - - 2 A Srihari Lecturer M.A Telugu 10 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) Ch.Raju Lecturer M.A Telugu 7 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - -

Sri Shirdi Sai Women’s Degree College, Rayachoty, Kadapa (Dt) No. of Faculty Sl.N Names of the Name of the Programmes available for each Designation Qualifications Experience o. Faculty members programme 4 Ramana Reddy Lecture M.Sc Mathematics 5 Siva Sankar 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) M.V.Ramana Yarrapa Reddy 2 Sahadeva Lecture M.Sc Zoology 8 2. Master of Science (Zoology) Rajeswari 6 2 Reddaiah Lecture M.Com 6 3. Master of Commerce. Chalapathi 7 4. Master of Arts (Economics) 1 M.Ravi Lecture M.A Economics 10 2 Reddy Kumari Lecture M.A English 5 5. Master of Arts (English) Uma Maheswari 8 6. Master of Arts (Music) - - - - - 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) 1 V.Ramanjulu Lecture M.A Telugu 10 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - -

Manjeera Degree & PG College, Kamareddy, Nizamabad (Dt)

No. of Faculty Sl.N Names of the Faculty Name of the Programmes available for each Designation Qualifications Experience o. members programme 3 Sathish Kumar Lecturer M.Sc 16 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) Chandrakanth Lecturer Mathematics 4 Nikitha Lecturer 4 2 Md.Mazharullah Lecturer M.Sc Zoology 12 2. Master of Science (Zoology) Bhargavi Lecturer 4 6 M.S Ramesh Lecturer M.Com 21 S.R.Srinivas 18 Afreen Safiya 4 3. Master of Commerce. Shankar 9 Arshiya Sulthana 9 Rakesh 4 2 Dr.S.Suresh Goud Lecturer M.A 25 4. Master of Arts (Economics) P. Sailu Economics 10 5. Master of Arts (English) - - - - - 6. Master of Arts (Music) - - - - - 2 A.Ravikanth Sharma Lecturer M.A Telugu 10 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) L.Gangabai 5 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - -

Meghana Degree college, Dilshuknagar, Hyderabad No. of Faculty Names of the Sl.No. Name of the Programmes available for Designation Qualifications Experience Faculty members each programme 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) 1 J.LAXMI FACULTY M.SC 6 1 K.SINDHU FACULTY M.SC 3 2. Master of Science (Zoology)

BHAVANA FACULTY M.COM 10 3. Master of Commerce. 2 J.PRASHNTHI FACULTY M.COM 5

2 KEERTHI FACULTY M.COM 6 4. Master of Arts (Economics) AFREEN SULTANA FACULTY M.COM 10 1 R PADMA LATHA FACULTY MA (ENGLISH) 5 5. Master of Arts (English) 1 MAHESWARI FACULTY MA 2 6. Master of Arts (Music) 1 Y.RAMADEVI FACULTY MA(TELUGU) 5 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) 1 M.SHILPA FACULTY MA 3 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies)

HPN Degree College, Srikakulam No. of Faculty Sl.N Names of the Experien Name of the Programmes available for Designation Qualifications o. Faculty members ce each programme 2 B.Sekhara Rao Lecturer in Mathematics M.Sc(Mathematics) 6 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) P.K.Chakravarthy Lecturer in Mathematics M.Sc(Mathematics) 14 2 M.Eswara Rao Lecturer in Zoology M.Sc(Zoology) 6 2. Master of Science (Zoology) S.Nagaraju Lecturer in Zoology M.Sc(Zoology) 10 3 Y.Someswara Rao Lecturer in Commerce M.Com 5 B.Koteswara Rao Lecturer in Commerce M.Com 3 3. Master of Commerce. L.Durgra Prasada Lecturer in Commerce M.Com 6 Rao 2 G.Chalapathirao Lecturer in Economics M.A(Economics) 8 4. Master of Arts (Economics) T.Balakrishna Lecturer in Economics M.A(Economics) 6 2 K.Raveendra Lecturer in English M.A(English) 7 5. Master of Arts (English) B.Rajarao Lecturer in English M.A(English) 10 6. Master of Arts (Music) - - - - - 2 T.Appalanaidu Lecturer in Telugu M.A(Telugu) 14 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) Ch.Paparao Lecturer in Telugu M.A(Telugu) 8 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - -

Bharathi Degree College, Kurnool (Dt) No. of Faculty Sl.N Names of the Name of the Programmes available for each Designation Qualifications Experience o. Faculty members programme 1 S. Abdul Amzeel Lecturer in M.Sc(Computer 5 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) Science Science) 2 M. Vimal Vani Lecturer in M.Sc Zoology 5 2. Master of Science (Zoology) K.T.Veeramma Zoology 1 B.Ramama Dulety Lecturer in M.Com(Commer 5 3. Master of Commerce. Commerce ce) 1 N.Basha Lecturer in M.A(Economics) 5 4. Master of Arts (Economics) Economics 1 K.Bhaskar Lecturer in M.A(English) 5 5. Master of Arts (English) English 1 M.Anitha Lecturer in M.A Fine Arts 5 6. Master of Arts (Music) Music 1 Topi Syamala Lecturer in M.A(Telugu) 5 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) Telugu 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - -

S.L.N.Degree College, Karimnagar Dt.

No. of Faculty Sl.N available for Names of the Name of the Programmes Designation Qualifications Experience o. each Faculty members programme 2 G. Aruna Lecturer M.Sc(Maths) 2 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) G.Shailaja Lecturer M.Sc(Maths) 2 - - - - - 2. Master of Science (Zoology)

2 P.Srinivas Lecturer M.Com/B.Ed 4 3. Master of Commerce. N.Sushma Lecturer M.Com 2 2 N.Sampath Lecturer M.A/B.Ed 3 4. Master of Arts (Economics) K. Vamshi Kiran Lecturer M.A(Eco.) 2

2 P.Sathish Lecturer M.A/B.Ed 6 5. Master of Arts (English) V.Srinivas Lecturer M.A(Eng.) 2 - - - - - 6. Master of Arts (Music) 2 M.Kamalakar Lecturer M.A(Tel) 5 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) P.Deepa Lecturer M.A(Tel) 2 - - - - - 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies)

Pranavi College of Arts & Science, Srikakulam (Dt). No. of Faculty Sl.N available for Names of the Name of the Programmes Designation Qualifications Experience o. each Faculty members programme 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) 1 Anuradha Professor M.Sc Maths 5 1 V. Bhoga Swamy Professor M.Sc Zoology, 15 2. Master of Science (Zoology) B.Ed 2 S. Rajesh Professor M.Com 8 3. Master of Commerce. K. Venkata Rao 8 1 T. Babu Rao Professor M.A Economics 18 4. Master of Arts (Economics) B.Ed 1 Ch.Vasanth Rao Professor M.A English 6 5. Master of Arts (English) M.Ed 6. Master of Arts (Music) 1 M. Sangeetha Professor M.A Music 6 1 R. Rama Rao Vice Principal M.A Telugu, 6 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) B.Ed 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) 1 Lova Komali Professor M.Ed 12 Padmavathi Degree College, Sabbavaram(Md) Visakhapatnam No. of Faculty Sl.N Names of the Faculty Experien Name of the Programmes available for each Designation Qualifications o. members ce programme 3 P.Siva Lecturer M.Sc Maths 2 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) Rafia Sulthana Lecturer M.Sc Maths 2 P.Soma Sekhar Babu Lecturer M.Sc Maths 4 2. Master of Science (Zoology) - - - - - 2 V.Bharathi Lecturer M.Com 1 3. Master of Commerce. A.Lalitha Lecturer M.Com 1 2 P.Satyanarayana Lecturer M.A Economics 2 4. Master of Arts (Economics) S.Satyanarayana Lecturer M.A Economics 2 2 K.Ramalakshmi Lecturer M.A English 2 5. Master of Arts (English) L.V.Ramana Lecturer M.A English 3 6. Master of Arts (Music) 3 V.Sujatha Lecturer M.A Telugu 2 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) K.Srinivasa Rao Lecturer M.A Telugu 6 S.Nagendra Babu Lecturer M.A Telugu 11 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - - Keerthi Degree College, Nandyal No. of Faculty Sl.N Names of the Name of the Programmes available for each Designation Qualifications Experience o. Faculty members programme 1 S. Abdul Amzeel Lecturer in M.Sc(Computer 5 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) Science Science) 2 M. Vimal Vani Lecturer in M.Sc Zoology 5 2. Master of Science (Zoology) K.T.Veeramma Zoology 1 B.Ramama dulety Lecturer in M.Com(Commer 5 3. Master of Commerce. Commerce ce) 1 N.Basha Lecturer in M.A(Economics) 5 4. Master of Arts (Economics) Economics 1 K.Bhaskar Lecturer in M.A(English) 5 5. Master of Arts (English) English 1 M.Anitha Lecturer in M.A Fine Arts 5 6. Master of Arts (Music) Music 1 Topi Syamala Lecturer in M.A(Telugu) 5 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) Telugu 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) 1 Sri Sai Chaitanya Degree College, Giddalur No. of Faculty Sl.N Names of the Faculty Name of the Programmes available for each Designation Qualifications Experience o. members programme 3 Shaik Mahammad Raphi Lecturer M.Sc(Mathematics) 10 Kadiam Sreenivasulu Lecturer M.Sc(Mathematics) 9 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) Udayagiri Venkateswarlu Lecturer M.Sc(Mathematics) 10

2 Venkata Subbaiah Gajjala Lecturer M.Sc(Zoology) 14 2. Master of Science (Zoology) Bodanam Venkateswarlu Lecturer M.Sc(Zoology) 9 2 Sreenu Epanagandla Lecturer M.Com(Commerce) 5 3. Master of Commerce Eppala Srinivasulu Lecturer M.Com(Commerce) 10 4. Master of Arts (Economics) 2 Shaik Iliaz Basha Lecturer M.A(English) 5 5. Master of Arts (English) Pandeeti Victor Paul Lecturer M.A(English) 7 6. Master of Arts (Music) - - - - - 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) 1 G.Krishnamachari Lecturer M.A(Telugu) 10 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - - Sri Gayatri Vidhya Parishad Degree College, Kandukuru, Prakasam District No. of Faculty Sl.N available for Qualificat Name of the Programmes Names of the Faculty members Designation Experience o. each ions programme Tanneru Sreenivasa Rao Lecturer M.Sc 4 Bojja Mallikarjuna Rao 3 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) 5 Narisetti Sreenivasa Rao 2 Kandula Venkata Rao 5 Pelleti Raghu 1 2. Master of Science (Zoology) - - - - - Vasanthapu Anjaneyulu Lecturer M.Com 5 3. Master of Commerce. 2 Chintala Cheruvu Sujatha 3 Udayabhaskara Dhanvanthari.M Lecturer M.Com 4 4. Master of Arts (Economics) 4 M.Prasad 5 Gorrepati Rama Rao 3 Thirupathi Mallikharjuna Rao Neelam Lecturer M.A 5 Shaik Alexender 6 5. Master of Arts (English) 4 Shaik Yasmin Begum 4 Chintalacheruvu Hanumantha Rao 3 6. Master of Arts (Music) Surapuraju Lecturer M.A 3 Venkata Usha Chandrika 5 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) 4 Chadalavada Kondaiah 4 Chandaluri Kalyani 3 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - -

Sri Nagarjuna Degree College, Ongole, , Prakasam District No. of Faculty Sl.N Names of the Name of the Programmes available for each Designation Qualifications Experience o. Faculty members programme 4 M.Gangadhar Rao Lecturer M.Sc(Mathemati 16 R. Durgamma cs) 9 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) EVSL Prasanna 10 Lakshmi 7 M.Mahesh 2. Master of Science (Zoology) - - - - - 4 K.Kiran Kumar Lecturer M.Com 7 K.Srikanth 8 3. Master of Commerce P.Nagalakshmi 4 V.Swathi 7 2 M.Raghuram Lecturer M.A(Economics) 5 4. Master of Arts (Economics) K.Srikanth Reddy 9 3 BVSRKS Prasad Lecturer M.A(English) 24 5. Master of Arts (English) V.Nageswara Rao 16 J.Nageswara Rao 9 6. Master of Arts (Music) - - - - - 2 B.Sriram Sarma Lecturer M.A(Telugu) 19 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) N.Ankamma Rao 13 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - -

AGKM College, Sattenapalli, Guntur(Dt.) No. of Faculty Sl.N Names of the Name of the Programmes available for each Designation Qualifications Experience o. Faculty members programme 2 K.Dhanalakshmi Lecturer M.Sc B.Ed 13 1. Master of Science (Mathematics) B.Thirapathamma 2. Master of Science (Zoology) 4 Annam Krishna Lecturer M.Com., M.Phil 7 Prasad 3. Master of Commerce. S.Ganesh Sharma M.Jojaiah S.Sheaker 2 R.Koteswar Rao Lecturer M.A., M.B.A 8 4. Master of Arts (Economics) Siada 2 V.Srinivas Rao Lecturer M.A, M.Phil 13 5. Master of Arts (English) B.Bashakar 6. Master of Arts (Music) 2 Dr.Ch.Symal Kumar Lecturer Ph.D 26 7. Master of Arts (Telugu) R.Prasad 8. Master of Arts (Women’s Studies) - - - - -

PART-2: ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMMES

13. Approval of Regulatory Authority for the programmes, if any, mentioned at clause (p) of Clause (p) of Sub Regulation (2) of Part-I of UGC (ODL) Regulations, 2017 (a) name(s) of the Regulatory Authority (b) name (s) of ODL programme (Attach duly attested photocopy)

PART-2: ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMMES

14. Certificate to the effect that the nomenclature of ODL programmes is as per UGC Notification on Specification of Degrees dated March, 2014 and its amendments.

PART-2: ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMMES

15. Certificate to the effect minimum duration of the programme and minimum qualification required at entry level are as per UGC Notification on Specification of Degrees dated March, 2014 and its amendments.